J. Ennis Fabrics Supply Catalogue 6th Edition

SUPPLY CATALOGUE6Edition

N

A NOTE ON

1 INTRODUCTION 2–132 SPECIALTY FABRICS 14–413 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES 42–193

Foam 44

Webbing & Hook & Loop 46

Fasteners 62

Hardware 74

Tools 122

Sewing & Threads 142

Binding & Cordage 152

Tapes 166

Trimmings 172

Aerosols, Protectants, & Adhesives 176

4 UPHOLSTERY FABRICS 194–2195 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES 220–335

Foam & Padding 222

Decking & Lining 238

Tools 242

Hardware 262

Sewing & Threads 292

Binding, Cordage, Hook & Loop & Webbing 302

Trimmings 308

Adhesives, Aerosols & Cleaners 314

Fabric Care & Cleaning Instructions 332

6 DRAPERY FABRICS 336–3417 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES 342–374

Tapes 344

Workroom Supplies 347

Hook & Loop 348

Grommets 353

Tools 356

Threads 364

Zippers 370

Padding 372

8 INDEX 375–384

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The “new” symbol, along with highlighted part numbers, will be used throughout the catalogue to indicate new products.

NEW PRODUCTS

2 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

CANADAHEAD OFFICE 12122–68 Street Edmonton, AB T5B 1R1

VANCOUVER 13911 Bridgeport Road Richmond, BC V6V 1J6

TORONTO 6300 Kenway Drive Mississauga, ON L5T 2N3

TOLL FREE ENGLISH 800-663-6647 FRENCH 888-663-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

USAINDIANAPOLIS 853 S. Columbia Road Suite 125 Plainfield, IN 46168

TOLL FREE PHONE 877-953-6647 FAX 888-274-2910

WEB [email protected] jennisfabrics.com

@J_Ennis_Fabrics www.facebook.com/jennisfabrics www.pinterest.com/JEnnisFabrics

SHOWROOM & DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

INTRODUCTION / 3

Soft and stylish upholstery fabric, Loft. See p.202 for more colors.

Prior to establishing J. Ennis Fabrics, James C. Ennis spent 22 years with LaFrance textiles. In 1958, he was transferred to Edmonton as their Western Canadian Regional Manager. During that time he learned all about textiles and the needs of his customers.

On June 1, 1972, James and Lois Ennis opened their original warehouse, a 2,500ft2 bay, in Edmonton to distribute fabrics and supplies throughout Northern Alberta.

Since that time, thanks to the continued support of our valued customers, J. Ennis Fabrics has experienced steady growth. Today, over 9,000 products are distributed throughout North America from four extensive, full service distribution centers in Toronto, Edmonton, Vancouver and Indianapolis. Additionally, we have a wholly owned 40,000ft2 quality control and consolidation warehouse in China capable of domestic Asian trading.

Each day, we strive to surpass the expectations of our customers and employees. We achieve this by being passionate about ways to contribute to our customers’ success—being their partner, understanding their needs, being exceptionally reliable, and delivering the right products when needed.

ABOUT J. ENNIS FABRICSA market leader for over 40 years.

4 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

QUALITY CONTROL: Standards & GuidelinesJ. Ennis Fabrics maintains the highest standards possible in the textiles and supplies we present to our customers. Our inventory is managed with a piece based system allowing for the highest quality control. We sell both cuts and rolls and have the ability to match dye lots. The following are the standards we use for shipping to our customers.

These standards are based on those set by the American Home Funishings Alliance (AHFA), the residential furniture industry’s recognized leader in the development of product and technical standards; the Asssociation for Contract Textiles (ACT); and the Chemical Fabrics and Film Association’s (CFFA’s) paper on Standard Test Methods for Chemical Coated Fabrics and Films. These are sources subscribed to by most North American manufacturers. These resources specify test methods, practices and minimum voluntary acceptance guidelines for various types of upholstery fabrics and standards for vinyls and coated fabrics.

In no case would we supply items as first quality that could not meet these guidelines. Clearouts or seconds are of a lower standard and are priced accordingly.

ALLOWANCES The following allowances will be made for fabric flaws:

FLAW SIZE ALLOWANCELess than 1⁄₈ yd

More than 1⁄₈ yd

Two flaws (measured as 1 long flaw)

1⁄₈ yd

Length of flaw

Length of flaw

MARKING OF FLAWS

Factory flaws are marked with either a red or yellow plastic “swiftach” type of marker or a length of colored thread or string in the selvage of material. When marked with a red tag, the flaw is considered a “spot” or filling (weft) direction flaw. It usually will be less than 1⁄₈ yard and is marked with a red tag for identification and numbering of flaws per roll.

When a yellow flag is used, this represents a warp direction flaw, and there is a flag to mark both the start and end of the flaw. In most cases a flaw of this type would not be included in your shipment, but in case of a full roll order, the exact yardage between flags is deducted from the gross yardage on the roll, and no more than two pieces per roll.

FLAW DENSITY This refers to the acceptable number of flaws in a given cut. A maximum of one flaw per 5 yards is allowed. If the cut is equal to or less than 5 yards, then the cut must be free from flaws.

MAXIMUM FLAWS FOR FIRSTS:Pile Fabrics

Woven Fabrics

Vinyls and Industrial Fabrics

1 flaw per 7 yards up to a maximum of 7 flaws per 50 yard roll

1 flaw per 9 yards up to a maximum of 5 flaws per 50 yard roll

2 flaws per 39 yards, 3 flaws per 49 yards, 4 flaws per 59 yards

INTRODUCTION / 5

BREAKS IN ROLLS A break in a roll is considered to be a flaw and the allowance given is usually ¹⁄₈ yard. All orders 10 yards or less must be filled with a single piece of fabric. If this is not possible then the customer must approve shipment ahead of time.

If the length of the cut is greater than 10 yards, a break is acceptable provided there is a suitable allowance. No single piece will be less than 2 flaw free yards. If more than 2 pieces are required to fill an order, the customer must approve this prior to shipping, regardless of length.

SHADE & DYE LOT For decorative and woven fabrics, a match is 3/4 to 5.0 on the Greyscale ASTM D2616-12. This is true also for industrial and recreational fabrics.

CROCKING Crocking is the transfer of color from a fabric to fabric through the process of rubbing. On some fabrics, free dye or fibers may remain on the surface possibly causing crocking to occur. For suedes, dry crocking is 3/4 to 5, wet crocking is 3 to 5. Both are measured against the AATCC 8 Color Transference Scale. This rating is most prevalent for very dark or rich colors (i.e. black, navy, red).

ROLL ORDER SIZE Roll lengths vary. Please confirm when placing orders for full rolls.

CLEAROUTS Clearouts or seconds may contain flaws and have been priced accordingly.

6 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

TERMS & CONDITIONS*TERMS Payment terms are net 30 days from the date of the invoice. Shipments in Canada are F.O.B.

Edmonton, Toronto, or Vancouver. Shipments in the U.S. are F.O.B. Indianapolis.

OVERDUE ACCOUNTS A 1.5% service charge per month (18% per annum) will be charged on overdue accounts.

ORDERING When placing an order, please provide the following information: pattern name, color number and shipping instructions. If exact color match is required, please request a cutting of present stock or send a cutting to be matched. If matching a previous order, please quote the order number. If it is unavailable, send a cutting of the fabric for matching. Please note that dye lots may vary.

BACK ORDERS Back ordered items will be shipped as soon as available unless advised otherwise by customer.

HOLD STOCK POLICY Reservations placed on fabric orders will be honored for 48 hours with the following exceptions:

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 5-DAY HOLD IF:• Fabric ordered requires dye lot matching

• When customer makes a sale to their client but must wait to verify the exact yardage for a more accurate order

• When waiting for freight quotes

• When customers do not have space to take all inventory at once

• Customer is quoting a project but must verify exact details from the customer (e.g. yards, color and pricing)

AN ORDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR A 10-DAY HOLD IF:• Customer has requested to see fabric cuts

before approval of an order• When “Ship Complete” is requested but

part of the order is on backorder

RETURNS Arrangements must be made prior to return shipments. Please see the Returned Goods and Claims Policies. Please read our Quality Control Standards and Guidelines carefully. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked. Inspect yardage for flaws, length, quality and that it is the correct pattern and color before cutting. To ensure prompt credits on approved returns, please provide the following: invoice or packing slip number, pattern name, color number, yardage shipped and the reason for return. Refused shipments or cancellations after orders have been cut are subject to a 15% restocking charge. Cuts under 5 yards are not returnable.

LOST GOODS Customers must advise J. Ennis Fabrics within 90 days of a shipping date that goods are lost in shipping and that a claim is required. We cannot honor any freight claims past this point.

SHOWROOM SAMPLES A deposit of twenty dollars ($20.00) per sample and a deposit of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per complete sample book will be collected at the time a customer completes a “Sample Loan Out Sheet.” Unless otherwise stated, all samples are expected to be returned to our showroom within 2 weeks, at which time your deposit will be returned to you. If samples are not returned within 4 weeks the deposit will be forfeited.

J. ENNIS FABRICS 2-YEAR FABRIC WARRANTYJ. Ennis Fabrics fabrics will be repaired or replaced if they fail to give normal wear for two years from the date of delivery. This warranty expressly does not cover:

• Cuts

• Stains

• Pilling

• Burns

• Pet damage

• Soiling

• Damage caused by improper applications

• Damage caused by improper installations

• Damage caused by unreasonable use

• Fading caused by sunlight (unless product is specified UV resistant)

Claims will not be honored when covers have been removed for cleaning. This warranty does not apply to fabrics treated with fluorocarbon finishes. If the identical fabric is not available, J. Ennis Fabrics will provide an equivalent fabric.

INTRODUCTION / 7

3rd PARTY PROCESSING J. Ennis Fabrics may send goods to the laminator, quiltor, slitter or anywhere else the customer asks us to ship the goods for further processing. However, J. Ennis Fabrics is not responsible for goods that we did not directly make arrangements for.

* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and it is not intended to relieve the user from their responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of these materials.

8 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

COLOR MATCHING CHANGE: Evaluating Color Difference or Change in FabricsThe Greyscale for Evaluating Color Difference or Change in Fabrics is used as the industry standard of judgment. It is published by the American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorist (ASTM 2616-12, AATCC 8, AATCC 16), and is used by all testing laboratories and most major mills.

The Greyscale measures color change on a scale of 1 to 5. There are a total of 9 potential values that can be assigned to a fabric sample being tested for color change (1, 1/2, 2, 2/3, 3, 3/4, 4, 4/5, 5). The number 1 represents the greatest difference and the number 5 indicates that there has been no color change.

Using the Greyscale measurement, J. Ennis Fabrics has established a standard of acceptance as a 3/4 or greater rating on the Greyscale for decorative fabrics, a 3/4 or greater rating for apparel, recreational and industrial fabrics. Dye lots below 3 would be rejected for all industries.

HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST WORKS

The fabric to be tested is placed against the accepted original fabric color standard. A special grey paper, supplied by the AATCC, is placed equally over the two fabrics. This allows a neutral viewing background so that a fair visual judgment can be made of the grade value to be assigned. Viewing is performed in a certified lightbox under D65 lighting.

HOW THE GREYSCALE TEST IS IMPLEMENTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS

J. Ennis Fabrics has always had a high standard of quality assurance for the products we distribute. We work closely with our suppliers from the conception of a product, through it’s development and continually throughout it’s life cycle at the company. Every dye lot of goods is compared to a color standard for acceptance or rejection based on the “greyscale.” If the goods are graded below 3/4 on the greyscale, the dye lot is rejected and the process has to start again.

Unfortunately, the rejection of a dye lot can delay delivery of goods anywhere from 2–6 weeks. However, this process assures us that we are providing our customers with quality goods each and every time.

INTRODUCTION / 9

INDUSTRY STANDARDS: Seam Allowance & Stitch DensitySTANDARD PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR UPHOLSTERY FABRICS—PLAIN, TUFTED OR FLOCKED

ASTM D3597-02-D434 is a test method published by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). It indicates the standard performance specification of woven upholstery fabrics. There are specifications within this test method that indicate the industry standard for the sewing of woven upholstery fabrics. It requires the sewing of a seam using a minimum of seven and a maximum of eight stitches per inch using a seam allowance not less than ½”. One can expect seam slippage issues when an upholstery fabric is sewn with a stitch density of less than 7 stitches per inch and seam allowances of less than ½”, so please ensure you always follow the industry standard to avoid problems with seam slippage.

SPECIFICATION GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACT UPHOLSTERY AND DRAPERY TEXTILES

Here are some of the performance guidelines for contract textiles (commercial applications), as per the not-for-profit trade association, the Association for Contract Textiles (ACT). These guidelines are meant to help assist you when selecting an upholstery fabric for a commercial project, although product requirements will vary for each commercial project.

FLAMMABILITY California Technical Bulletin 117-2013 (Pass)

CROCKING AATCC 8 (Upholstery) and 116 (Drapery) Dry Crocking: Grade 4 minimum Wet Crocking: Grade 3 minimum

COLORFASTNESS TO LIGHT AATCC 16 E or H—Grade 4 minimum at 40 hours

PILLING ASTM D3511-03—Class 3 minimum

BREAKING STRENGTH ASTM D5034-95 (2001) (Grab Test)—50lb minimum in warp and weft

SEAM SLIPPAGE ASTM D3597-02-D434-95—25lb minimum in warp and weft

ABRASION FOR WOVEN UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

High Traffic/Public Spaces:

• ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—50,000 double rubs

Low Traffic/Private Spaces:

• ASTM D4157 (Wyzenbeek)—15,000 double rubs

ABRASION FOR COATED UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

Heavy duty end use applications include the following: hotel rooms/suites, conference rooms and dining area usage.

ASTM D4157-02 (Wyzenbeek)—30,000 Double rubs

For facilities that are in use for 24 hours per day, the abrasion resistance requirement for upholstered furniture may be higher than the requirement for heavy duty contract upholstery.

10 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

ROLL TAG FLAW INFORMATIONEach cut of fabric is accompanied by a tag describing the item ordered and the yardage shipped. These tags also contain information regarding flaws, the date and time of the order, the packing slip number, etc. Please read these tags thoroughly.

Whenever the Quantity Ordered and the Quantity Shipped differ, there will be a mark denoting whether the cause was a flaw, an allowance or a given fabric situation.

Given indicates that there was a small amount of yardage left on the roll and was forwarded to the customer at no charge.

Flawed indicates that there were imperfections within the yardage (as outlined in Quality Control Standards), therefore extra fabric has been allowed for them.

Break Piece Allowance indicates that you have been allowed extra fabric due to a break piece order. This is when an order for fabric is fulfilled by cutting pieces off two rolls instead of one. The extra allowance is done to compensate for the pattern break resulting from the fabric not being cut from the same roll. This order method is only done pending approval from the customer.

Description and Tag for / Comments will also help to identify the goods. Be sure to check these before cutting the material.

INTRODUCTION / 11

RETURNED GOODSThis section covers the J. Ennis Fabrics policies concerning returns and claims for fabrics and supplies.

When a mistake has been made by J. Ennis Fabrics the goods may be returned at no charge to the customer. In this case, a returned goods authorization is required and may be obtained by the customer through our Customer Service Center. Fabric may not be returned once it has been cut by the customer.

In the course of discussing the nature of the complaint, it is often to the advantage of all concerned if an agreement can be reached for the customer to retain the goods at a discounted price to save on administrative return costs and freight. Please call for an authorization before returning goods.

Due to freight costs, we cannot accept returns on cuts of fabric less than 5 linear yards, unless the problem was caused by J. Ennis Fabrics, such as the shipment of incorrect goods.

Any goods not accompanied by a returned goods authorization number will automatically be assessed freight charges and restocking fees. The restocking fee is 15% on products returned for reasons other than an error by J. Ennis Fabrics. This covers the administrative costs of receiving and processing the transaction, as well as the inspection of the fabric prior to going into stock. These procedures plus the accounting and other administrative functions are expensive in that they are quite time consuming. These charges will be deducted from the credit that the return will generate.

Returns will not be accepted on goods older than 90 days from the date of purchase. Adhesives are not accepted after 30 days due to shelf life. Supply items sold in pre-packaged lots will not be accepted in less than the complete lot. The cutting of a fabric indicates acceptance. Fabric may not be returned for credit once it has been cut or marked.

J. Ennis Fabrics is a customer service oriented company. Every effort is made to correct any mistake we have made. Wherever possible, we will work with our customers to minimize the negative effects of a mistake.

12 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

WARRANTY CLAIMSWarranty periods vary by manufacturer and product. If you have a question or concern regarding the warranty on a purchase or an existing product in use, please contact your sales representative or our Customer Service Center. All warranty claims are handled on an individual basis. To initiate a claim, contact your sales representative to get a claims form filled out and submitted. Due to the wide range of manufacturers and suppliers there is no standard for claims.

WARRANTY LIMITATIONSWHAT CONSTITUTES AN AFTER-TREATMENT? AND WHY DOES J. ENNIS FABRICS REFUSE TO WARRANT AGAINST A FABRIC THAT HAS GONE THROUGH AFTER-TREATMENT?

After treatments, or “fabric protection plans” are sold at most retail stores in North America. The chemicals are, in most instances, applied on location by hand. If not done properly, there could be over-saturation (causing fiber breakdown or discoloration), or key spots missed (i.e. coating the cushion top but not on the side borders), which could result in seam fatigue. Chemicals applied to upholstery fabric have a tendency to breakdown the fibers (primarily) filament yarns. Synthetic filament yarns make the fabric beautiful with a variety of twists, textures and wraps. After-treatment chemicals, such as Guardsman or Scotchgaurd, have a propensity to breakdown these fibers over time. In addition, the chemicals can erode the applied fabric backing, be it latex or acrylic.

After-treatment chemicals have improved over the years becoming less toxic and less harmful to the environment. As a result, they have extended the life of the fibers over the previous compounds used but there is still degradation. The process is just prolonged. Consequently, it is impossible to determine whether a fabric’s defect or breakdown is the result of manufacturer error or because of an after treatment procedure. Therefore, neither J. Ennis Fabrics nor our fabric manufacturers will warrant against a fabric that has been after-treated.

WHAT IS “PILLING” AND WHY IS IT NOT WARRANTED BY J. ENNIS FABRICS?

As a result of normal wear and use, upholstered fabrics will begin to form little balls, or “pills,” of excess fabric on the surface. This is called pilling, a common characteristic of many upholstered fabrics. Pilling is not considered a defect by J. Ennis Fabrics because the fabric is not actually deteriorating. Over time, when all excess fibers have been released from the fabric, the pilling will stop. To restore the look of the material, we recommend occasionally “shaving” the product’s surface with a furniture or sweater shaver.

INTRODUCTION / 13

ENDURATEX Ship2Shore UPHOLSTERY THAT PERFORMS ON LAND OR AT SEA

14 / INTRODUCTION

No matter if you’re looking to find fabrics for your awning, up-holstery or boat top project, we carry a variety of options for your needs. Vinyl, engineered leather, woven polyester—we have it all.

INTRODUCTION / 15

SPECIALTY FABRICS

16 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

AUTOMOTIVE VINYL

FABRICS / 17

LOW TEMPERATURE PERFORMANCE VINYLS (ONLY IN BLACK)

Specifications for the following products can be found on the page numbers indicated below:

TALLADEGA p.18 SEALSKIN p.217 MIDSHIP p.37

BACKING CONTENT

COLD CRACK MILDEW RESISTANT

TEAR STRENGTH

TENSILE STRENGTH

UV/LIGHTFASTNESS

FIRE RETARDANCY*

WEIGHT ROLL SIZE

ALLSPORT 100% Nylon -50°C (-58°F) - - - ≥1000 hours CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36oz./lin. yd 24.01oz/yd2

40yd

ARCTIC -40 65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

-40°C (-40°F) Yes 191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb

ASTM D751: Warp=12lb Fill=8lb

≥500 hours MVSS 302 28.5oz./lin. yd 19.2oz./yd2

30yd

GAUCHO 100% Polyester

-40°C (-40°F) - ASTM D1117: Warp=16lb Fill=14lb


AATCC16: Class 3

CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

26.5oz./lin. yd 17.7oz./yd2

50yd

MADRID

65% Polyester; 35% Cotton

-20°C (-4°F) - - - - MVSS 302 29.2oz./lin. yd 19.5oz./yd2

30yd

OXEN -20°C (-4°F) Yes 191A-5136: Warp=6lb Fill=9lb


≥500 hours MVSS 302 28.0oz./lin. yd 18.7oz./yd2

30yd

POLARIS

100% Polyester

-40°C (-40°F) Yes - - ≥300 hours - 36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

50yd

SIERRA -18°C (-0.4°F) - ASTM D573: Warp=22lb Fill=22lb


≥1000 hours - 25.0oz./lin. yd 16.7oz./yd2

40yd

WALLABY -18°C (-0.4°F) Yes ASTM D1117: Warp=20lb Fill=18lb


- CAL117—Sec. E; UFAC Class 1; MVSS 302; BIFMA Class 1

36.0oz./lin. yd 24.0oz./yd2

40yd

WINTERZONE -40°C (-40°F) Yes - - ≥1000 hours MVSS 302 38.5oz./lin. yd 25.7oz./yd2

30yd

* This information is offered for general guidance only. It is accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

Please note: The fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

3333 Indigo302 Copen

47 Cinnamon 6 Brown

3006 Royal

405 Rust

61 White608 Sand

68 Buttermilk 808 Espresso

605 Doe

66 Off White

9003 Grey Mist84 Sandstone

905 Grey 908 Charcoal

81 Camel

9009 Black

1111 Burgundy108 Wine

2 Spruce 2009 Forest

1009 Purple

14 Red

18 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

TALLADEGAACT PERFORMANCE INFO:

ABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyester

BR EAKING: Procedure A, CFFA 17—2012: Warp=74, Fill=52

COLD CRACK: -30°C (-22°F)

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

ELONGATION: ASTM D751: Warp: 31%, Weft: 144%

FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4m)

OTHER AUTO VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY



FABRICS / 19

Sunbrella

® is a reg

istered trad

emark o

f Glen R

aven, Inc.

wate r.we live to be on the

wate rwe live to be on the

wate r

Your customers depend on you to keep them on the water.

That’s why you can always rely on the world’s most trusted marine fabric. sunbrella.com/wake

20 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE PLASTICS

FABRICS / 21

MARINE PLASTICSJ. Ennis Fabrics carries an extensive range of quality marine plastics to suit any budget. Our high quality Pressed Polish Sheets include STRATAGLASS and O’SEA, brands that offer plastics with great optical clarity and durability. These products are formulated for maximum UV stability and feature scratch and chemical resistance.

For marine and automotive windows that require more economical alternatives, we carry SUPER 2 CLEAR, OKAMOTO and our own in-house line of Plastic Rolls, with or without paper. The variety in gauges provide convenient options for light to heavier-duty project needs.

Contact your Sales Representative for more information.

S c r a t c h R e s i s t a n t

S u n s c r e e n , B u g S p r a y a n d J e t Fu e l R e s i s t a n t

O p t i c a l l y C l e a r

E a s yTo C l e a n

H i g h l yD u r a b l e

22 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS ®

DON’T LET POOR QUALITY SINK YOUR SHIP.

O’Sea® clear, smoke and green flexible window glass is optically clear, durable, and made start-to-finish in the USA. And did we mention- our O’Sea® press polished sheets are sunscreen, bug spray, and jet fuel resistant?

SUNSCREEN, BUG SPRAY AND JET FUEL RESISTANT

OPTICALLY CLEAR WITH NO DISTORTION

DURABLE AND LONG LASTING

SCRATCH RESISTANT COATING ON BOTH SIDES

LIGHTFAST AND NO COLOR CHANGE

EASY TO CLEAN-JUST A MICROFIBER CLOTH AND WATER

Install worry free windows by switching to O’Sea®.

ASK YOUR DISTRIBUTOR ABOUT O’SEA® and REGALITE® TODAY.

FABRICS / 23

MESH

3 Blue4 Florescent Orange

7 Black

6 White

2 Green

RedOrange

Black

White

Blue

24 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

SCREENING HEAVY MESHCOLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F)


TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=67lb, Weft=65lb

TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM: Warp=335lb, Weft=335lb

THREAD COUNT: 9x9 threads/inch2

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 60” (152.4cm) | 100yd (91.44m)

911 MESH911 Mesh is a PVC extruded mesh with finished selvages. This product is recognized for both construction and quality. Field tested and approved for the highest satisfaction, 911 Mesh is ideal for outdoor usage.

CONSTRUCTION: 100% PVC

TEAR STRENGTH: ASTM D5733: Warp=60lb, Fill=60lb

TENSILE STRENGTH: ASTM D751: Warp=160lb, Fill=140lb



SCREENING HEAVY MESH

911 MESH

WE ALSO CARRY SCREENING BRAND


FABRICS / 25

POLYESTER

9009 Black

2009 Forest

9009 Black61 White

14 Red

308 Navy 505 Yellow

98 Smoke

108 Maroon

3006 Royal

308 Navy

61 White

14 Red

9003 Med Grey

3006 Royal 305 Med Blue

505 Yellow

108 Maroon

8003 Tan

27 Army Green

708 Woodland (GS)

2009 F.Green

46 Bright Orange (60”)

26 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

DEFENDERABRASION: ISO 12927-2: 20,000 cycles

CONTENT: 100% Polyester

CONSTRUCTION: 600 denier

BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane

WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 600mm.

THREAD COUNT: 44 x 30 threads/inch2


DEFENDER

TONTO

OTHER BRANDS WE CARRY FOR ACRYLIC-COATED POLYESTER

TONTOABRASION: 100,000+ double rubs


BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

FIRE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E


UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 3.5




FABRICS / 27

100% Solution-dyed Satura® MAX

• Minimum 5-year Fade Resistance• No Sagging• Highly Breathable• No Color Bleeding or Rub-Off

Performs Where Acrylic Fails

• 2X Strength and Durability• 6X Abrasion Resistance• 50% Higher Water Resistance• 25% Cost Savings

Outperforms Solution-dyed Polyester

• Twice the Fade Resistance• Double the Strength Retention• High Water Resistance PLUS

High Breathability

WeatherMAX® is a registered trademark of Safety Components Fabric Technologies, Inc.WeatherMAX FR® for outdoor applications requiring fire resistance - Meets California Title 19, CAN/ULC-S109, CPAI 84.

SaturaMAX® is a registered trademark of Unifi, Inc. Canadian patent #2492753

28 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

FR AWNING VINYL

431 Navy

509 Terra Cotta

419 Tan

415 Cocoa

438 Spruce

426 Green

116 Burgundy

410 White

417 Dark Grey

413 Bright Blue

427 Black

425 Sapphire

422 Red

420 Lemon

418 Dark Brown

416 Grey

432 Forest Green

FABRICS / 29

ENNIS 1974Ennis 1974 is a PVC-coated Polyester with a PVCF/Acrylic finish—a choice material for awnings, tents, canopies, gazebos, inflatable structures and light frame supported structures. The matetrial undergoes a lacquering treatment (Rotofluo W) of surface coatings to protect and insulate the PVC layer. Treated with a thing acrylic/fluorinated PVDF blend on one side and an acrylic lacquer coating on the other, Ennis 1974 provides thermal insulation, sound proofing, superior chemical aging resistance, fire resistance, UV and Gamma radiation stability, and exceptional properties in tension and deflection.

CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl choloride (PVC)

COATING | FINISH: 100% PVC | PVDF/Acrylic


FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 701 CAN/ULC S109 Italy: Classe 2 France: M2 Germany: DIN 4102 B1 Scandinavia: SIS 650082 Europa: B s1 d0

UV RESISTANCE: ≥1000 hours

WARRANTY: 10-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. 6-year manufacturer’s limited warranty when used in rental tents.




OTHER AWNING VINYL BRANDS WE CARRY

30 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

NYLON

46 Blaze Orange Fluor.

2 Forest Green

699 Smoke

333 Navy

7 Black

32 Teal

44 Sport Gold

111 Maroon

6 White

3 Royal

69 Silver

305 Medium Blue

787 Woodland

4 Orange

1 Red

5 Gold

28 Army Green

905 Platinum

305 Blue

699 Silver66 White

8 Oak

2222 Forest

9009 Black FR

33 Royal 55 Yellow

77 Black

11 Red

994 Fluor. Orange

309 Midnight

FABRICS / 31

CORDURACONTENT: 100% Nylon



WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 350 mm.



CORDURA

SPORTLIGHTSPORTLIGHTCONTENT: 100% Nylon


BACKING CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

COLD CRACK: ≥ -20°C (-4°F)




7 Black

305 Medium Blue

111 Burgundy

FR 9009 Black

4 Orange

282 Woodland Camo

66 White Opaque505 Gold

27 Olive Drab

3003 Oilers Navy

1006 Redwood

905 Platinum

33 Canadiens Blue

22 Green

9911 Light Grey

333 Navy

2222 Forest

55 Sport Yellow

3 Royal Blue

1 Red

805 Brown

308 Olympiad Blue

18 Flames Red

32 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

OXFORDCONTENT: 100% Nylon



WATER REPELLANT: AATCC 127 (Suter)—Average 800 mm.



FABRICS / 33

PVC COVER/TARP

3 Blue

55 Yellow

7 Black68 Beige

99 Grey

205 Green

44 Fluorescent

55 Yellow

69 Beige

6 White

77 Black

9 Grey

1 Red

33 Blue

403 Fluor. Orange

66 White

34 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

HERCULES: 14oz. Coated PVCCONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)


COLD CRACK: ≥-40°C (-40°F)




ATLAS: 10oz. Coated PVCCONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)


COLD CRACK: ≥-20°C (-4°F)

FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302






HERCULES

ATLAS

1 Red

205 Medium Green

44 Orange

55 Yellow

8006 Brown

111 Burgundy

3 Blue

994 Fluor. Orange

6 White

9 Grey

2009 Forest Green

308 Navy

68 Beige

7 Black

FABRICS / 35

APOLLO MERCURY (50yd/100yd) SAMPSON FR

CONTENT 100% Polyvinyl Chloride

COLORS 9 50 yd: 14 100 yd: 7 12

FIRE RETARDANCY* EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

EN 1176-10: 2008—Playground EN 1021-1: 2006 Cigarette Test EN 1021-2: 2006 Match Test

CPAI-84; NFPA 701; MVSS 302

THREAD COUNT 17 x 18 threads/inch²

YARN SIZE 1000 x 1300 denier

SERIM Woven

THICKNESS 0.55 mm

COLD CRACK -40˚C (-40˚F)

MILDEW RESISTANT Yes

UV / LIGHT FASTNESS 1000 hours

WIDTH 81” (206 cm) 61” (155cm) 61” (155cm)

ROLL SIZE 50yd 50yd or 100yd 50yd

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS Clean with Mild Soap and Water

CAUTIONS Do not use bleach or vinegar. Will degrade fabric over time, causing discoloration and a shorter lifespan.

18oz. COATED PVCJ. Ennis Fabrics’ 18oz. Coated PVC line is a collection of our top PVC products packaged into one easy-to-find resource. The fabrics featured include Apollo 81”, Mercury and Sampson FR. Each vinyl shares comparable specifications to each other. Provided is a comparison chart to help you choose the best product for your projects.

Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR


Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR

Mercury (50yd/100yd) Sampson FR


Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd) Sampson FR



Apollo 81” Mercury (50yd)

Mercury (50yd)





36 / FABRICS

SPECIALTY FABRICS

MARINE VINYL

87 Brown

99 Mid Grey

61 Mystic White

222 Hunter Green

905 Seagull

696 Bright White

6 White

969 Dark Grey

84 Rust8 Chocolate

34 Teal Green

98 Medium Grey

6009 Oyster White

17 Burgundy

9006 Light Grey

66 Off White

33 Navy Blue

9009 Black

67 Mushroom

333 Azure

805 Spice

97 Steel

6003 Ivory

1 Red

8884 Rawhide

649 Almond

3 Royal Blue

9009 Black

6003 Ivory 61 Mystic White

969 Bright White

66 Off White

905 Seagull

FABRICS / 37

MIDSHIPMidship was developed to withstand the harsh extremes of hot and cold temperatures. Not only is the fabric resistant to seasonal extremes, it can also stand up against chemical and UV exposure. A product developed for all four seasons, Midship is a superior vinyl product with proven marine performance.


CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

COLD CRACK: -28°C (-18.4°F)

FIRE RETARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1.



MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALEDUtilizing a top-quality Midship face, Midship Heat-Sealed is a great accent for boat seating. It features quilted heat-sealed channels every 1½” across the roll in top neutral colors for the Marine market.

FACE CONTENT: 100% Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

FILL CONTENT: 100% Polyester


FIRE RESISTARDANCY: CAL117—Section E; NFPA 260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1.



MIDSHIP

MIDSHIP HEAT-SEALED

MIDSHIP GIMP & WELT

We now carry Hydem Gimp and Welt in all matching Midship colors. See p.174–175 for more details.



38 / FABRICS

CANVAS

208 Hunter Green 111 Burgundy

87 Brown

4 Orange

7 Black

61 White

5 Yellow

33 Royal

11 Red

333 Navy

FABRICS / 39

MALLARDMallard is a piece-dyed 10oz. 100% cotton duck fabric with a canvas construction. As a product that is made in North America, Mallard is also NAFTA friendly.

CONTENT: 100% Cotton

CONSTRUCTION: Canvas

FIRE RESISTARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E.

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC 16 Class 4


WATER REPELLANT: Yes

WEIGHT: 10oz./yd2

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 58” (147cm) | 75–100yd (68–91m)

TREATED VS. UNTREATED CANVAS

The term canvas refers to a heavy-duty woven cotton fabric that is more than 8oz./yd2. Heavy-duty cotton canvas is available treated or untreated.

Canvas can be “waxed” using a product called CANVAK (#7199, p.181), an oily substance that provides the material a certain degree of water

and mildew resistance. Treated canvas is an ideal material for the creation of tarps, bags and outerwear.

Untreated canvas fabric is better suited for non-industrial indoor uses, such as furniture slip covers, painter overalls, aprons, table coverings, pillows, art canvases and theater or staging uses.



The Sunbrella Brand.

Sunbrella® is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over � fty years.

Colorfastness.

Sunbrella � bers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the � ber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied � nish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water. Think of a carrot versus a radish.

Fade-resistant.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.

Cleanable.

Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.

Durable.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.

1961 Mid 70’s Early 80’s 2002 2011

Revolutionary new Sunbrella® awning fabrics dramatically outlast cotton canvas.

Sunbrella marine fabrics begin protecting boats and boaters worldwide.

Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.

Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free.

Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications

BeautifulDurable

Bleach CleanableUV ResistantWorry Free

SUNBRELLA® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

40 / FABRICS

SUNBRELLA® FABRICS

The Sunbrella Brand.

Sunbrella® is the most recognized and trusted name in performance fabrics for the Casual Furniture, Residential Furniture, Shade, Marine and Automotive markets for over � fty years.

Colorfastness.

Sunbrella � bers are saturated with highly UV stable pigments. Traditional dyeing methods, such as yarn or piece dyeing, only add color to the � ber exterior. All Sunbrella fabrics, including shade and marine fabrics, offer performance characteristics that are an integral part of the fabric, not an applied � nish that would wash off over time. So they will hold up to even the harshest outdoor environments, both on land and on the water. Think of a carrot versus a radish.

Fade-resistant.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics are unmatched in resistance to fading and the degrading effects of sunlight.

Cleanable.

Mild soap cleans most common stains. Using bleach or solvents for tough stains will not affect Sunbrella fabrics, but don’t try this with other fabrics.

Durable.

Sunbrella shade and marine fabrics retain their strength after years of cleaning and weathering.

1961 Mid 70’s Early 80’s 2002 2011

Revolutionary new Sunbrella® awning fabrics dramatically outlast cotton canvas.

Sunbrella marine fabrics begin protecting boats and boaters worldwide.

Sunbrella casual furniture fabrics turn patios into outdoor rooms.

Beautiful Sunbrella residential fabrics mean indoor furniture is now stress-free.

Sunbrella Contract launches for commercial upholstery applications

BeautifulDurable

Bleach CleanableUV ResistantWorry Free

SUNBRELLA® IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF GLEN RAVEN, INC.

FABRICS / 41

No matter what project you’re working on, we carry every sup-ply item you need. With over 5,000 items at your fingertips, the possibilities are endless.

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM44 /

FOAM

N

A B

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FOAM / 45

SEW FOAM

Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels.

Constructed from 100% Polyurethane for a pliable pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping. This product is sold by the roll.

B B

4365 4371

½” x 58” x 60’—Pink ¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)

DIMENSIONS PART #

PRICE BREAKS DESCRIPTION COMPRESSION (lb. | kg)

DENSITY (lb./ft.3 | g/cm3)

A Closed Cell Foam

¹/₈” 4499 ¼” 4500 ³/₈” 4501 ½” 4502

Cut (Yd) Roll (25yd)

Closed cell foam on a continuous roll with a 60” width. This foam is non-absorbent and resilient. Can be used for backpacking mats, exercise mats, padding for athletic equipment, costumes, mascots, underpad for landau tops or anything where moisture is of concern.

- - - -

FOAM (AVAILABLE IN CANADA ONLY)

Please see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

46 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING & HOOK & LOOP

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

/ 47 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

WEBBINGWebbing can be combined with buckles, hooks, sliders and other fasteners to create a variety of sport bags, cases and specialty items. Specialty Webbing is woven from various materials such as cotton, nylons, polypropylene and polyester. Also available is the Sunbrella®-brand webbing made from a blend of acrylic and polyester.

COTTON WEBBING

A B C

9831 9832 9550

1” Cotton Webbing—Natural 1½” Cotton Webbing—Natural 2” Heavy Cotton Webbing—Natural

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

NYLON WEBBING—REGULAR

D E F G H I

9851 9844 9821 9846 9850 9892

1” Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Nylon Webbing—Olive Drab 1” Nylon Webbing—Red 1” Nylon Webbing—White 1” Nylon Webbing—Yellow

BREAK STRENGTH: 1005lb (456kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

D 9822 1½” Nylon Webbing—Black

BREAK STRENGTH: 1750lb (793.8kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

D 9824 2” Nylon Webbing—Black


NYLON WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY

D 9782 ¾” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black


D E G

9791 9794 9797

1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Royal 1” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Red


D 9792 1½” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black


D 9793 2” Heavy-Duty Nylon Webbing—Black


Please see p.131–132 for Hot Knife Cutters.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.)

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—REGULAR

A general purpose webbing for garment applications.


¾” 1” 1½” 2”

A B C D E F G H I J K L M

Olive Dark Grey Navy Red Tan Yellow White Silver Orange Green Royal Burgundy Black

- - - - - - 9780 - - - - - 9781

9716 - 9859 9852 9769 9893 9874 9861 9766 9905 9853 9898 9869

9717 9864 9858 9856 9770 9894 9855 9862 9767 9903 9857 9899 9860

9718 9863 9868 9866 9771 9895 9865 9878 9768 9904 9867 9900 9870

4-PANEL POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING

A general purpose polypropylene webbing with great aesthetics and shine for bag and apparel applications.

N 9570 1” 4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing—Black

BREAK STRENGTH: 596lb (270kg) PR ICE BREAKS:

Roll (50yd) | Case (10)

POLYPROPYLENE WEBBING—HEAVY-DUTY

The heavy-duty polypropylene webbing can be used for load-bearing purposes on garment and bag applications.


M 9720 ¾” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black

BREAK STRENGTH: 515lb (234kg)

G M

9734 9733

1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black


G M

9736 9735

1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 1½” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black


G M

9738 9737

2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—White 2” Heavy-Duty Polypropylene Webbing—Black


Sunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

O

Q

R

S

V W

T

U


POLYESTER TIE-DOWN WEBBING

Thick, heavy, all-weather tie-down webbing used on truck beds and cargo straps. These goods will work well with the tie-down ratchets and hooks on p.52–53. Used to create custom tie-downs for any configuration required.

NOTE: #9 Tufting Twine (#8125, p.151) is recommended for sewing tie-downs.

PRICE BREAKS (10yd rolls): Roll (10yd) | Package (5) | Case (10) PRICE BREAK (100yd rolls): Roll (100yd)

O 9701 1” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll


O O

9702 9706

2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—10yd Roll 2” Polyester Tie-Down Webbing—100yd Roll

BREAK STRENGTH: 10,000lb (4536kg)

O 0

9703 9707



O 9704 9708



POLYESTER WEBBING

Used for backpacks, bags, boat tops, boat covers, outdoors and outerwear. UV-resistant.


V 13130 1” Polyester Webbing—White

TENSILE STRENGTH: 5000lb (2268kg)

W 13131 1” Polyester Webbing—Black

TENSILE STRENGTH: 4000lb (1814kg)

SUNBRELLA® WEBBING

The Sunbrella®-brand webbing is constructed from 78% solution-dyed acrylic and 22% polyester. It is UV-resistant at a minimum grade 4 at 2200 hours when tested against AATCC 169-2003. The product also passes lightfast test SAE 1960J with a minimum grade 4 at 1500 hours.

PRICE BREAK: Roll (25yd)

Q R S T U

13127 13128 13126 13129 13125

Sunbrella® Webbing—Jet Black Sunbrella® Webbing—Cadet Grey Sunbrella® Webbing—White Sunbrella® Webbing—Burgundy Sunbrella® Webbing—Pacific Blue

TIPS ON CUTTING WEBBING

Please note that all webbing should be cut with a hot knife. See p.131–132 for our selection of hot knives.

A

DF

G

H

E

C

B


SPECIALTY WEBBING

WEBBING (CONT.)

SEAT BELT WEBBING

2”-width seat belt webbing material meets MVSS302 automotive fire code. Extremely strong, with a fine weave and soft hand. It is easy to sew and flexible.

A 9875 Seat Belt Webbing—Black

BREAK STRENGTH: 4,000lb (1,814kg) PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100yd) | Case (5)

NON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

Replacements for recreational vehicles, vans, trucks and wheelchairs. Comes in 74” or 90” length positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors.

B B

9696 9686

74” Non Retractable Lap Belt 90” Non Retractable Lap Belt

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

Self-winding retractable belt pulls back out of the way when not in use. Features a positive locking mechanism and is self-adjusting. Available in black only.

C 9685 74” Retractable Lap Belt


ELASTIC

KNIT ELASTIC

Constructed from 62% polyester and 38% rubber. Knit elastics are lighter than woven elastics but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.

SHRINKAGE: 10% STRETCH: 125% PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

D 4249 ¾” Knit Elastic—White

ROLL SIZE: 136.7yd

E F G

4241 4243 4246

1” Knit Elastic—White 1” Knit Elastic—Black 1½” Knit Elastic—Black

ROLL SIZE: 54yd

WOVEN ELASTIC

Stronger elastic for heavy-duty applications such as suspenders, sports equipment, equestrian applications (horse boots), bag straps for packs, wrist bands, orthotics (splints and supports) and more. Use wherever a strong memory elastic is required. Constructed from 84% polyester and 16% rubber.

SHRINKAGE: 3% STRETCH: 80% PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd) | Case (5)

G H H H H

4253 4254 4256 4258 4260

1” Woven Elastic—White 1” Woven Elastic—Black 1½” Woven Elastic—Black 2” Woven Elastic—Black 3” Woven Elastic—Black


A

BC

D E F

G

H

I

J KL

M


SPECIALTY WEBBING

FLAT TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

J 9516 4” Flat Tie Down Hook

WIDTH: 3¾” EYE: 2¾” CAPACITY: ~14,330lb (6500kg)

K 9514 2” Flat Tie Down Hook

WIDTH: 2½” EYE: 2” CAPACITY: ~11,023lb (5000kg)

TIE-DOWN HOOKS—STEEL

L 9508 2” Heavy-Duty Tie Down Hook

CAPACITY: 11,023lb (5000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

M 9510 1” Tie Down Hook

CAPACITY: 3300lb (1500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

TIE-DOWN ACCESSORIESUse the ratchets and hooks along with the special tie-down webbings on p.49 to create custom tie-downs for trucking, RV hauling or anywhere cargo needs to be strapped down. Match the capacity of the hardware to that of the webbing to get a strong combination. The break strength figures listed do not indicate load capacity, these are the figures where the unit failed under testing. The breaking strength of the weakest component in the tie-down should be more than 3x the weight of the cargo being restrained. Webbing being used over abrasive or sharp edges must be protected, otherwise normal motion in transit can weaken the webbing by abrading or cutting into it. Worn, frayed or otherwise damaged webbing should be replaced immediately.

TIE-DOWN RATCHET


A 9506 1” Tie Down Ratchet

CAPACITY: ~3300lb (1500kg)

B C

9504 9502

2” Tie Down Ratchet—Short Handle 2” Tie Down Ratchet—Long Handle

CAPACITY: ~11,000lb (5000kg) TIE-DOWN TRIANGLES

Cast unit for joining multiple straps. Not adjustable by itself.

G 9490 2” Tie Down Triangle

CAPACITY: 11,020lb (4999kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

H 9491 3” Tie Down Triangle

CAPACITY: 15,400lb (6985kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

I 9492 4” Tie Down Triangle

CAPACITY: 19,842lb (9000kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (25)

CAM BUCKLES—STEEL

Aluminum press-plate with one-piece steel frame body.

D E

9494 9495

1” Steel Cam Buckle 1” Steel Cam Buckle—Gloss Black

CAPACITY: ~1102lb (500kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

F 9496 2” Steel Cam Buckle

CAPACITY: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

N

O

MP

R

Q


S-HOOKS

R 9497 1” S-Hook PE-Coated

BREAK STRENGTH: 2000lb (900kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

L’IL WEGGIE TARP CLAMP

The Lil Weggie clamping device is designed to hold tarps or other materials that are secured by bungee cords, straps or hand-tied ropes. It features a spring-loaded, thumb-operated locking device that keeps the material secure. It is not designed to hold, tie down or secure loads or cargo and should be limited to less than 45lb (20.4kg).

P 9499 L’il Weggie Tarp Clamp

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Package (20)

RUBBER TARP STRAP

These straps are manufactured from EPDM (ehylene-propylene) synthetic rubber, which has all the strength characteristics of natural rubber, but better resistance to some aggressive chemicals and better exposure characteristics.

The characteristics of the material include an elongation limit of 150% and stretch recovery of 94% base on keeping stretch for 10 days. The pulling force (break point) varies with length. Please see specifics below.

PRICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4)

N 9480 9” Rubber Tarp Strap

BREAK POINT: 900lb (407kg)

N N

9482 9486

15” Rubber Tarp Strap 31” Rubber Tarp Strap


N 9484 21” Rubber Tarp Strap


M 9479 S-Hook for Rubber Tarp Straps

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

ROPE TIE-DOWN RATCHET

Rope tie-down ratchet with rubber-tipped hooks for use with ¼” rope. It is compact and easy to use. This ratchet is made specifically for outdoor marine use, but can be used many other places as well. Just tug on the rope until it is tight. To release, pull on the rope the same way as when tightening and release the trigger. Replacement Hooks (#9479) available separately.

O 13003 ¼” Rope Tie Down Ratchet

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (25) | Case (50)

TRUCK TARP REINFORCEMENTS

Seat belt seconds are webbing products have been rejected for seatbelt use as they do not meet the stringent automotive safety requirements. However, their high load strength make them ideal for truck tarp reinforcements.

ROLL SIZE: ~300yd BREAK STRENGTH: 4000lb PRICE BREAK: Per yard

Q 9872 Seat Belt Seconds—Grey

B C DA

54 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

SPECIALTY HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.

Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof fasteners are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure-sensitive adhesive back forms. All Velcro® Hook and Loop can be sterilized or autoclaved.

VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—BLACK

MAX. IRONING TEMPERATURE: 163°C (325°F) MELTING TEMPERATURE: 204°C (399°F)

A A A

9058 9060 9062

1” Velcro® Black Hook 1½” Velcro® Black Hook 2” Velcro® Black Hook


VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—BLACK


B B B

9059 9061 9063

1” Velcro® Black Loop 1½” Velcro® Black Loop 2” Velcro® Black Loop


VELCRO® HOOK SEW-ON—WHITE


C C C

9052 9054 9056

1” Velcro® White Hook 1½” Velcro® White Hook 2” Velcro® White Hook


VELCRO® LOOP SEW-ON—WHITE


D D D

9053 9055 9057

1” Velcro® White Loop 1½” Velcro® White Loop 2” Velcro® White Loop


E

I

J

L

K

F G H

/ 55 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVEVelcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.

VELCRO® POLYESTERVelcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white.

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—BLACK

E E

9108 9110

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—BLACK

F F

9109 9111

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—WHITE

G 9113 1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Hook


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—WHITE

H 9114 1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Loop


VELCRO® POLYESTER—WHITE

J L

13043 13042

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—White 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—White


VELCRO® POLYESTER—BLACK

I K

13045 13044

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—Black 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—Black


A BC



VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP & DISPLAY DOTSA semi-rigid, flat vinyl extrusion with a protective beading along both side edges. The face has a permanently attached Velcro®-brand woven nylon or polyester hook or loop, or molded hook fastening component. Staple, screw, nail, rivet or slide into a special metal extrusion to attach. Ideal for use on tents, camping trailers, stationary and patio awning ties, and many marine uses.

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—BLACK

A A

9067 9066

1” Velstick Black Hook 1” Velstick Black Loop

SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

DISPLAY DOTS

These Display Dot “coins” feature top-quality, high-tack adhesives. They come on a peel-off roll and are ideal for trade shows, demonstrations, displays, etc. Made of a display-grade hook component, these dots will stick to any loop-style backing but is best used with J. Ennis Fabrics’ line of Display Fabric.

C 9120 ¾” Display Dots White Hook

PRICE BREAKS: Box (200) | Case (5)

VELSTICK HOOK & LOOP—WHITE

B B

9064 9065

1” Velstick White Hook 1” Velstick White Loop

SIZE: 1” x 48” PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

Hook & LoopUse scraps to hang lightweight photo frames on a wall.

Keep seat cushions from sliding off a chair.

Use the hook side of the tape to remove pills from your upholstered seats or clothes.

REPURPOSING YOUR SCRAPS:


Velcro Industries offers a portfolio of products that incorporate our hook and loop technology into materials and components that help companies be more innovative and competitive. Whether it’s a standard product or a solution customized to your design and manufacturing specifications, Velcro Industries puts more than 50 years of expertise in design, process, and logistics into our products—and your success.

For more information contact your local J. Ennis Sales Representative.

N

AC D

B



VELCRO® TEXACRO®Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products.

VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON HOOK

C D C D C D

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059

1” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—White 2” Texacro Sew On Hook—Black


VELCRO® TEXACRO® SEW ON LOOP

A B A B A B

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058

1” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 1½” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—White 2” Texacro Sew On Loop—Black


VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK

C D

13049 13047

¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black


VELCRO® TEXACRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP

A B

13048 13046

¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White ¾” Texacro Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black


E

F

G I

J

K

LH


HOOK & LOOP: 3M® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE3M’s Premium Performance 70 series Scotchmate Hook and Loop is designed for static load applications where temperatures may reach 93°C (200°F) as in automotive, aircraft, electronics and business equipment. This product is usable under stringent wet, dry, hot and cold cycling conditions. Operating temperature range is -29°C to 93°C (-20°F to 200°F). Recommended on base metals, painted metals, polystyrene, acrylic polycarbonate, rigid vinyl and glass.

3M PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PREMIUM PERFORMANCE HOOK & LOOP—BLACK

E F

9106 9107

1” Hook—Black 1” Loop—Black


JEF HOOK & LOOP: PRESSURE-SENSITIVEThis nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. The JEF-brand of Pressure Sensitive hook and loop tape is an economical alternative to competitor brands. They are recommended for lighter duty applications and should not be used for all-weather outdoor applications such as attaching tonneau covers, etc.

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK

C I K

9090 9080 9070

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Package (5) | Case (34)

1” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP

H J L

9091 9081 9071

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige


2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE HOOK

G I

9092 9082

2” Hook—White 2” Hook—Black


2” PRESSURE SENSITIVE LOOP

H J

9093 9083

2” Loop—White 2” Loop—Black


A C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

LB



JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ONThis nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms.

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON HOOK

A C

8984 8986

⁵⁄₈” Hook—White ⁵⁄₈” Hook—Black


¾” SEW ON HOOK

A C E G

9012 9002 9028 8996

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black ¾” Hook—Beige ¾” Hook—Grey


1” SEW ON HOOK—27.3yd ROLL

A C E G I K

9014 9004 9038 8998 8992 8980

1” Hook—White 1” Hook—Black 1” Hook—Beige 1” Hook—Grey 1” Hook—Royal 1” Hook—Red


¾” SEW ON LOOP

B D F H

9013 9003 9029 8997

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black ¾” Loop—Beige ¾” Loop—Grey


1” SEW ON LOOP—27.3yd ROLL

B D F H J L

9015 9005 9039 8999 8993 8981

1” Loop—White 1” Loop—Black 1” Loop—Beige 1” Loop—Grey 1” Loop—Royal 1” Loop—Red


⁵⁄₈” SEW ON LOOP

B D

8985 8987

⁵⁄₈” Loop—White ⁵⁄₈” Loop—Black



1” SEW ON HOOK—546yd ROLL

A C

9030 9026



1½” SEW ON HOOK

A C E

9010 9008 9044

1½” Hook—White 1½” Hook—Black 1½” Hook—Beige


2” SEW ON HOOK

A C E G I K

9016 9006 9048 9000 8994 8982



1½” SEW ON LOOP

B D F

9011 9009 9045

1½” Loop—White 1½” Loop—Black 1½” Loop—Beige


2” SEW ON LOOP

B D F H J L

9017 9007 9049 9001 8995 8983



1” SEW ON LOOP—546yd ROLL

B D

9031 9027



4” SEW ON HOOK

A C

9018 9024


PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

4” SEW ON LOOP

B D

9019 9025



SEW ON HOOK/LOOP

The tape features hook on one side and loop on the other.

C,D C,D

9032 9034

1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black


SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

62 /

FASTENERS

A B C D E F G

H I J K

L M N O P

L M N

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS / 63

DURA SNAP CAPS

Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆”.

I J K

4002 4001 4000

Dura Snap Cap—Black Dura Snap Standard Cap Dura Snap Long Barrel Cap


BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST

Use with socket #3997. Diameter of cap is ½”.

L M

P

3992 3996

3999

Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel

Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass


DURA SNAP SOCKET

Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.

A 4003 Dura Snap Socket


BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET

N 3997 Baby Dura Snap Socket


DURA SNAP STUD

For use with Dura Snap Posts (#4007 or #3995), or with #6 Head Screw.

B 4004 Dura Snap Stud


BABY DURA SNAP STUD

O 3998 Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass


DURA SNAP POSTS

C D

3995 4007

Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard


STIK-A-STUD FASTENER

A Delrin-molded stud with an extremely aggressive 3M adhesive tape backing. Can be applied to any clean, non-porous surface indoors or out. Remove without damage by applying an alcohol solution to the edge of the stud. To be used with Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners.

L M

4099 4098

Stik-A-Stud Fastener—Black Stik-A-Stud Fastener—White


DURA SNAP PLASTIC CAPS

Solid nylon top will not chip or fade. Ideal for color-matching to Sunbrella® products.

E F G H

3960 3968 3964 3976

Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Black Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Grey Dura Snap Plastic Cap—White Dura Snap Plastic Cap—Navy Blue


DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASSA heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades.

BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

SELF-TAPPING SCREW STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

Nickel-plated brass stud with a stainless steel Phillips head.

N 4008 ³⁄₈” Dura Snap Screw Stud—Stainless Steel


Please see p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

64 /

DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED STEELNickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. They are ideal for garment, luggage, sports bags and apparel, as well as applications on indoor automotive and aircraft projects. Due to their steel content, we do not recommend these fasteners for marine applications. Use the nickel-plated brass or stainless steel fasteners on p. 63, and 65–66.

SCREW STUDS

Screw the stud into the side of your boat and snap your boat tip straight onto the stud.

A B

4020 4021

Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—³⁄₈” Nickel-Plated Steel Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈”


DURA SNAP STEEL SOCKET

Nickel-plated steel Dura Snap fasteners are very strong and durable. Polished to a bright finish.

D 11007 Dura Snap Steel Socket


DURA SNAP STEEL STUD

For use with Dura Snap Steel Post (#11011) or #6 Head Screw.

C 11009 Dura Snap Steel Stud


DURA SNAP STEEL CAPS

Caps used with Dura Snap Steel Socket (#11007).

F G

11001 11003

Dura Snap Steel Cap—Nickel Dura Snap Steel Cap—Black


DURA SNAP STEEL POST

For use with Dura Snap Steel Stud (#11009).

E 11011 Dura Snap Steel Post


Please see p.123 for Dura Snap Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dura Snap Machines and Dies.

R

H

I

K

O

P Q

R

S T UV

W X Y

M

L

J

N


DOT® DURABLE FASTENER CAPS

Standard Durable™ caps with ¹¹⁄₆₄” (0.45cm) barrel length. Self-piercing and requires no punching in most applications. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆” (1.43cm). Colored fasteners are topped with Delrin caps that will not fade.

H I J

4070 4068 4062

Nickel-Plated Navy Blue Black

K L M

4064 4066 4060

Burgundy Pacific Blue White


DOT® DURABLE SOCKETS

P Q

4072 4073

Dot Durable Fastener Socket Dot Durable Hard Action Socket


DOT® DURABLE EYELETS

R S

4084 4082

Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—⁵⁄₁₆” Dot® Durable Fastener Eyelet—¼”


DOT® DURABLE MOLDING FASTENER

For use with boat windshields.

T U

4086 4088

Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—¾” Dot® Durable Molding Fastener—⁷⁄₈”


DOT® DURABLE STUDS

W X Y

4074 4076 4077

Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Reg Dot® Durable Fastener Stud—Low Dot® Durable Flangeless Stud


DOT® GYPSY STUD

A nickel-plated brass fastener. Used when attaching stud to screw stud for stacking or double-layering material.

V 11012 Gypsy Studs—Nickel-Plated Brass


DOT® DURABLE: NICKEL-PLATED BRASSQuality Dot® brand Durable™ Heavy-duty fasteners. The Dot® Brand is self-piercing and can be attached without pre-punching. Button diameter is ⁹∕₁₆”, compatible with all Dura Snap parts and tools. A reliable, rustproof fastener of nickel-plated brass from a name you can trust.

DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL/NICKEL-PLATED


N O

4078 4080

Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁷⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated Dot® Durable Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈” Stainless Steel/Nickel-Plated


Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

R

A B C D

H

I J

L K

M

E F G


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

66 /

DURA SNAP CAP—STAINLESS STEEL

Caps for sockets to create one-half of the Dura Snap system. Diameter of the button or cap is ⁹∕₁₆”, barrel length is ¹¹∕₆₄”. Stainless steel, rust-resistant and corrosion resistant.

A 4010 ⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel


DURA SNAP SOCKET—STAINLESS STEEL

Stainless steel standard socket for the Dura Snap system. Use with the stainless steel cap #4010 and attach to stud #4014. Outside diameter is ⁹∕₁₆” while inside diameter is ¹¹∕₆₄”.

B 4012 Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel


DURA SNAP STUD—STAINLESS STEEL

Use with the Dura Snap Cap (#4010) and Socket (#4012).

C 4014 ⁹∕₁₆” Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel


DURA SNAP POST—STAINLESS STEEL

Stainless steel standard height Dura Snap post.

D 4015 Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel


DOT® DURABLE: STAINLESS STEEL

DOT® COMMON SENSE CLINCH PLATE & WASHER

For use with boat windshields.

H I

4058 4054

Dot® Common Sense Washer Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate


DOT® COMMON SENSE STUDS

K L M

4050 3109 4052

Dot® Common Sense Single Stud Dot® Common Sense Double Stud Dot® Common Sense Prong Stud


DOT® COMMON SENSE EYELETS

J 4056 Dot® Common Sense Eyelet


DOT® COMMON SENSE: METALA premium line of Common Sense Fasteners from a name you know and trust. Sturdy nickel-plated brass construction for durability. Reliable, rustproof fasteners for boats, truck fronts, convertible tops, tents and awning applications.

DOT® DURABLE SCREW STUDS—STAINLESS STEEL


E F G

13002 13000 13001

Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw Stud—³⁄₈” Stainless Steel Drill Point Screw Stud—½” Stainless Steel Self-Tapping Screw Stud—⁵⁄₈”


Please see p.123 for Dot® Durable Punch and Dies, and p.127 for Dot® Durable Machines and Dies.

Please see p.124–125 for Common Sense Cutters and Punches.

R

R

N

O

P

Q

RT S

U

V

WX


LIFT-THE-DOT SCREW STUDS

V W

4017 4069

Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Stainless Steel/Brass—⁵⁄₈” Lift-the-Dot Screw Stud Brass—⁵⁄₈”


X 4059 Screw Stud 7153-1—¹¹⁄₁₆”

Fastener stud with nut and bolt for mounting. ¹⁄₈” hole required to mount into hard surfaces.


PULL-THE-DOT SCREW STUD

N 4096 Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud


PULL-THE-DOT SOCKET

P 4092 Pull-the-Dot Socket


PULL-THE-DOT STUD CLINCH

O 4094 Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud Clinch


PULL-THE-DOT FASTENER BUTTON

Q 4090 Pull-the-Dot Fastener Button


LIFT-THE-DOT SOCKET

R 4011 Lift-the-Dot Socket


LIFT-THE-DOT CLINCH PLATE

T 4013 Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate


LIFT-THE-DOT STUD WASHER

S 4019 Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer


LIFT-THE-DOT STUD

U 4018 Lift-the-Dot Stud—Two-Prong


PULL-THE-DOTThe Pull-the-Dot fastener is a carefully engineered, three-sided locking snap fastener. Due to the unique built-in locking feature, this fastener will withstand extreme pressure on three sides without unlocking, yet release instantly on the fourth side if you pull the dot embossed on the surface of the cap. Made of Nickel-plated brass. Can be set with any standard Dot® Durable or Dura Snap setting tool.

LIFT-THE-DOTLift-the Dot is a heavy-duty fastener from the Dot® family. Like Pull-the-Dot, it locks on three sides and is easily released from the fourth. Frequently found on automotive and marine applications, it is suitable for use anywhere that a secure fastener is required. Content is also nicke-plated brass. It has its own set of tools and dies for installing.

N

AE

F

G

H

B

C

D

IJ

K

L

M


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

68 /

FASTENERS: PLASTICImpervious and strong plastic compound fasteners, in Delrin (nylon) acetyl resin compound. Unaffected by moisture or humidity, will withstand extreme temperatures. These products have a proven track record in the winter front industry.

PLASTIC BACK PLATE FOR STUD

Backing plate for Plastic Turn Studs (#3120 or #3121). Use to attach a stud where rivets or screws would pull through. Can be riveted or attached with two Dura Snap posts.

D H

3122 3123

Plastic Back Plate for Stud—Black Plastic Back Plate for Stud—White


PLASTIC WASHER PLATES

Self-locking plate for the eyelets; simply push and the pins are locked into the plate.

C G

3126 3127

Plastic Washer Plate—Black Plastic Washer Plate—White


PLASTIC TURN EYELETS

Plastic eyelet plate has serrated pins that extend into the Plastic Washer Plates (#3126 or #3127).

B F

3124 3125

Plastic Turn Eyelet—Black Plastic Turn Eyelet—White


PLASTIC TURN STUDS

Two-hole mounting Delrin (nylon) stud fastener. Can be riveted or screwed into place or mount onto fabric with Plastic Back Plates (#3122 or #3123).

A E

3120 3121

Plastic Turn Stud—Black Plastic Turn Stud—White


MARINE TOP CLIP

Temporary clip that holds fabric or canvas to frames and tubes during the fitting process. Applied and removed easily. Will not tear or puncture fabric. No spring clamps to squeeze as the clip will just snap on and off.

I 2460 Marine Top Clip for 1” and ⁷∕₈” Tubes


SLIDE-IN TARP CLIP

Slide-in two-piece design allows you to place a clip for tying or hooking anywhere on a tarp. The tapered design means the more pressure you apply, the tighter it holds. A great versatile tool that allows the use of one tarp for many purposes. The clip can be applied where it is needed to simplify securing the tarp.

J 6070 Slide-In Tarp Clip

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

YKK SNAD DOME

A low-profile socket to be used wherever a snap is required, without the hassle of drilling. YKK SNAD Dome features 3M’s high-quality adhesive to ensure great hold on Marine Carpeting and Canvas for decks, bulkheads or panels, upholstery cushions, seating and console covers.

K L

4095 4097

YKK SNAD Dome—White YKK SNAD Dome—Black


#40 1” NYLON HOOK BUTTONS

#40 1” Nylon Buttons are perfect for outdoor applications such as lawn furniture. One-piece molded design with hook backs for use with twine or pre-tied strings. Design on hooks prevents twine from pulling out after insertion.

M -

2072 2074

#40 Nylon Hook Button—White #40 Nylon Hook Button—Ivory

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Case (10)

Please see p.282–285 for more Buttons.

N

N

M

S

T

NP

Q

R

O


ALUMINUM RIVETS WITH STEEL MANDREL

Aluminum rivets with steel mandrel for greater strength than the aluminum mandrel. Steel may eventually corrode in humid environments, but gives a much greater strength. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter.

Grip range (depth) measurements are listed at the end of each description. This is an important number to consider because if the rivet is too short, it will not mushroom the head properly, and if too long, the assembly will be loose.

Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125.

M N

6660 6665

¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” Aluminum/Steel Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–3⁄₈”


ALL-ALUMINUM RIVETS

All-aluminum rivets will not rust. Ideal for use in marine and exposed situations where corrosion is a concern. The size of ¹�₈” refers to the rivet head diameter.

Use with Hand Rivet Gun (#6635) on p.125.

P Q R

6640 6645 6650

¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ¹⁄₁₆”–¹⁄₈” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ³⁄₁₆”–¼” ¹⁄₈” All-Aluminum Rivet—Range ⁵⁄₁₆”–³⁄₈”


SNAP RING WASHER

Provides a clean, vibration proof mounting of fasteners and rivets. The washer protects paint from scratching, fiberglass from cracking and ensures a tight fit.

This clear, rubbery washer slides onto a screw or rivet and front-seals the unit in place. The studs dig into it to prevent loosening or rattling and the surface is protected. Use it anywhere you attach fasteners.

O 3950 Snap Ring Washer


RIVETS

AWNING FASTENERS

BRASS DISC & PRONG

The brass disc and prong system is used to lace awning fabric to the frame. This system prevents the rope from hitting the fabric due to the prong’s unique design. Simply loop the rope through the eye, and slip the prong through the discs for a secure hold.

S T

13017 13018

1387 Brass Disc (Use with Prong #13018) 13018 Brass Prong (Use with Disc #13017)

PRICE BREAKS: Each

N

AEB C D

G H I J K L M


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

70 /

Q-SNAP FASTENERSQ-SNAP is the only secure fastener with stretch function. It is developed for covers and spray hoods on boats, and is perfect for all applications that require textiles to be tight and secure. The patented Q-SNAP is just like a normal press-fastener, with two additional parts—a ring underneath the cloth and a gentle hook on deck. This combination turns the fastener into a secured connection that will not pop loose, while it incorporates a stretch-function (lever).

Q-SNAP STUDS

Underneath the Q-SNAP stud is a very thin silicone layer that keeps the stud from twisting, prevents tension corrosion and provides different attaching methods, such as the tapping screw (#11341).

A A

11346 11347

Q-Snap Stud Cover—Light Grey Q-Snap Stud Cover—Off-White

An elegant stud cover to protect feet and clothes from the hooks on Q-Snap Studs (#11340 and #11341).

PRICE BREAK: Package (10)

B C

11340 11341

Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316 Q-Snap Stud Stainless Steel 316—With Tapping Screw


Q-SNAP SOCKET

D 11339 Q-Snap Socket


Q-SNAP CAPS

Fits most 15mm domed cap dies on hand punch, pliers or any die press (similar to the DOT® brand).


Q-SNAP EYELET

E 11343 Q-Snap Eyelet Stainless Steel 316


G H

11332 11333

Black Matte Black

I 11335 Grey

- -

11330 11331

Polished Polished—Long Shaft

J 11334 Pearl White

K 11336 Khaki

L 11338 Bordeaux Red

M 11337 Navy Blue

Please see p.72 for Q-Snap Tools.

N

N

N O


Parts sold only as a part of the Q-Snap Starter Kit

From Left –Right: Fischer Plug, Self-Drilling Screw, M4 Bolt, 4mm Hole Punch, Hand Punch Set, Blind Rivet and Tapping Screw.

Q-SNAP KITS

N 11344 Q-Snap Starter Kit

A convenient collection of a selection of the parts and supplies to get you started with Q-Snap products. Please note that the products shown on the right-hand side will only be available in this kit.

PRICE BREAK: Each

O 11345 Q-Snap DIY Pack

A blister pack with all the essential Q-Snap screws, caps and studs to incorporate Q-Snap fasteners in your projects. Includes a Switch Over set to help switch over your previously-existing fasteners to the Q-Snap system.

PRICE BREAK: Each

N

A

B C


SPECIALTY FASTENERS

72 /

Q-SNAP FASTENER TOOLS

Q-SNAP INSTALLATION TOOLS

A 11348 Q-Snap Stud Holder

A tool to hold Q-Snap studs in position while they are screwed in place. Designed for both left and right-hand use. Compatible studs include #11341 and #11340. Please see p.70 for details on Q-Snap studs.

PRICE BREAK: Each

B 11349 Q-Snap Stud Marker

If the Q-Snap Socket (#11339, p.70) is already fitted to the cloth, simply attach the Stud Marker to the socket, stretch the canvas tight, then press down to mark the deck. The resulting dent on the deck surface provides the correct position to begin drilling.

PRICE BREAK: Each

C 1350 Q-Snap Install Pin

If the Q-Snap Stud is already in place on deck, the installation pin should be used to help install the cap to the fabric. Fit the pin over the stud, press the fabric down on the pin, then fit the plastic stopper. The resulting pinhole marks the correct positioning for the Q-Snap Cap (please see p.70 for Q-Snap Cap’s full color range).


1

3

23

1

2

3

4

A

C

?

?

TIGHT

QUALITY

EASY

QUICK

to useNow even children and people with less strength in their hands can fix any tight cover. All thanks to the integrated lever of Q-SNAP. It is just that bit of help to overcome the tension easily.

and secure connectionCover makers using Q-SNAP can make a solid and tight cover that protects boat and crew properly. It won’t pop loose, no matter what the angle is between the fixed surface and the cover.

to installInstallation is like a normal press fastener. Special tools make it faster to install than other secured fasteners. There are no extra parts, thanks to smart pre-assembly.

smart and robust To even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP is made from high quality 316 stainless steel. The special ring spring in the socket is dimensionally stable and even more resistant to corrosion than SS 316.A thin silicone rubber layer isolates the Q-stud to prevent tension corrosion. Above all, it isthe only secured fastener without moving parts, making it very durable and robust.

Get your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand or visit WWW.Q-SNAP.COM

tight and easyby

FINALLY . . .

SUREFAS offers next generation fastening systems for sprayhoods, dodgers, covers etc. on boats. It is the company name behind products like PERFIX®, CAF-316® and Q-SNAP®, and is dedicated to bring real fastening solutions. to the challenging textile fastener market.

next generation fastenerssafe and secure

the secured fastener with no protruding parts

made to lastmade to last

the only normal press fastener in 316 stainless steel

‘how small things can make a big dif-ference’ George Veldhoen, inventor

...a way to fix your cover tight and easy

TIGHT

QUALITY

EASY

QUICK

to useNow even children and people with less strength in their hands can fix any tight cover. All thanks to the integrated lever of Q-SNAP. It is just that bit of help to overcome the tension easily.

and secure connectionCover makers using Q-SNAP can make a solid and tight cover that protects boat and crew properly. It won’t pop loose, no matter what the angle is between the fixed surface and the cover.

to installInstallation is like a normal press fastener. Special tools make it faster to install than other secured fasteners. There are no extra parts, thanks to smart pre-assembly.

smart and robust To even be resistant to seawater, Q-SNAP is made from high quality 316 stainless steel. The special ring spring in the socket is dimensionally stable and even more resistant to corrosion than SS 316.A thin silicone rubber layer isolates the Q-stud to prevent tension corrosion. Above all, it isthe only secured fastener without moving parts, making it very durable and robust.

Get your FREE SAMPLE at our METS-stand or visit WWW.Q-SNAP.COM

tight and easyby

FINALLY . . .

SUREFAS offers next generation fastening systems for sprayhoods, dodgers, covers etc. on boats. It is the company name behind products like PERFIX®, CAF-316® and Q-SNAP®, and is dedicated to bring real fastening solutions. to the challenging textile fastener market.

next generation fastenerssafe and secure

the secured fastener with no protruding parts

made to lastmade to last

the only normal press fastener in 316 stainless steel

‘how small things can make a big dif-ference’ George Veldhoen, inventor

...a way to fix your cover tight and easy

SPECIALTY FASTENERS

74 / SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

HARDWARE

1 2 3

/ 75 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

PRODUCT TIP

ZIPPER NOTES

Zippers come in three basic systems—coil (or spiral), injection-molded profile (Delrin or Vislon) and metal.

FI GURE 1: COIL ZIPPERS Uses the toothed elements of helical coils of polyester, nylon or, in some cases, metal wire as the fastening system. Coils can be formed and woven directly into the supporting tapes or preformed and sewn onto specially pre-manufactured tapes. Widely used due to their inconspicuous appearance when incorporated into the finished product.

FI GURE 2: INJECTION-MOLDED ZIPPERS (DELRIN OR VISLON) These zippers have teeth of individually coupled members that interlock and are injection-molded onto pre-woven dyed tape. They have a degree of self-lubrication and tend to be somewhat sturdier than an equivalent size of coil zipper. They also handle water and impurities better than coil zippers. In the larger size they are ideal for outdoor topping applications such as boats and other marine applications.

FI GURE 3: METAL ZIPPERS Feature teeth of stamped or die-cast interlocking design fastened to the beaded edge of a dyed supporting tape. They have long life and tend to be very sturdy and strong in all directions. Brass zippers are used in marine and tent applications as they do not rust like steel. Also used in applications such as garment and upholstering due to the desired brass or metal finish.

If strength is not a particular concern, go with whichever zipper will provide the desired finished appearance. However, if strength is required, select the largest size that would fit your project. Metal and Delrin are stronger, although the larger coil zippers are strong enough for bags and other applications.

CHOOSING A FINISHED ZIPPER

PRODUCT INFORMATION

A B

DE

F G

HI

J K

C

SPECIALTY FASTENERS


HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

COIL ZIPPERS: JEF ZIP#5 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN

A B C

11660 9890 9880

#5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Off-White #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White #5 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black


#5 FINISHED COIL—OPEN END AUTOLOCK

J J J

11500 11501 11502

#5 Coil 16” Open End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 18” Open End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 20” Open End Autolock—Black


#5 FINISHED COIL—CLOSED END AUTOLOCK

K K K K

11609 11610 11612 11613

#5 Coil 6” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 7” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 9” Closed End Autolock—Black #5 Coil 10” Closed End Autolock—Black


#8 COIL ZIPPER CHAIN

C 9885 #8 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black



B C

9999 9888

#10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—White #10 Coil ⁵⁄₈” Zipper—Black


#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS

D E H

9891 9879 10001

#5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—White #5 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black #5 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black


F G

11682 11670

#5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Off-White #5 Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black


#8 ZIPPER SLIDERS

E H

9886 10003

#8 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black #8 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black


#10 ZIPPER SLIDERS

E H I

9889 10004 10000

#10 Non-Locking Coil Zipper Slider—Black #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—Black #10 Non-Locking 2-Tab Coil Zipper Slider—White


Please see p.141 for Zipper tools.


ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imaginationJEFZip Sliders & Chains

CLEANSIMPLEESSENTIALexclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFZip Sliders and Chains are an economical alternative to more expensive nylon zippers. JEF Gliders are made corrosion-resistant featuring a tough-baked enamel finish. JEFZip is suitable for use in any outdoor applications, particularly Marine, Garment and Sport or Outdoor Bag applications. For more info, see p.79.

LENZIP #10 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER LENZIP #8 AUTOLOCK ZIPPER

SPECIALTY FASTENERS


HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

DELRIN ZIPPERS: LENZIPThese plastic Delrin zippers have individually-injected molded teeth fused directly onto the tape of the zipper. The resins used to manufacture the molded plastic chain are incredibly strong. Ideal for heavy-weight garments and various outdoor applications. Auto-locking sliders prevent the zipper from opening until the slider tab is pulled.

LENZIP #10 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS

Black White11074 11076 11078 11080 11082 11084 11086 11088 11090

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

11073 11075 11077 11079 11081 11083 11085 11087 11089

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66”

PR ICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10) | Case (25)

11094 72” 11092 72”


11097 11100 11103 11105 11107

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

11096 11098 11102 11104 11106

78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

PR ICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

LENZIP #8 TWO-TAB AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS

Black Only11108 11109 11110 11111

24” 36” 48” 60”


11112 11113 11114 11116

72” 84” 96” 108”


B

C

D

E

H

I

F

G

A


DELRIN ZIPPERS: JEFZIPJEFZIP #5 DELRIN CHAIN ZIPPER

A B

11400 11412

#5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Black #5 Delrin Chain Zipper—Off-White


JEFZIP #5 DELRIN OPEN-END AUTOLOCK ZIPPERS

Pre-made #5 Delrin zippers, open-end with autolock sliders. Used in garments and bag applications. Available only in black.


E E E E

11300 11301 11302 11306

16” 18” 20” 24”

E E E E

11308 11310 11312 11448

26” 28” 30” 40”

JEFZIP #10 DELRIN CHAIN

Nylon tooth zippers are strong and lightweight. They operate smoothly despite the presence of sand, mud, or other contaminants. Ideal for topping and other outdoor applications including garments and bags.

F G

10170 10166

#10 Delrin Chain—Black #10 Delrin Chain—White

PRICE BREAKS: 10yd | 100yd

JEF ZIP #10 DELRIN TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

Coordinates with JEFZip’s #10 Delrin Chains (#10170 and #10166).

H I

10168 10172

#10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Delrin Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black


JEFZIP #5 DELRIN LOCKING ZIPPER SLIDERS

C D

11420 11432

#5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Black #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Slider—Off-White



A

D

B

C

U V

W

XY

ZA1

E

G

F H

I

J

K

LM

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

SPECIALTY FASTENERS


HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: UNFINISHED ZIPPERSYKK Vislon zippers are extremely strong and lightweight. The “teeth” are made from Vislon nylon and the tape is polyester. Due to the unique properties of Vislon, the fastener has a wide variety of industrial, consumer and military applications where environmental conditions can reduce the effectiveness of metal zippers. YKK is corrosion-resistant and is self-lubricating to a degree. This ensures smooth operation despite sand, mud or other contaminants.

The color is cast into the molding, so there is no finish to rub off, peel or chip. Vislon has excellent heat resistance (up to 182°C / 360°F) and resists cold down to -51°C (-60°F). Melting point is at 249°C (480°F), which is well beyond normal laundering or exposure temperatures. Resistance to chemicals further extends the use of Vislon beyond the scope of conventional metal zippers, which are prone to accelerated corrosion with exposure to chemicals.

N

N

N

N


YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPERS

This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 220yd. The #5 tape is ½” in width.

A B C

9935 9975 10082

#5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—White #5 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (220yd) | Roll (3)


B 10120 #8 Coil Zipper Chain—White

PRICE BREAKS: Yard

YKK #5 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

R S

9930 9980

#5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #5 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White


YKK #8 COIL TWO-TAB SLIDER—NON-LOCKING

F 10122 #8 Coil Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White


YKK #8 COIL ZIPPER SLIDER—NON-LOCKING

P 10121 #8 Coil Non-Locking One-Tab Slider—White


YKK #5 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

L M N

9936 9990 10083

#5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Black #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—White #5 Vislon Non-Locking Zipper Slider—Beige


YKK #5 VISLON STOPS

T V W

9937 9982 10084

#5 Vislon Top Stop—Black #5 Vislon Top Stop—White #5 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

9938 9984 10085

#5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—White #5 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case(10)

YKK #10 VISLON STOPS

U V W

9965 9948 10081

#10 Vislon Top Stop—Black #10 Vislon Top Stop—White #10 Vislon Top Stop—Beige

X Y Z

A1

9966 9949 10080

11013

#10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Black #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—White #10 Vislon Bottom Stop—Beige

#10 YKK “V” Zipper Stop—Stainless Steel


YKK #10 VISLON ZIPPER SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

O P Q

9947 9941 10078

#10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Black #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—White #10 Vislon Zipper One-Tab Slider—Beige


YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—LOCKING

I J K

9974 9972 10076

#10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Black #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—White #10 Vislon Two-Tab Locking Slider—Beige


YKK #10 VISLON TWO-TAB SLIDERS—NON-LOCKING

E F G H

9942 9946 10079 9944

#10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Beige #10 Vislon Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Blue

Non-locking sliders made of enameled steel.


- -

9945 9976

#10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—Black #10 Plastic Non-Locking Two-Tab Slider—White

Non-locking plastic sliders for salt water and other marine applications. Molded in color. Will not rust even if chipped.



This product is available in cut lengths or in full rolls of 110yd. The #10 tape is ⁵⁄₈” in width.

A B C D

9939 9940 10075 9943

#10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Black #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—White #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Beige #10 Vislon Zipper Chain—Blue

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Roll (110yd)


N

WHITE BEIGE BURGUNDY BLUE BLACK GREY

SPECIALTY FASTENERS


HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

YKK VISLON: FINISHED ZIPPERS

YKK #10 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS

#10 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.


Black White Beige Burgundy Blue Grey10024 10005 10006 10007 10025 10008 10026 10009 10027 10010 10028 10011 10012 10029 10013

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10039 9977 9978 9979 10040 9981 10041 9983 10042 9985 10043 9986 9987 10044 9988

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10045 10046 10047 10048 10049 10050 10051 10052 10053 10054 10055 10056 10057 10058 10059

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10090 10091 10092 10093 10094 10095 10096 10097 10098

24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

9950 9951 9952 9953 9954 9955 9956 9957 9958

24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

10030 10031 10032 10033 10034 10035 10036 10037 10038

24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72” 84” 96” 120”

YKK #8 LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS

#8 locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.


Black White10086 10015 10016 10087 10017 10088 10089

24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

10014 10018 10019 10021 10020 10022 10023

24” 36” 48” 54” 60” 72” 84”

American & Efird Canada, Inc.

®

Proudly representing…


YKK #10 NON-LOCKING VISLON ZIPPERS

#10 non-locking zipper with double pull-tab sliders made from enamel-coated zinc. A heavy zipper used in marine convertible tops and tenting applications.


Black White Beige9470 9991 9989 9992 9471 9993 9472 9994 9473 9995 9474 9996 9997 9475 9998

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

9450 9959 9969 9960 9451 9961 9452 9962 9453 9963 9454 9964 9967 9455 9968

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”

10060 10061 10062 10063 10064 10065 10066 10067 10068 10069 10070 10071 10072 10073 10074

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 96” 108” 120”


A

B

C

D EF

G

SPECIALTY FASTENERS


HARDWARE: ZIPPERS

YKK METAL ZIPPERS: ALUMINUM

YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER TAPE

A 9931 #10 96” Aluminum Two-Tab Finished Zipper

A separable aluminum zipper, the #10 two-tab zipper is ideal for boat top and tent applications—anywhere that a separable zipper is needed. It can be shortened by trimming the free ends. They can be capped with the aluminum top stops (#9923) to keep the finished professional appearance. J. Ennis Fabrics also carries a selection of these zippers in a brass finish (#9934). Tape color is a light beige.


B 9921 #10 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape

Heavy #10 aluminum zipper on beige tape. A common size in marine, boat top and tent applications. The tape has a width of ¾”. Sliders (#9922 and #9919) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9923 and #9924) for a secure and attractive finish. Tape color is a light beige.


YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDERS

D 9922 #10 Aluminum Two-Tab Slider


YKK #10 ALUMINUM ZIPPER STOPS

F G

9923 9924

#10 Aluminum Top Stop #10 Aluminum Bottom Stop



C 9918 #5 Aluminum Heavy Zipper Tape

#5 aluminum zipper tape in a continuous roll. This is a slightly larger and stronger version of the #4 zipper (p.290–291). It is intended for more strenuous applications, such as bags and other places where a slightly heavier load is expected. Tape color is a light beige.


E 9919 #5 Aluminum Single-Tab Slider


J KL

H

I


YKK METAL ZIPPERS: BRASSYKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE

H 9925 #10 Brass Heavy Zipper Tape

Heavy #10 brass zipper on black tape. Although a common size in marine and boat top applications, the #10 zipper is also popular in tents and other shelters or heavy bag applications. The tape width is ¾”. Sliders (#9926) are available as well as top and bottom stops (#9927 and #9928) for a secure and attractive finish.


I I I

9932 9933 9934

#10 36” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 60” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper #10 96” Brass Two-Tab Finished Zipper

Pre-made separable brass zippers on black ¾” tape. Ideal for outdoor use in tents. Brass is sturdy, attractive and handles humidity and cold easily. Can be shortened and finished with #10 top stops (#9927).


YKK #10 BRASS TWO-TAB ZIPPER SLIDER

L 9926 #10 Brass Two-Tab Slider


YKK #10 BRASS ZIPPER STOPS

J K

9927 9928

#10 Brass Top Stop #10 Brass Bottom Stop



N

N

N

A

B

C

D E F GH

I

JK

L

OMN P Q

H I

86 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: ALUMINUMFIT TINGS

CLEAT

A 2410 6” Cleat


CAMEL BACK HINGES

Camel back hinges that move the pivot point out from the surface to allow full range of movement of eye ends. Projection distance given is from the mounting surface.

B C

2404 2406

Camel Back Hinge—¾” Projection Camel Back Hinge—1”


ROD CLAMPS

D E F

2372 2370 2368

Hookless Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—½” Head Rod Clamp—³⁄₈”


SLIPFIT EYE END

H I J K

2361 2420 2364 2366

¼” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ½” ½” Slipfit Eye End—ID* ⁷⁄₈” ¾” Slipfit Heavy-Duty Eye End—ID* 1¹⁄₈” 1” Slipfit Eye End—ID* 1³⁄₈”


SLIPFIT ELBOW

L 2427 ½” Slipfit 90° Elbow—ID* ⁷⁄₈”


COMBINATION RAFTER/SLIP TEE

Combination rafter tee and upright tee with offset that allows for individual or dual use.

G 2360 1” Combination Rafter/Slip Tee—ID* 1³⁄₈”


AWNING FITTINGS: ALUMINUMThe aluminum fittings listed here have a primary application in the construction of awnings. While many of the parts appear similar to their counterparts in the boat top trade, they tend to be larger castings and in many cases are not as well finished as the equivalent marine parts. All parts have a smooth surface with a bright finish. Set screws, hinge screws, bolts and nuts are made of stainless steel unless otherwise indicated.

*ID: Inside Diameter

POST SOCKETS FOR WOOD

O P

2424 2422

1” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1³⁄₈” ¾” Post Socket for Wood—ID* 1¹⁄₈”


SLIPFIT FRONT BAR CLAMP

Fit tubing into the bar clamp and tighten the stainless steel setscrew.

M N

2378 2380

Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—¾” x ¾” Aluminum Front Bar Clamp—1” x 1”


POST SOCKETS FOR BRICK

For mounting pipes securely into brick or stone surfaces. Mounts using lag bolts or cement/brick anchors.

Q 2425 1” Post Socket for Brick—ID* 1³⁄₈”


MEASUREMENT NOTES

Littco fitting measurements are based on pipe sizes of schedule 40 pipes which are measured by the inside diameter.

Z-SHAPED AWNING MOUNTING BRACKET

Z-bracket with two equally spaced holes for lagging into mortar and securing to the wall. The ³⁄₁₆” hole on the other end accommodates a tek screw for fastening the awning frame to the bracket.

H 11014 Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—1”

The 1” square design will accommodate both 1” round and square awning frame tubing.

I 11015 Z-Shaped Awning Bracket—3”


/ 87 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

FIR

ES

IST

® IS

A T

RA

DE

MA

RK

OF

GL

EN

RA

VE

N, IN

C.

FIRESIST82005-0000REGATTA TWEED

Specifying FIRESIST fabric in the early stages

of development has never been an easier decision.

Specify FIRESIST® for an up-to-code fi re-resistant awning fabric that looks as

good as it performs. Improved strength, colorfastness and weather-resistance

make fabrication with FIRESIST easier than ever.

There has never been a smarter decision when it comes to quality,

assurance and safety.

Visualization Drawings are for visual Drawings are for visual Drawings are for representation only.

California State Fire Marshal Title 19NFPA 701-99, test method IICPAI-84; Tent walls and roof FMVSS 302FAA 25.853 (Aviation) UFAC Upholstered Furniture, Class 1

FIRESIST Fabric Certifi cations

N

N

Square Tube #8376 used in conjunction with Jaw Slide #2579.

88 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: TUBING

ALUMINUM TUBING

STAINLESS STEEL TUBING

BRIGHT ANODIZED ROUND ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS

Drawn aluminum tubing with a polished bright-dip finish. Lightweight and easy to work with, the ¾” tubing will slide easily into ⁷/₈” tubing to form cockpit poles (see p.105).

8362 Outer Diameter (OD) ¾” x Length 20’

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’

8372 OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 20’

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (20’ lengths) | 240’ | 1080’

11231 OD* ⁷/₈” x Length 24’

24’ tubes must be shipped by truck. J. Ennis Fabrics can cut tube in half if this product is shipped by courier.

PRICE BREAKS: Per foot (24’ lengths) | 432’

CLEAR ANODIZED SQUARE ALUMINUM TUBING: 0.058” WALL THICKNESS

Square tubing to be used with the following Jaw Slides, #2706, #2705, #2708, and #2579 (see inset photo above.)

8368 OD* 1” x Length 24’


8376 OD* 1¼” x Length 24’


SUPER BUFFED STAINLESS STEEL ROUND TUBING

Bright finished 304 stainless steel tubing. Extra strength makes for a stronger frame ideal for railings. Sold in complete lengths of 20’.

8374 8365

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.049” Wall Thickness x Length 20’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 20’


8373 8364 8367

OD* ⁷/₈” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’ OD* 1¼” x 0.065” Wall Thickness x Length 24’


* OD: Outer Diameter

Please see p.135 for Bending tools.

A

D

EF G

HB

C

/ 89 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GEMINI FIT TINGS

SLIDING SIDE MOUNTS

Compatible with standard marine end fittings. Heavy duty construction with two set screws. Phillips head bolt and nylon washer. Easy installation, requires no modification of existing frames.

A B C

11062 11061 11060

Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1¼” Gemini Sliding Side Mount—1” Gemini Sliding Side Mount—⁷/₈”

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Package (10)

HINGES

Solid body construction with two Buna O-rings to compensate for tubing wall thickness variation. Relief areas are provided for attachment to tubing via either roll pins or set screws.

G H

11066 11067

Gemini Hinge—⁷/₈” Gemini Hinge—1”


SPLIT JAW SLIDE MOUNT

Split-style mounts can be mounted anywhere on a frame, which creates a greater range of applications.

D E F

11063 11064 11065

Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—⁷/₈” Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1” Gemini Split Jaw Slide Mount—1¼”


STAINLESS STEEL: GEMINI FITTINGSThe Gemini Fittings are made of 316 stainless steel and include a Sliding Side Mount, Split Jaw Side Mount fitting in ⁷⁄₈”, 1”, and 1¼”. Also available are Gemini hinges in ⁷⁄₈” and 1”.

The Sliding Side Mount and Split Jaw Side Mount feature a beefed-up body style with a stand-off style that allows hand room between the grab rail and the fabric which makes them ideal for mounting struts, grab and hand rails in marine frames.

The Gemini Hinges fit standard tubing for use in collapsible support struts, dinettes and folding tables and folding seating.

A

G H

I

K

E

L

F

J

C

B

D

90 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

60° BASE

A B

2855 2854

60° Rectangular Base—1” 60° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈”


C D

2863 2862

60° Round Base—1” 60° Round Base—⁷/₈”


90° BASE

G H

2851 2850

90° Rectangular Base—1” 90° Rectangular Base—⁷/₈”


I J

2859 2858

90° Round Base—1” 90° Round Base—⁷/₈”


90° TEE FITTINGS

K L

2871 2870

90° Tee Fitting—1” 90° Tee Fitting—⁷/₈”


60° UNIVERSAL TEE FITTINGS

E F

2874 2875

60° Universal Tee Fitting—⁷/₈” 60° Universal Tee Fitting—1”


STAINLESS STEEL: RAIL FITTINGSA wide range of fittings to be used along with ⁷⁄₈” and 1” stainless steel tubing to create handrails and guides. The range of angles on the bases and stanchions will allow you to fit most contours and shapes. Use 1” to create a heavier, more sturdy rail. Made with 316 Stainless Steel.

L

M

N

O

P

Q

S

U

V

T

R

/ 91 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: RAIL FIT TINGS

CORNER FITTING

L 2888 Three-Way Corner Fitting—⁷/₈”


RAIL END

U V

2885 2886

5½° Rail End (End Out) 5½° Rail End (End In)


BOW FORM

P 2882 110° Bow Form


ELBOWS

M N O

2879 2878 2892

90° Elbow—1” 90° Elbow—⁷/₈” Elbow and Anchor Eye—⁷/₈”


STANCHION

Q R

2905 2904

60° Aft Stanchion—1” 60° Aft Stanchion—⁷/₈”


S T

2901 2900

60° Center Stanchion—1” 60° Center Stanchion—⁷/₈”


N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

N

A

B C

D

E

F

G H

I J K

92 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGSHigh quality die cast 316 stainless steel fittings, highly polished for a brilliant finish. Used in the construction of bimini top frames. Extremely strong and durable. They are drilled to accept either one of the ³⁄₈” Quick Release Pins listed on p.94 or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads; in some cases a headless screw of this size is included. Those with mounting screws are pre-drilled to accommodate the use of #10 screws, which will mount flush in the countersunk holes.

BALL AND SOCKET FITTINGS

A 2563 Ball and Socket Deck Hinge w/ Pin + Lanyard


B C

2565 2564

Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—1” Ball and Socket Outside Top Cap—⁷/₈”


D E

2567 2566

Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—1” Ball and Socket Jaw Slide—⁷/₈”


F 2562 Ball and Socket 90o Eye End—⁷/₈”


G H

2569 2568

Ball and Socket Concave Hinge W/P—⁷/₈” Ball and Socket Deck Hinge W/P—⁷/₈”


I J

2571 2573

Hinge with D-Ring—Port Side Hinge with D-Ring—Starboard


K 2574 Pull Pin with Pull Knob Lanyard


L

M

N

OQ

T

U

VR

S

P

WX

YZ A1 B1

C1E1D1

F1 H1G1

/ 93 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

JAW SLIDES

L M

2665 2667

Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—1” Jaw Slide with Rubber Gasket—⁷/₈”


N 2697 Double-Side Jaw Slide—1”


O P

2704 2694

Jaw Slide with Bolt—⁷/₈” Jaw Slide with Bolt—1”


Q R S

2698 2699 11043

Split Jaw Slide—⁷/₈” Split Jaw Slide—1” Split Jaw Slide—1¼”


T U

2668 2721

Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1” Two-Screw Jaw Slide—1¼”


V 2696 Heavy Top Jaw Slide—1”


EYE SLIDE

W 2688 Eye Slide—1”


EYE END

Drilled to accept either the ³⁄₈” Quick Release pins or a machine screw with ¼–20 threads.

X Y Z A1 B1

2692 2693 2666 2720 2689

Top Cap Eye End—1” Top Cap Eye End—⁷/₈” Two-Screw Eye End—1” Two-Screw Eye End—1¼” Heavy Top Cap Eye End—1”


C1 2581 Quick-Release Side Mount/Eye End—⁷/₈”

Two-hole side mount with Quick Release End. Eye end fits ⁷⁄₈” tubing, then fits vertically into mount and locks when pivoted off center. Base size approximately ⁷⁄₈”x2”. Pre-drilled to accommodate ¼”–20 screws.


MISCELLANEOUS

D1 E1 F1

2575 2535 2572

Snap Hook—1” Pad Eye Adjuster Slide—1”


G1 3902 1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring


H1 2687 Stainless Steel Set Screw

Replacement set screws for Eye Ends and Jaw Slides.


A

I

B

C D

E

F

G

J

K

O P

Q

M

L

H

94 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAINLESS STEEL TOP FIT TINGS

SIDE MOUNTS

A I

2664 2663

Heavy-Duty Four-Hole Side Mount Plate Two-Hole Side Mount


BIMINI HINGES & FITTING

O 2576 Quick-Release Bimini Top Hinge

Easily removes or installs without having to keep track of screws. Installs with two #10 screws (not included).


P 2578 Quick-Release Bimini Strap Hinge

Installs with two #10 screws (not included).


Q 2577 Quick-Release Round Surface Bimini Top Fit

Round design fits with the shape of the boat. Adapter can be inserted four different ways, 90° apart.


DECK HINGES

B C D

E F G

H

2584 2582 2587

2585 2586 2583

2588

Angle Base Deck Hinge 90° Deck Hinge Heavy-Duty Deck Hinge

Quick-Release Angle Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin Quick-Release Concave Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin Quick-Release 90° Deck Hinge w/ Quick-Release Pin

180° Universal Deck Hinge


PINS

J 2908 Toggle ³⁄₁₆” Pin


K L M

2702 2703 130004

Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin Quick-Release ³⁄₁₆” Pin w/ 7” Steel Lanyard Quick-Release ¼” Pin w/ Nylon-Coated 6” Lanyard


STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS (CONT.)

R S T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

/ 95 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: CHROME FIT TINGS

CHROME DIE-CAST FITTINGSZinc die-cast fittings with chrome plating. Though not as strong as stainless steel, these fittings give you the look of stainless steel without the cost. These fittings are made for boats on fresh water lakes, and are not recommended for salt water.

HINGES

R S

2715 2713

10° Large Deck Hinge Large Deck Hinge


MOUNTING PLATE

T 2659 Mounting Plate


END CAP

U 2685 Track Slide End Cap


JAW SLIDES

A1 B1

2625 2605

Jaw Slide—¾” Jaw Slide—⁷⁄₈”


BOW SOCKET

V 2695 Bow Socket—Chrome-Plated

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Case (10)

EYE ENDS

W X

2545 2525

Inside Eye End—¾” Inside Eye End—⁷⁄₈”


Y Z

2546 2547

Outside Eye End—¾” Outside Eye End—⁷⁄₈”


96 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

DELRIN: TOP FITTINGSA full range of boat fittings in Delrin Acetyl resin compound. Delrin is ideal for sport and recreational crafts due to its excellent resistance to corrosion of any kind. Color is cast in, not coated on, which means that it hides scratches well. Self-lubricating to a degree, Delrin Jaw Slides are unaffected by water exposures and tough enough that it can be tapped for set screws.

JAW SLIDES

A 2705 2706

1” Square Jaw Slide—Black 1” Square Jaw Slide—White


B 2600 2590

⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—Black ⁷⁄₈” Jaw Slide—White


G 2620 2610

¾” Jaw Slide—Black ¾” Jaw Slide—White


DECK HINGES

H 2767 2766

Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Left Small Black Deck Hinge—Lock Right


I 2712 Angle Deck Hinge Large Hole—Black


J 2711 2710

Angle Base Deck Hinge—Black Angle Base Deck Hinge—White


K 2580 2560

Large Deck Hinge—Black Large Deck Hinge—White


L 2651 2650

Deck Hinge/Slide—Black Deck Hinge/Slide—White


M 2661 2660

Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—Black Two-Hole Side Mount Plate—White


N 2701 2700

Side Mount/Slide Track—Black Side Mount/Slide Track—White


O 2570 2550

Small Deck Hinge—Black Small Deck Hinge—White


INSIDE EYE ENDS

C 2708 2709

1” Square Inside Eye End—Black 1” Square Inside Eye End—White


D 2510 2500

⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White


E 2520 2530

¾” Inside Eye End—Black ¾” Inside Eye End—White


OUTSIDE EYE END

F 2541 2540

⁷⁄₈” Outside Eye End—Black ⁷⁄₈” Inside Eye End—White


A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

/ 97 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN TOP FIT TINGS

A B C D

E

I J K L

F G H

M N

98 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN FIT TINGS

TUBE CONNECTORS

C C

2612 2611

¾” Tube Connector—Black ¾” Tube Connector—White


D D

2614 2613

⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—Black ⁷⁄₈” Tube Connector—White


CHANNELS

J K

2683 2691

Channel Trim End Insert—Black Channel End Cap—Black


LASH HOOKS

I I

2671 2670

Two-Hole Lash Hook—Black Two-Hole Lash Hook—White


WEDGE

G G

2652 2561

Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—Black Angle Wedge for Deck Hinge—White


EYE STRAPS

E E

2640 2630

Eye Straps—Black Eye Straps—White


SCREWS

H H

2654 2653

Nylon Head Screw—Black Nylon Head Screw—White


VADNEY WINDSHIELD CLIPS

M N

2453 2454

Windshield Clip—Square Boat Top Fitting Windshield Clip—Round


DELRIN (CONT.)

SOCKETS

For use with 6’ Oak Bow (#2765) on p.107.

A 11042 Bow Rail Socket—White


F F

2769 2768

Batton Socket—Black Nylon Batton Socket—White Nylon


SLIDES

B B

2681 2680

Track Slide—Black Track Slide—White


L L

2657 2655

Slide Lock with Screw—Black Slide Lock with Screw—White



ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imaginationJEFBeam Rails & Hooks

UNIQUESTRONGVERSATILE

exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFBeam hooks allow customers to use one system for a tremendous number of indoor and outdoor applications. From gazebos and awnings to privacy curtains and room separators. For more info, see p.110.

A

B

D

C

E

F

G

H

I

J K

L

M

100 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

N

/ 101 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: STAYPUT FIT TINGS

STAYPUTThe StayPut fasteners’ unique design provides a superior and reliable fastening system without the need for springs or pressure to remain closed. They are made from the highest quality UV-stable nylon composite. Resistant to corrosion and will provide many years of trouble-free operation, particularly in a marine environment. Also used for tents, awnings and covers, etc.

HOOK

Run your inflatable boat cover shock cord through the sleeve of the hook.

A 1707 1” Inflatable Cover Hook


CURVED BASE INSERT

Use with #1708 and #1709 to provide a snug fit on 22–25mm tubing.

J 1710 StayPut Curved Base Insert


KEDER BULLET

K 1713 StayPut Keder Bullet—White

Use in the ends of the keder welting (#9420 and #9425).


SHOCK CORD TOOL

M 1720 StayPut Shock Cord Tool—3 Pieces

Allows assembly and removal of the StayPut Fasteners. Comes with a pair of setting dies for use in the Press-n-Snap hand tool, and a recessed die for use with any standard ¹⁄₈” punch to separate the pieces after installation.

PRICE BREAK: Each

TENT WALL HOOK

L 1704 StayPut Tent Wall Hook—White

Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1701 and #1700). Designed not to jump off rope and is always in the upright position. Fixed directly to the fabric through a ¼” hole. Uses a backing plug and does not require the use of an eyelet or any special tools.

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)SINGLE STUDS

H I

1708 1709

StayPut Vertical Single Stud StayPut Horizontal Single Stud


SHOCK CORD CLIPS

StayPut shock cord clips with 6mm shock cord with brass-crimped ends (sold in 3 parts, as seen in image C). Simple installation in varying thicknesses of fabric without the need for special tools, only a ¼” hole in fabric.

D E

1701 1700

StayPut Shock Cord Clip—Black StayPut Shock Cord Clip—White


KNOBS

Use with StayPut Shock Cord Clip (#1700 and #1701). Accepts 6mm Shock Cord. The knob is extremely strong with a smooth and rounded matte finish.

B C

1703 1706

StayPut Knob—Black StayPut Knob—White


SHOCK CORD PULLS

Fasten to shock cord clip to make it easier to fasten and release shock cords from hooks.

F G

1719 1718

StayPut Shock Cord Pull—Black StayPut Shock Cord Pull—White


See p.124 for StayPut Spincutters.

N

N

A

B

DC E F G

H

102 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MARINE VENTING

MARINE VENTING

AIR VENT

Designed to help prevent dry rot, condensation, mildew and rust due to improper ventilation. Vinyl vents can be stitched, heat sealed or glued using HH-66 Adhesives (see p.192) to tarps, canvas or vinyl covers.

Made of tough, extremely pliable vinyl that can be bent, folded, or flattened without damage. Will not rot or discolor and are impervious to sun and weather. Special hood design will spring back to the original shape and remain open regardless of how it may have folded. Sew nylon netting or fiberglass screening to fabric under the vent to prevent insect access.

A B

2797 11023

Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—White Air Vent for Vinyl Tops—Black


HOLE CUTTER FOR BOAT VENT II

Simple and efficient cutter for producing clean holes for mounting Boat Vent II (#2798) into covers. Crank action cutter creates a precisely-sized hole in seconds.

D 2799 Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II

PRICE BREAK: Each

BOAT VENT II

Boat Vent II uses the design of step coupling. This allows the user to choose which diameter of tent pole is used, either ¾” or ⁷⁄₈”. With the use of the Hole Cutter (#2799), anyone can install Boat Vent II in a matter of minutes. The Boat Vent II system requires only one primary hole and no secondary mounting holes. To achieve the optimum efficiency in ventilation the vent should be at the peak of any cover to release all the moist, hot air. Made from GE plastics, Geloy ASA, and polycarbonate blend for superior strength and UV resistance.

C 2798 Boat Vent II


SUN PROTECTOR CLIPS

Two or three sun protector clips will extend the life of clear plastic windows on boats by holding the windows clear of the frame and preventing “heat branding” and abrasion along the frame. This can cause whitening of the clear plastic and weakening of the window.

E F G

2450 2451 2452

Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈” Sun Protector Clip—1” Double Sun Protector Clip—⁷⁄₈”


JAW SLIDE

Meant to be used with the 1¼” Tube (#8376).

H 2579 Jaw Slide for 1¼” Square Tube


I

JK

L

M

N

O

/ 103 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING RAIL & WELT

ALUMINUM AWNING RAIL

Mill finish aluminum awning rail in 16’ lengths. Can be used with keder welt or vinyl extruded welt to hold covers in place. Ideal for truck tonneau covers.

I 2771 16’ Aluminum Awning Rail


VINYL EXTRUDED WELT

Use in place of rope headers to eliminate binding and tearing of threads and fabric during use. Can be easily stitched to the cover fabric and fits cleanly into the awning rails above. Fast and easy, moves the stitching away from friction. ⁵∕₁₆” diameter.

L -

2773 2781

Vinyl Extruded Welt—White Vinyl Extruded Welt—Black

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)

KEDER WELT WITH WELDED FLAP

Heavy-duty polyester welded to a cord of solid PVC material. Hard, but flexible with slippery track welting that slides easily, and effortlessly bends around curves. Awning welt with a welded flap for sewn applications. Available in standard weave in black or white.

M - M -

9422 9423 9424 9425

⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁹⁄₃₂” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Welded Flap—Black


AWNING COVER WELT

100% PVC awning cover welt cord. Welt for sewing in the edging of awning covers. Holds the cover in place once installed in awning roller tube and front valance.

O 9426 Awning Cover Welt—¼” Diameter


KEDER WELT WITH TWO-FLAP

For sewn or heat-sealed applications. Available in standard weave. Keder welting is designed specifically for use in outdoor tensile structures where strength and resistance to the elements are critical. A unique construction of heavy-duty polyester fabric welded to a cord of solid PVC material, resulting in a hard, but flexible and slippery track welting. Effortlessly bends around curves.

- N

9420 9421

⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—White ⁵⁄₁₆” Keder Welt with Two-Flap—Black


PLASTIC AWNING RAIL

J 2774 10’ Plastic Awning Rail

Plastic awning rail in white Delrin in 10’ lengths and ⁹∕₁₆” diameter.


K 2777 7’6” Center Awning Rail

Smooth, white, PVC rigid extrusion. Non-corrosive. Can be run around tight corners with the use of heat.


AWNING RAIL

AWNING WELT

A

B

C

D

E

F

104 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: AWNING & MARINE WELT

XTREME AWNING SEAL

Closed-cell flexible awning sealer with 3M adhesive on the backing. Use awning seal for the best seal and ease of installation of awnings. With the self-adhesive 3M back, it stays in place.

A 2805 Xtreme Awning Seal

PRICE BREAKS: Foot | Package (125’) | Case (250’)

MARINE ULTRA SEAL

Ultra Seal can be glued or sewn to most materials and surfaces. Works well with Common Sense fasteners and gives a flatter finished profile.

D 2786 Marine Ultra Seal


MARINE WINDSHIELD WELT

Welt-style PVC over ³⁄₈” foam, with ½” seam allowance.

E 2778 Marine Windshield Welt

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25yd) | Case (167yd)

STOP-LEAK TRIM

Bulb seal PVC extrusion for boat tops.

F 2779 Stop-Leak Trim—Black


XTREME EDGE SEAL

Exclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics. A unique, flexible edge seal. Can be sewn or glued to most materials and surfaces and creates a three-point contact seal.

B -

2787 2789

XtremeEdge Seal—Black XtremeEdge Seal—White


MARINE V SEAL

V-Seal is the right choice for all cut-outs and tight corners, especially bow covers and radar arch cut-outs.

C 2788 Marine V Seal—Black


AWNING WELT (CONT.)

MARINE WELT

N

N

N

G

H

IJ

O

K

P

L

M

N

/ 105 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: POLE FIT TINGS

DURA SNAP POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

Smooth Delrin fitting that has a standard Dura Snap stud. Fits firmly into the end of ¾” tubing. Snap is nickel-plated brass for long life.

G 2780 Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole


GROMMET POLE END FOR COCKPIT POLE

The Delrin unit fits into ¾” tubing and is tapered to accept self center grommets with an interior finished diameter of 3/₈” or greater. Round edges will not tear or snag canvas or tops.

H 2775 Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole—Black


JOINT SECTION FOR COCKPIT POLE

Tough Delrin fitting with nylon head screw for locking extension of the ¾” tubing. Fits securely onto the 7/₈” tubing.

I 2785 Joint Section for Cockpit Pole


VINYL FOOT FOR COCKPIT POLE

Non-slip, non-marring vinyl feet for aluminum or steel tubing in two sizes. Finish off any exposed or open tubing end with these pieces.

J K

2790 2795

¾” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black ⁷/₈” Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole—Black


POLE CLIP

O 2591 1” Pole Clip—Grey


SWIVEL PAD FOR SUPPORT POLES

Features a large base to protect floors from damage caused by standard crutch tips. The Swivel Pad disperses pole weight and uses thermoplastic rubber for a firmer grip. Use with Support Poles #2800, #2801, and #2802.

P 2803 Swivel Pad for Support Poles


SUPPORT POLES

Pre-assembled telescoping support for water craft with a combo end, meaning that the one end is a snap and the other is a wedge with a non-marring rubber crutch tip.

L M N

2802 2801 2800

Support Pole 38³/₈” to 70” Combo End Support Pole 27¼” to 47” Combo End Support Pole 18¼” to 28” Combo End


POLE FITTINGS

A

B

C

D

90” (2.3m) Max

66”

96”

66”

96”

50”

60”

90” (2.3m) Max

42” (1.07m) Max

108” Wide

96” Wide

FOR PONTOON BOAT

106 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: BOAT TOP FRAMES

BTK-1 BOAT TOP FRAME KIT

A kit featuring a complete, ready-made boat top frame. Frames are made of ⁷/₈” bright anodized tubing and easily fitted to boats with beams from 40”–80”. Each kit contains:

• Frame (x1)

• ⁷/₈” Jaw Slides (x2)

• Large Deck Hinges (x2)

• Eye Straps (x2)

• ⁷/₈” Inside Eye Ends (x4)

• 1” Nickel Brass Slides (x4)

• 1” Nickel Brass Snaps (x2)

All fittings are white Delrin unless otherwise indicated.

A 2763 BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kits

PRICE BREAK: Each

BIMINI BOAT TOP FRAME KIT

Three-bow frame kit fabricated from ⁷/₈”. Bright dip aluminum tubing. Joints are attached clean and flush through the use of insert sleeves.

Packed one per box, complete with hardware. All fittings are black Delrin unless otherwise indicated.

B 2761 Bimini Boat Top Frame Kits

PRICE BREAK: Each

PONTOON BOAT TOP FRAME KIT

OD* 1” x Length 1” x Wall Thickness 0.062” extruded satin anodized square tubing. Packed one per box, complete with black Delrin nylon fittings.

C 2462 Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kits

PRICE BREAK: Each

LARGE BOAT TOP FRAME KIT

Two-bow frame. Packed one per box, complete with hardware. OD* ⁷/₈” x Wall Thickness 0.058” drawn aluminum bright anodized tubing with black Delrin nylon fittings.

D 2764 Large Boat Top Frame Kits

PRICE BREAK: Each

BOAT TOP FRAME KITS

* OD: Outer Diameter

E

F

G

H

I

J

/ 107 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: MISCELLANEOUS FIT TINGS

MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGSALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES

E 2776 W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge

A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in mill-finish aluminum. 3” wide with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers.


F 2772 W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge

A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½” . Hinge lies open to a width of 4½” ; aluminum is 0.060” thick.


WOODEN BOW

6’ wooden bow for use with bow sockets (#2695, #2769, #2768) to form supports or runners for tonneau covers or boat tops and covers. Can be trimmed to length. Bow should be under slight tension when fitted.

G 2765 6’ x 1⁵∕₈” Wooden Bow


ADJUSTER SLIDE

Nickel-plated brass adjuster for use with webbing in outdoor or marine applications.

I 2000 1” Adjuster Slide—Nickel-Plated Brass


SNAP-HOOK

Nickel-plated brass snap-hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications. See the Bag Hardware section (p.120–121) for more options in hooks.

J 7700 1” Snap-Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass


ALUMINUM TRACK

Bright anodized aluminum alloy channel to use with white and black Delrin marine fittings. Aluminum alloy provides excellent corrosion resistance and is easily extruded. It can be readily welded and brazed.

H 2740 12’ Aluminum Slide Track Channel


108 / SPECIALTY HARDWARE: FIT TINGS

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

Sunbrella

® is a registered

tradem

ark of Glen R

aven, Inc.

Lorsque vous désirez que votre projet laisse une impression durable en toute saison, vous pouvez compter sur la beauté et la durabilité des tissus Sunbrella®. sunbrella.com/ncsu

style, performance et une incontournable a�rmation


Sunbrella

® is a registered

tradem

ark of Glen R

aven, Inc.

Lorsque vous désirez que votre projet laisse une impression durable en toute saison, vous pouvez compter sur la beauté et la durabilité des tissus Sunbrella®. sunbrella.com/ncsu

style, performance et une incontournable a�rmation

A

B

C

DE

F

1 2

110 /

HARDWARE: FITTINGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILS

JEF BEAM HOOKS & RAILSJEF Beam hooks are extremely strong when used in combination with the JEF Beam aluminum rails. JEF Beam rails can hold ~675lb (306kg), while individual hooks will support 70lb (32kg). The JEF Beam system features an incredibly smooth rolling system, quieter and smoother than any metal rolling hook system. It is also RoHs-compliant against containing mercury, lead, hexavalent chromium, PBB and PBDE.

WE RECOMMEND:

• A maximum of 12” between hooks.

• Hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart when installed on corners or bent tubing.

• For particularly windy locations, hooks should be positioned in a criss-cross pattern with one hook facing in, and the next facing out.

TO ENSURE SMOOTH ROLLING MOVEMENT OF THE HOOKS:

• File burrs on the inside of the cut rails.

• Use #0 Spur Grommets (#6064, p.113) for hanging fabric on the hooks.

MOUNTING THE JEF BEAM RAIL

FI GURE 1: A groove line runs along the entire length of the rail. This groove is made for the use of a round head #10 screw.

FI GURE 2: The hook will pass over the screw without any problems. However, other screw types may not work as well.

GUIDELINES FOR DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS (Rail length = Hook Spacing):

• 4’ = 12” or 4 hooks

• 5’ = 10” or 6 hooks

• 6’ = 8” or 9 hooks

• 8’ = 6” or 16 hooks

• 10’ = 4” or 30 hooks

JEF BEAM SHORT PLASTIC HOOK

2½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”.

B D F -

2743 2742 2748 2750

Short Plastic Hook—Black Short Plastic Hook—White Short Plastic Hook—Sand Short Plastic Hook—Aluminum Color


JEF BEAM LONG PLASTIC HOOK

3½” length, wheel diameter ⁷/₈”.

A C E

2744 2749 2745

Long Plastic Hook—White Long Plastic Hook—Sand Long Plastic Hook—Black


G

H

I

J

K

/ 111 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: JEF BEAM RAILS & CONNECTORS

JEF BEAM RAILS

G H

2741 2739

JEF Beam 20’ Rail—White JEF Beam 20’ Rail—Natural


JEF BEAM 90° CORNER RAILS—48” RADIUS

When using corners or rounded tubing, hooks should be placed no more than 8” apart to ensure smooth movement. When cutting and combining rail pieces with corners or connectors, it is important to file any burrs on the inside of the cut rails. This will ensure smooth rolling movement of the hooks.

I -

2746 2738

JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” White JEF Beam 90° Corner Rail—48” Natural


JEF BEAM RAIL CONNECTORS

A simple slide-over connector for joining sections and corners of the JEF Beam rail system.

J K

2747 2737

JEF Beam Rail Connector—White JEF Beam Rail Connector—Natural


ALL GROMMETS COME WITH WASHERS.

A

B

CD

E

F

G

H

IJ

KL

M NO

P

Q

R

S

T

U X

YV

WZ

A1

D1

E1

F1

G1H1

B1

C1

HARDWARE: GROMMETS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS112 /

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: GROMMETS / 113

GROMMETS: CRUISER & OSBORNEThe main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. Osborne’s spur grommets have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. However, either brand gives excellent resistance to pulling out.

Cruiser brand grommets are popular for its European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the Standard system normally used in North America. For comparison purposes, we list these grommets in Standard sizes.

OSBORNE PLAIN—BRASS

Osborne quality grommets and washers. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.

I J K L M N I

5017 5014 5011 5012 5013 5015 5016

#00 ³⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 ⁷⁄₁₆” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 ½” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #5 ⁵⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

P 5039 #0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Black

Q R S

5040 6075 6076

#0 ¼” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #1 ⁹⁄₃₂” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated #2 ³⁄₈” Plain Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated

PR ICE BREAKS: Bag (144) | Package (5) | Case (25)

SELF-PIERCING—BRASS

Save time and cutter costs. Grommets with a special self-piercing finish on the grommet top. No pre-cutting of holes required, simply line up grommets and press with one of the machines listed on p.127. System works with heavy industrial materials. Sizes given are the finished inside hole sizes, and is comparable to Osborne grommet sizes.

A B C D E

5045 5046 5047 5048 5049

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ½” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet & Washer—Brass

F G H

5041 5042 5043

⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated ½” Self-Piercing Grommet—Nickel-Plated


CRUISER PLAIN & SPUR—BRASS

U V W

6117 6115 6113

#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass #2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass

X Y Z

6127 6125 6123

#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass

PR ICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Case (10)

OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR—BRASS

Rolled rim spur grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance. Use with Osborne dies (p.126). Will not work with Cruiser brand dies.

A1 B1 C1

6080 6081 6082

#1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Nickel-Plated/Brass

D1 E1 F1 G1 H1

6064 6066 6065 6061 6062

#0 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #4 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass

PR ICE BREAKS: Package (144) | Case (5)

SEWABLE BLACK GROMMET

Heavy-duty, sewable black grommet can be sewn into seams. Has a cold crack of -20°C (-4°F). Some uses include sporting bags and duffel bags, as well as tents.

T 5075 Sewable Grommet—Black


Please see p.126–127 for Grommet tools.

K L

M

NO

A C

G H IJ

D

E F

B

114 /

HARDWARE: BAGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLES

DELRIN WEBBING BUCKLESAll of our nylon hardware is made of tough, weather-resistant Delrin. Waterproof, long-lasting and versatile. All dimensions refer to the size of webbing that fits cleanly through the opening on the fitting to attach to your product. Unless otherwise stated, the delrin hardware is black.

DUAL ADJUSTABLE SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES

Both ends are adjustable.

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2226: 165lb (75kg) | #2225: 143lb (65kg)

A B

2226 2225

2” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle 1½” Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckle


DETAIL BUCKLE

H 2201 1” Detail Buckle

BREAK STRENGTH: 176lb (80kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

CONTOURED BUCKLE

I 2202 1” Contoured Buckle


CENTER RELEASE BUCKLE

J 2248 ¾” Low Profile Center Release Buckle


SIDE RELEASE BUCKLES

One end is fixed, the other end is adjustable.

BREAK STRENGTHS: #2240: 165lb (75kg) | #2235: 143lb (65kg) #2230: 121lb (55kg) | #2229: 88lb (40kg) #2228 (White): 121lb (55kg)

C D E F G

2240 2235 2230 2229 2228

2” Side Release Buckle—Black 1½” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—Black ¾” Side Release Buckle—Black 1” Side Release Buckle—White


CAM BUCKLES

K

L M

2236

2233 2232

2” Heavy-Duty Cam Buckle

Extra heavy-duty cam action buckle for use with wider webbing. 2” tends to be used in heavier applications and should have a heavier buckle. Firm positive lock with toothed cam lobe.


1½” Cam Release Buckle 1” Cam Release Buckle


HOT TUB BUCKLE & LOCK

N 2206 Lockable Hot Tub Buckle


O 2205 Key for Hot Tub Buckle

A separate key is not necessary for each hot tub lock as any key will work with any lock. Works together with the Lockable Hot Tub Buckle (#2206), but each are sold separately.


P Q R S

T U

V

W

/ 115 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL WEBBING BUCKLES & SURCINGLE

STEEL WEB BUCKLES

Thumb grip release buckle. One end fixed by sewing, the other adjustable through serrated spring-loaded thumb grip.

P Q

2224 2227

1” Steel Web Buckle—Black 1” Steel Web Buckle—Nickel-Plated


STEEL ADJUSTER BUCKLE

Threaded type adjuster in nickle-plated steel.

T 2278 1” Adjuster Buckle—Nickel-Plated


DOUBLE-BAR BUCKLE

Double-bar buckle in nickel-plated zinc.

U 2283 1” Double -Bar Buckle—Nickel-Plated


WEB STRAP BUCKLES—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Curved thumb and finger release buckle. One end is sewn and fixed, the other end is threaded and adjustable. Perfect for rounded surfaces or corner locations.


R S

2222 2221

2” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Web Strap Buckle—Nickel-Plated Steel


METAL WEBBING BUCKLESAll metal buckles are for heavy-duty applications. Brass, zinc and nickel are preferred for moisture exposure as they will not rust. Steel is the best for ultimate strength.

SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPSSURCINGLE HOOK AND CLASP—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Traditional equestrian hook and clasp fastener. Quick fitting and simple enough to join when wearing gloves. Twist to join or open. Comes either in a Nickel or Brass-plated finish. Both parts are included in one unit.

V W

6845 6841

2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Surcingle Hook and Clasp—Brass-Plated Steel

PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

Please see p.47–50 for Webbing options.

BAC

D

EF

G

H

116 /

HARDWARE: BAGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: METAL & DELRIN WEBBING SLIDES

WEB SLIDES—METAL

A 6825 6830 6835

1” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 1½” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide 2” Nickel-Plated Steel Web Slide


B 6840 2” Nickel-Plated Steel Heavy Web Slide

Extra-heavy adjuster slides for high stress applications.


C 2000 1” Adjuster Slide—Nickle-Plated Steel

Compact 1” slide for use in any application with 1” webbing.


WIDE MOUTH WEB SLIDES—DELRIN


H

H

2291

2292

¾” Wide Mouth Slide—Black

Wide mouth slide for thicker and heavier webbing or multiple threading.


1” Wide Mouth Slide—Black


WEB SLIDES—DELRIN


E

F D

G

-

2284

2285 2294

2290

2295

¾” Slide—Black


1” Slide—Black 1” Slide—White


1½” Slide—Black


2” Slide—Black


WEBBING SLIDES

I

J

K

L

M

STRAPLOCK BUCKLES—DELRIN

Straplock slides for fixing and adjusting webbing. One end fixed by sewing, the other is adjustable through the locking bar. Also available in a heavy-duty version for heavier use. Price breaks are as follows unless otherwise indicated.

PR ICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)

I

J

K

2279

2280

2282

¾” Strap Lock Buckle


1” Strap Lock Buckle


1½” Strap Lock Buckle


L 2286 2” Heavy-Duty Strap Lock Buckle

BREAK STRENGTH: 660lb (300kg) PRICE BREAK: Bag (10) | Package (5) | Case (10)

DUAL LOCK STRAPLOCK BUCKLE—DELRIN

M 2287 1” Dual Lock Strap Lock Buckle

Slider for connecting and adjusting two free ends of webbing.



Polypropylene rope is the lightest, most widely used rope, ideal for commercial finishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. For more info, see p.161.

ONLY LIMITED

BY YOUR imagination

Polypropylene Rope

K

I

J

A

F

G

H

B C D E

118 /

HARDWARE: BAGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING LOOPS, CONNECTORS, & BAG ACCESSORIES

SHOULDER PADS

Rubber shoulder pads fit webbing widths from 1½” to 2”. Shoulder pads give professional finished appearance and add practicality to bags, totes and any carrying strap.

I J

2302 2304

1½” Shoulder Pad—Black 2” Shoulder Pad—Black


LUGGAGE STUD

Delrin stud for the base of bags, cases, etc. Prevents premature wear on these surfaces. Attach with nail stud and Delrin washer to prevent pull-through. All three pieces included in one unit.

K 2325 #4 Luggage Stud


BAG ACCESSORIES

WEBBING LOOPS

LOOPS—DELRIN

Two-way webbing connector fixed by stitching. Used in bags and backpacks.


A B C

D

2274 2275 2276

2277

¾” Loop—Black Delrin 1” Loop—Black Delrin 1½” Loop—Black Delrin


2” Loop—Black Delrin


REDUCING LOOP—DELRIN

A loop to connect 1” and 2” webbing by stitching. Best used for bags, backpacks and sports equipment.

E 2267 Reducing Loop—Black Delrin


TRIANGLES—DELRIN

Three-way sewn webbing connector.

G H

2305 2307

1” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin 1½” Nylon Triangle—Black Delrin


RECTANGLE—DELRIN

Two-way webbing connector with rounded edges.

F 2320 1” Plastic Retangle—Black Delrin


WEBBING CONNECTORS

L MN

O PQ

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

/ 119 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING D-RINGS

SEWABLE D-RING

Q 2254 ¾” Sewable D-Ring—Black Delrin


SNAP D-RING

D-ring with built-in eyelet for clipping.

R 2262 1½” Snap D-Ring—Black Delrin


DELRIN D-RINGS

S 2253 1” D-Ring—White Delrin


U V W X

2259 2260 2265 2270

¾” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1” D-Ring—Black Delrin 1½” D-Ring—Black Delrin 2” D-Ring—Black Delrin


STAINLESS STEEL WELDED D-RING

O 3902 1” Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring


NICKLE-PLATED WELDED D-RING

P 3901 1” Nickel-Plated Welded D-Ring


WEBBING D-RINGSNICKEL-PLATED UNWELDED STEEL D-RING

L M N

3890 3900 3910

¾” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring


BRASS-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RING

Heavy-duty welded D-ring for high-strength applications requiring a brass finish.

T 3892 1” Heavy D-Ring—Brass-Plated

BREAK STRENGTH: 1,210lb (550kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (5) | Case (10)


A

B C

D

E

F G

H I

J

120 /

HARDWARE: BAGS

SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS

WEBBING SNAP HOOKSPL EASE NOTE: Measurements preceding product descriptions

refer to the cord size that will fit through the hook.

PREASSEMBLED SNAP HOOK—DELRIN

Fully assembled snap hook.


A B C

D

E

2251 2237 2238

2239

2241

1” Preassembled Snap Hook—White ¾” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black 1” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black


1½” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black


2” Preassembled Snap Hook—Black


UNIVERSAL SNAP HOOKS—DELRIN

Universal snap hooks pivot in two directions to accommodate angles.


F

G

H I

2244

2245

2250 2255

¾” Universal Snap Hook—Black

BREAK STRENGTH: Unavailable

1” Universal Snap Hook—Black


1½” Universal Snap Hook—Black 2” Universal Snap Hook—Black


SNAP HOOK—NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

Nickel-plated brass snap hook for marine and other salt and moisture-exposed applications.

J 7700 1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass

BREAK STRENGTH: 143lb (65kg) PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4)

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

/ 121 SPECIALTY HARDWARE: WEBBING SNAP HOOKS

SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

O P Q R

6790 6800 6810 6820

¾” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1½” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 2” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel


BOLT SNAPS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Bolt-style closing. Spring-loaded for one-hand operation. Used in tent, tack, bag and other applications requiring a positive closing snap with a pivoting head.


W X

6803 6805

¾” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel

BOLT SNAPS—BRASS-PLATED STEEL


Y 6806 1” Bolt Snap—Nickel-Plated Steel

SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

The Heavy Spring Snap Hook (#6799 and #6802) uses a heavier snap spring action for more positive closing, which means less chance of accidental opening. Features a pivoting head.


S

T

6799

6802

1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel


1” Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel


HEAVY SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

Heavy snap hooks are used in tents, tacks, bags, and other applications requiring a very high strength hook. The webbing bar and hook are cast together for greatest strength.


U V

6795 6797

¾” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel 1” Heavy Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel

SNAP HOOK—BRASS-PLATED STEEL

M 6822 1” Snap Hook—Brass-Plated


N 6798 1” Heavy Snap Hook—Brass-Plated


SPRING SNAP HOOKS—NICKEL-PLATED STEEL

The lightweight Spring Hook with Strap Eye (#6788) is ideal for apparel and other non-critical applications.

- 6788 ¾” Spring Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Steel



122 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TOOLS

SPECIALTY TOOLS

TOOLS

H B C FG I

AC

B

D

EF

/ 123 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

FASTENER TOOLS

DURA SNAP PUNCH & ANVIL DIES

To set Dura Snap and Dot® Durable fasteners into any material. Set dies anywhere you can reach.

B C E F

4023 4024 4025 4022

Anvil Die for Eyelet Anvil Die for Button ¹⁄₈” Dura Snap Hole Punch Dura Snap Setting Punch

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRES-N-SNAP DIES

D H

I I B I I C F G

4028 4032

4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4027 4034

Rubber Ring for Pres-N-Snap Pull-the-Dot Die—Pres-N-Snap

PRICE BREAK: Each

#00 Osborne Die #0 Osborne Die #1 Osborne Die #2 Osborne Die #0 Spur Osborne Die #1 Spur Osborne Die Replacement Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool Baby Dies for Press-N-Snap Tool

PRICE BREAK: Set of 2

PRES-N-SNAP HAND TOOL

Lightweight aluminum tool set snaps into place with a simple squeeze. Ideal for tarping, convertible top, tents, boat covers and canvas jobs. Each unit comes with setting dies for regular Durable and Dura Snap type fasteners. A rubber ring (#4028) holds one part of the fastener for one-handed operation.

A 4029 Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool

PRICE BREAK: Each

NOTES ON OSBORNE HAND SETTING DIES

Each set of the hand setting tools for the Osborne-brand grommets consists of two parts—the punch and the die. Note that the spur and plain are not interchangeable—you must have the specified die for each type.

D E FC

B

A

124 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

FASTENER TOOLS (CONT.)

CUTTERS

C 3113 #171—Common Sense Hand Cutter

Two-prong, all-steel cutter for the standard metal Common Sense Clinch Plate Fastener (#4054, p.66). A mallet is recommended for striking the punch to avoid mushrooming the end. Hole-Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) is strongly recommended to maximize the life of the punch.

PRICE BREAK: Each

- 3111 #450—Common Sense Hand Cutter

Punch designed to cut the oval hole and prong openings required for setting the standard metal common sense eyelet into fabric. A soft surface must be underneath the fabric being punched as the steel pins can scratch the casting. See fasteners on p.63–72.

PRICE BREAK: Each

STAYPUT SPINCUTTERS

The StayPut Spincut is designed to simplify making holes in fabrics and webbings. Simply insert the StayPut Spincut tool into a power drill and hold a cutting board behind the fabric (#6120, p.126). Activate the drill and gently push into the fabric. The tool does all the work in creating a clean, neat hole.

D E F

1702 1716 1717

StayPut Spincut ¼” StayPut Spincut ³⁄₈” StayPut Spincut ⁷⁄₁₆”

PRICE BREAK: Each

TOP SNAPPER DISPLAY & CANVAS CARE KIT

Point-of-sale display with counter-top display case. Contains four canvas care kits, and four Top Snappers. Top Snapper tools sold individually as #4038.

A 4041 Top Snapper Display with Canvas Care Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each

TOP-SNAPPER

Ergonomic grip to provide you improved leverage and strength in placing or removing the snap. This tool has two stainless steel blades, a long blade that is suitable for use from inside, and a short blade that works well on the outside. The notch fits over the snap and enables you to remove or place it easily. Reduces the chance of canvas tears and eases the fastening of your boat canvas or tonneaus.

B 4038 Top-Snapper Tool


I

KL

J

HG

/ 125 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: FASTENER TOOLS

HAND RIVET GUN

Plier-type rivet gun with different heads for different diameters of rivets. Easy one-hand operation, you can place the rivet into the tool and then position it in the job. Squeezing the handle causes the teeth inside the tool to extract the mandrel, which mushrooms the rivet. Use with the rivets found on p.69.

I 6635 Hand Rivet Gun

PRICE BREAK: Each

QUICK-FIT HOLDING CAP

Quick-Fit holding tools are temporary snap fasteners that can be used to hold materials in place. Great for fitting or holding paper or plastic when making a pattern. When you are done, pop them off and the small hole left will allow exact placement of permanent fasteners. Fits any standard Dura Snap stud. For the tool used to remove these items, see #3935.

K 3931 Quick-Fit Holding Cap


QUICK-FIT HOLDING PRONG

L 3933 Quick-Fit Holding Prong


QUICK-FIT RELEASE TOOL

Simple tool releases Quick-Fit temporary snaps. With a twist of the wrist, they are ready to use again and again.

J 3935 Quick-Fit Release Tool

PRICE BREAK: Each

FASTENER TOOLS: QUICK-FIT

HOLE PUNCHES

G 3128 Steel Hole Punch for Turn Fasteners

Steel hole punch for the Common Sense Eyelet and Washer Fasteners (p.66). As with all other punches it is recommended that this unit be driven with a mallet rather than a steel hammer, which will shorten its life.

PRICE BREAK: Each

H 4016 Hole Punch for Lift-a-Dot Eyelet

PRICE BREAK: Each

A

B

C D

FG

OP

Q

126 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

HOLE CUTTING PAD

Extend the life of your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The surface absorbs the impact and prevents damage to the bench underneath. For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.

A 6120 Hole Cutting Pad

SIZE: W10”x D10” x H⁵⁄₁₆” PRICE BREAK: Each

CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE

Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.113). Each set consists of the punch and the die. Spur and Plain dies are not interchangeable.

F F F

6145 6147 6149

#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die

G G G

6155 6157 6159

#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die


VENT DIE

This special die quickly sets #9021 Ventilators (p.288). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.

B 9022 #621 Vent Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILL BIT CUTTER

40mm Drill Bit Cutter is for cutting clean holes to mount drapery grommets. By using a drill, the spinning action cuts a clean hole with less effort and is much more versatile. Can be used on site.

D 50095 40mm Drill Bit Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMET FABRIC HOLE CUTTER

This tool is to be used as you would any punch. A mallet is recommended for striking the punch and a soft surface under the material will prevent the hardened steel cutter from damage and premature dulling. #6120 Hole Cutting Pad is strongly recommended and will maximize the life of the punch.

C 50820 Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter

HOLE SIZE: 1⁹⁄₁₆” PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMET TOOLS

CRUISER AND OSBORNE GROMMET HOLE CUTTERS

O O O O

5059 5024 5031 5032

#00-A ³⁄₁₆” #0-A ¼” #1-A ⁹⁄₃₂” #2-A ³⁄₈”

O O O

5033 5037 5038

#3-A ⁷⁄₁₆” #4-A ½” #5-A ⁵⁄₈”

PRICE BREAK: Each

OSBORNE GROMMET HAND SETTING DIE—PLAIN & SPUR

P P P P

5020 5034 5021 5022

#00 Plain Die #0 Plain Die #1 Plain Die #2 Plain Die

P P P

5023 5025 5026

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die #5 Plain Die

Q Q Q

5019 5055 5028

#0 Spur Die #1 Spur Die #2 Spur Die

Q Q

5027 5029

#3 Plain Die #4 Plain Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.113 for Cruiser & Osborne Grommets.

J K

L

MN

I

/ 127 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: GROMMET TOOLS

PM5 SNAP/GROMMET MACHINE & DIES

J 5030 PM5 Bench Snap & Grommet Machine

This sturdy machine will set self-piercing grommets and will also accommodate snap fasteners wih a separate set of dies. It has a deeper throat and longer padded handle. Approximate height once bolted to the workbench is 12”. Dies sold separate.

This machine must be bolted to the bench, it is not portable. If you require a portable machine, use #5057.

PRICE BREAK: Each

K 5057 Portable Aluminum PM5 Machine

A lightweight aluminum version of the PM5 machine listed above. Will work with all the same dies for snaps or our full line of self-piercing grommets. Suitable for portable use when mounted on a small plywood platform for stability. Dies sold separately.

PRICE BREAK: Each

L L L L L

5052 5054 5056 5058 5060

¼” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁵⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ³⁄₈” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ½” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine ⁹⁄₁₆” Self-Piercing Grommet Die for PM5 Machine

PRICE BREAK: Each

PM1/PM5 SNAP DIE SETS

M N

4026 4036

Dura Snap Die Set—PM1/PM5 Machine Baby Snap Die Set—PM1 Machine


PM1 DURA SNAP MACHINE

For high production with less fatigue, we offer the PM1 Dura Snap bench mounted press. Sturdy unit sets snaps quickly and easily with a single stroke. Includes a complete set of dies for Dot® Durable and Dura Snap fasteners (p.63–66). Replacement dies available (#4026 or #4036).

This machine must be bolted to the workbench. It is not portable and has a tendency to crack if not solidly mounted.

I 4030 PM1 Dura Snap Machine

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.63–66 for Fasteners.

N

N

D

E

C

A

B

H

I

GF

128 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: OLFA KNIVES & KAI SHEARS

HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE

A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior sharpness and edge retention.

B

C C

8052

8055 8058

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife

PRICE BREAK: Each

Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 10 Heavy Duty 0.5mm Olfa Blades—Package of 50

PRICE BREAKS: Package | Case (6)

OLFA REPLACEMENT BLADES

D

E

8059

8038

Standard Duty Olfa Blades


Ultra Max Heavy Duty Olfa Blades


COMBINATION KNIFE

This combination knife is made from the finest steel with both hook and pointed blade. It can be used for ripping seams, cutting auto carpeting, vinyl, plastic and rubber. Features a contoured Beechwood handle.

A 8440 #1020 Combination Knife

PRICE BREAK: Each

KNIVES

SHEARS: KAIKAI SCISSORS

Blades made of high-carbon Molybdenum Vanadium stainless steel for extra-long edge life and high cutting efficiency. Ergonomically styled and padded grip made of “Elastomer” soft plastic for maximum ease of handling. Right hand use only.

F G H I

7035 7034 7036 7037

10” KAI Micro-Serrate Edge Shear 8” KAI Regular Edge Shear 10” KAI Regular Edge Shear 12” KAI Regular Edge Shear

PRICE BREAK: Each

O

M

J

K

L

P

/ 129 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS

SHEARS: MUNDIALMundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes. Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel-plated with black enamel handles.

STRAIGHT MUNDIAL SHEARS

These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use.

- J K L -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear


HEAVY DUTY MUNDIAL SHEARS

Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use only.

O O

7013 7014

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shear


PINKING MUNDIAL SHEARS

Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative and a ravel resistant finish.

N 7015 8½” Mundial Pinking Shear


MUNDIAL QUICK CLIP CUTTER

Ideal for snipping threads. This tool is small, easy-to-use in a natural motion in corners of covers and other hard-to-reach areas.

P 7023 Mundial Quick Clip Cutter


A

B

C

D

E F

G

130 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

SHEARS: WISSWiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. The superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjustable blades combine to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.

WISS APPAREL SHEARS

Bent apparel sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles for professional dress maker and industrial use.

A 7020 9” Wiss Apparel shears


WISS BENT TRIMMER SHEARS

Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

B C D

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer—Left-Hand 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer


WISS HEAVY DUTY BENT TRIMMER SHEARS

Heavy duty bent shears with “inlaid” blades and black handles. Thicker, heavy duty blades cut through multiple layers and tough materials. Extra weight gives extra control and smoothness when cutting. Right hand use.

E E

7030 7031

10” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer


WISS X-SHARP KNIFE BENT TRIMMER

All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot.

- -

7032 7033

10” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 12” Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer


WISS QUICK CLIP CUTTER

Heavy duty contour design with positive spring action re-opens blades for fast cutting. PVC plastic handle with stainless steel sharp point blades. Replacement blades are available in a set with 4 blade screws.

F G

7021 7022

Wiss Quick Clip Sharp Point Cutter Wiss Quick Clip Replacement Blades


H

I

J

K

L

M

N O

/ 131 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT KNIFE

CUTTERS: HOT KNIFEHEAVY DUTY HOT KNIFE

Hot knife cutter for use on vinyls, plastic, tarp materials, etc. Can also be used for cutting and sealing webbings. Runs on normal house AC current (60W). This unit heats up to 565°C (1050°F). It is hot enough for heavy-duty work. Use the Dial-Temp Controller (#2817) to lower the temperature of the knife for applications that require a lower heat setting.

H I J K

2810 2815 2817 2816

Heavy Duty Hot Knife Hot Knife Tip Dial Temperature Controller Hot Knife Stand

PRICE BREAK: Each

HSGO HOT KNIFE

The small point Type HSGO is primarily used in separating thin materials and for cutting round or irregular shapes. The blade takes 6–8 seconds to heat up. The heat can be controlled using the on/off switch. This small, convenient cutter is suited for pattern-making, cutting out awnings, filter cloths, sail materials and other fabrics, as well as cutting synthetic cords and ropes.

L 2830 HSGO Hot Knife—Body Only

WEIGHT: 2.2lb (1kg) PRICE BREAK: Each

M 2835 Standard Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife

Use on a heat-proof surface.

PRICE BREAK: Each

N 2837 RS Curved Cutting Blade for HSGO Knife

Used for cutting and sealing synthetic materials. Use on heat-proof surface

PRICE BREAK: Each

O 2839 SF Cutting Foot for RS Curved Cutting Blade

Use with the RS cutting blade to allow cutting and sealing without a cutting base.

PRICE BREAK: Each

HSGO HOT KNIFE: CAUTIONS

HGSO is designed for intermittent use and should not be used for periods longer than 20 minutes without a pause for cooling. 70W capacity heater runs on standard household current.

Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

A

D

C

B E

132 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOT CUT TERS

COMPACT HOT CUTTER

Compact portable hot cutter heats quickly for use in cutting and sealing edges on any synthetic webbing or cord. Perfect for drawstrings, laces, tapes, cords and ropes. Actual size is H3” x L5”. This versatile unit will add a professional edge to all the cut webbings and synthetic ropes you use. Replacement blades are available

A B

9876 9816

Compact Hot Cutter Replacement Blade for Compact Hot Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each

PRODUCTION HOT CUTTER

This unit was designed for custom hand-cutting or high-speed production use. Lever-type action is fast, and neatly cuts and seals all synthetic materials such as webbings, cords, etc. No further processing needed.

It can be used to rim narrow fabric strips. It has a 3½” maximum cut width and is variable heat controlled. The standard model runs on normal 110 household current, but 220V models are available on special order. The blade can be replaced separately.

C D E

9877 9814 9813

Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Element for Production Hot Cutter 4” Replacement Blade for Production Hot Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each

HOT CUTTERS

Please see p.153–164 for Binding & Cordage.

F

G

H

I J

/ 133 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ROUND KNIFE CUT TERS

CUTTERS: ROUND KNIFE1⁷⁄₈” AS100 KNIFE CUTTER

A powerful, light weight hand cutter, this small cutter has more power than most cutters its size, allowing you to cut heavier materials with ease. Uses a hexagonal blade (#3171) that rotates with a scissor action that prevents fabric from slipping. Also ensures continuous sharpness and clean cuts on fabrics.

WATT CAPACITY: 55W CUTTING CAPACITY: ⁵⁄₁₆”

F G

3170 3171

1⁷⁄₈” AS100 Knife Cutter Hex Blade for AS100 Knife Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each

MISTEE 3½” ROUND KNIFE CUTTER

This lightweight 4lb (1.8kg) cutter has a strong motor that pulls 80W capacity. It cuts all types of fabrics single or in multiple plies. Built-in sharpener and finger guard keep this machine efficient and safe. It has smooth rollers on the base for effortless gliding while cutting. It will cut up to ¾” of fabric at one time. Perfect for the smaller shop doing repetitive contract work. Replacement blades available.

WATT CAPACITY: 80W CUTTING CAPACITY: ¾”

H I J

3162 3163 3168

Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter Replacement Blade for Mistee 3½” Worm Gear for Mistee 3½” Cutter

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.14–41, 194–219, and 336–341 for our fabric selections.

A B

C

D

E

F

134 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: STAPLES & TACKERS

STAPLES & TACKERS

71 STAINLESS STEEL STAPLES

71 Series Staples fits standard tackers, Fasco 71 series, Senco Stapler and JEFast 7116.

B 7261 71/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)


Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416.

A 7260 14/10 ³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples


FASCO TACKERS

High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver assembly available.

C D

7211 7210

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Fasco 71 Series Tacker

HEAD WIDTH: 3/8” PRICE BREAK: Each

JEFast AIR TACKERS

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter duty and more economical choice.

E F

7216 7217

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.250–251 for more Tackers, and p.252 for Staple Removers.

A

B

C D

/ 135 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BENDING & DRILLING TOOLS

BENDING TOOLSBend tubing without marring or kinking using the Bendarc® Tool. Mounts solidly to a workbench or wall and is constructed of steel boiler plate and the toughest polymers available. It comes with a graduated scale generated by a computer that eliminates the guesswork and results in no wasted materials. Merely mark your bends, insert and clamp the piece into the Bendarc® for precise control. This machine is strong enough to bend either aluminum or stainless steel tubing.

DRILLING TOOLS

BENDARC®

A A A A A A

8378 8388 8396 8382 8392 8394

6” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 12” Radius for ⁷⁄₈” Round Tube 8” Radius for 1” Round Tube 10” Radius for 1” Round Tube 12” Radius for 1” Round Tube—Special Order

PRICE BREAK: Each

BENDARC® 1” SQUARE TUBING KIT

A set of strong polymer replacement dies to allow a Bendarc® Tool to cleanly and neatly bend square tubing.

NOTE: Bendarc® Not included. Use with Bendarc® 10” Radius (#8392).

B 8370 Bendarc® 1” Square Tubing Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each

CROWNARC®

The CrownArc® Device gives beautiful smooth consistent crowns, with no sharp edges or awkward kinks, to round stainless steel or aluminum tubing in sizes from ¾” up to 1”. The 1” rollers work properly with smaller sizes as well. Both the lower rollers on the CrownArc® Turn providing better control over the feed and curve imparted. It also allows a bigger bite to give more crown per pass.

C 8380 CrownArc®

PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILL STEADY

Small clamp-on drill guide used for drilling stainless tubing and pipe. Swing-off design allows tool to be used without disassembly of the frame. Cast bronze body with knurled bronze thumbscrews and tool steel drill brushing. Accepts tubing from ¾”–1¼”.

Standard drill size is ⁹⁄₆₄”.

D 11072 Drill Steady

PRICE BREAK: Each

HOW TO USE THE CROWNARC®

Insert the bow and tighten the knurled knob about ¾ of a turn, then crank it through. If a bigger arc is needed, tighten the knob more and crank the bow through again.

Please see p.88 for Tubing options.

A

B

C

D

136 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AUTOMOTIVE TOOLS

AUTOMOTIVE TOOLSTUCKING TOOL

A sturdy tool with a slightly curved blade and rounded corners for tucking headlining and upholstery around windows, doors and other interior automotive trim. Comfortable wooden handle with eyelet gives you excellent leverage.

A 8420 #746 Flexible Tucking Tool

PRICE BREAKS: Each

TRIM PAD TOOL

A tool designed to remove trim pad plastic and metal fasteners without damage to the car finish. This tool reaches under the trim pad backing. It is long enough to reach the most recessed fastener and pries only against hidden surfaces to eliminate the danger of scratching the paint. Carefully beveled and deburred and it ismanufactured from high-carbon steel. While specially designed to allow the re-use of plastic fasteners on GM cars, it works well in all metal fasteners.

B 8450 Trim Pad Tool

PRICE BREAK: Each

HOT AIR HEAT GUN

Hot air guns makes it easy to work with vinyls and to create complex shapes often found in automotive trimming. For softening vinyls to impart stretch, softening floor tiles, carpet backing, etc. Weighs only 2.75lb (1.2kg), including stand, and generates temperatures between 232–345°C (450–650°F). Draws 12.5 amps of regular household 110V current. Adjustable air intake regulators provides variable temperatures. Double-jacketed nozzle and shield keeps external temperatures down.

Unique suspended quick-change heating element for easy replacement, and replaceable brushes to extend the life of the unit. Housing, stand and handle are G.E. Lexan® for superior electrical insulation and impact resistance. Toggle style switch has three settings—hot, cold and off, allowing the unit to be used as blower and heater.

Nozzle air opening: 1³⁄₁₆” diameter.

C D

5151 5154

Hot Air Heat Gun Replacement Element for Hot Air Heat Gun

PRICE BREAK: Each

There have been slight model changes to the hot air heat gun over the years. Please quote your model number when ordering a replacement element to ensure that you receive the correct one.

NOTES ON REPLACEMENT ELEMENT #5154

Please see p.16–18 for Automotive Vinyls, and p.158–159 for Automotive Trim.

E

F

G

H

/ 137 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PVC WELDER TOOLS

PVC WELDER TOOLSEAGLE HOT AIR WELDER

Hand-held hot air welder. Lap welds soft thermoplastics without any additional materials other than the use of a silicone roller to provide the necessary pressure. Particularly suited to welding of tarpaulins and single-ply roofing material. Air temperature is adjustable from ambient up to 625°C (1157°F). Element is a quick-change type with no tools required.

Runs on a standard house current, although a 220V model is available on special order. Heating element will also fit the Leister brand and is a simple pull-out, plug-in operation. Features a recessed temperature control knob, a booted power switch and screened air inlet to protect against damage. Air flow is adjustable up to 15 CFM. Built-in over-temperature protection, protects the heating elements and electronics.

E F

2840 2841

Eagle Hot Air Welder Replacement Element for Eagle Welder

PRICE BREAK: Each

SILICONE ROLLER FOR TARP WELDER

Tough silicone roller mounted on a sturdy handle for pressure-rolling tarps while being heat-welded. Also very useful for flattening out any surface for being glued or fit to complex shapes, such as carpeting to automotive floors or vinyl onto complex shapes. It is also used for working with heat, such as hot air guns or lamps to soften the vinyl. Silicone roller does not absorb glues or materials and can be easily cleaned after use.

G 2845 Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder

PRICE BREAK: Each

ANGLE SLIT NOZZLE

This product is ideal for welding seams or applying heat into corners. For use with Steinel gun only.

H 2846 2” Angle Slit Nozzle

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.29, and 33–37 for our PVC options.

AB

C D

138 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING FOLDER & BUT TONS

BINDING: FOLDERStitch bindings into place faster and straighter with these adapters. Simply screw the binding folder into place on your sewing machine, then guide the material and binding through the machine. Makes a difficult job easier and faster. Gives uniform, factory-quality seams for that professional fitted appearance.

FOLDER FOR BINDING

A B

4890 4892

Folder for ¾” Binding Folder for ⁷⁄₈” Binding

PRICE BREAK: Each

C D

4897 4895

Folder for 1” Binding Folder for 1¼” Binding

Please see p.153–160 for Binding options.

ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imaginationJEF Hook & Loop

JEF Hook & Loop is a two-part nylon fastener system. When pressed together, they form a secure closure that can be used for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. For more info, see p.59–61.

G

H

IJ

K L

MN

O

P

Q

/ 139 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

SPRAY GUN

118 SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use. Spray Gun uses a mason jar for easy replacement.

G 1158 118 Spray Gun

WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg) PRICE BREAK: Each

EZE SPRAY GUN

A lightweight, durable alternative to more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

Q 1165 EZE Spray Gun

PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS

H I J K L M N O M–O

1159 1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Jar Only—118 Spray Gun Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.192–193 for Bulk Adhesives.

A

B

C

D

E

140 /

SPECIALTY TOOLS

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: MALLET & HAMMER & PAT TERN-MAKING TOOLS

MALLET & HAMMER

PATTERN-MAKING TOOLS

#6 RUBBER MALLET

Tough composite rubber head. 2” face diameter, 3¼” head length on a 12” white hickory handle and, weighs 11oz. (312g). Use it for setting decorative nails or dowels and other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them.

A 5317 #6 Rubber Mallet


160 OR 33 MAGNET HAMMER

A specially-balanced tack hammer with solid head of bright bronze on a hickory handle. One end with a permanent magnet for picking up tacks, the other tipped with steel for driving the tacks home. The head is 5½” long, and the magnetic face is ¼”, while the steel-tipped end is ½” in diameter. The weight of the head is 7oz. (198g).

B 5101 160 or 33 Magnet Hammer


WASH-OUT MARKER

Easily sharpened markers for intricate designs. Leaves a clean, white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water. Great on Sunbrella®.

C 3004 Wash-Out Marker—White


60” ALUMINUM RULER

These aluminum rulers are light and versatile. They double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, thus giving a smooth, non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge.

D E

6608 6609

1½” Wide 2” Wide

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.123–126 for Punch Tools, and p.271 for Tacks.

F

G

HI

J

K

L

M

N

/ 141 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: HOLE PUNCH & ZIPPER TOOLS

HOLE PUNCH TOOLS

ZIPPER TOOL

REVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip).

F 8017 #155 Revolving Hole Punch

PRICE BREAK: Each

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer.

G H I J

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

PRICE BREAK: Each

K L M

8020 8012 8011

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

ZIPPER STOP PLIERS

Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.

N 11010 Zipper Stop Pliers


Please see p.62–73 for Fasteners.

Please see p.74–85, and 290–291 for Zippers.

SEWING & THREADS

N

A C

B

/ 143 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

THREADS: GORE TENARA®Remarkable thread manufactured from 100% expanded PTFE fiber (commonly known as Teflon®). PTFE is one of the most chemically resistant substances known to man. This ensures it will not rot or develop mildew and prevents deterioration due to cleaning solutions, motor oils and other destructive substances.

Gore Tenara® threads are not affected by ultraviolet radiation and will not degrade from continuous sun exposure. Other threads lose up to 35% of their strength in a 3-year period. It is unaffected by saltwater, temperature extremes and acid rain. Colors will not fade.

Ideal choice for outdoor fabric products such as awning and marine canvas. Pre-lubricated for a cooler running needle enabling sewing at higher speeds.

GORE TENARA® 1400 (92) THREADS

A B C

8418 8417 8416

Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Clear Gore Tenara Thread (92)—Black Gore Tenara Thread (92)—White

BREAK STRENGTH: 8lb (3.6kg) PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,900yd)

GORE TENARA® 2500 (138) THREADS

A B C

138418 138417 138416

Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Clear Gore Tenara Thread (138)—Black Gore Tenara Thread (138)—White

BREAK STRENGTH: 14–19lb (6.4–8.6kg). PRICE BREAK: Each spool (1,150yd)

“I only use GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread, because I’m confi dent it

will see my clients through hurricanes and any other dramatic weather

they may encounter. A 140 mph microburst forced the boat of one client

under a dock, where it was held by its bimini top. When the dock was

fi nally lifted off the boat, every stitch in that bimini top was intact. That’s

how I know I’m giving my clients the best quality project, built to last.”

GORE® TENARA® Sewing Thread makes you look good to your customers. It will not weaken or degrade with exposure to UV, extreme temperatures, salt, rain or chemicals. It comes in a variety of colors that will not fade. And it’s guaranteed for the life of the fabric. When your good reputation is at stake, count on us.

– Pamela LeahyMariner Canvas CompanyNew Bern, NC

Pamela with Kismet, winner of the 2008 MFA Award of Excellence, 2007 Virginia-CarolinasFirst Place — Marine Soft Enclosures and 2008 IFAI International Achievement Award

It’s Not Just Thread – It’s Your Reputation

GORE and TENARA are registered trademarks of W.L. Gore & Associates, Inc. © 2014, 2015 W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc.

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

AB

CD

KJIEF

GH

SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTERSUNGUARD B92 “G” BOBBINS

Prewound bobbins of Sunguard B92 UVR bonded polyester thread. Fits G-type bobbin holders as found on heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines.

A B

922011 922241

Natural/White Black

BOBBIN SIZE: 25yd PRICE BREAK: Box (72)SUNGUARD UVR B92 1LB

Sunguard B92 is a 4-ply twisted, high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. Color-matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors. Sunguard is UV resistant, anti-wick, mildew resistant with colorfast dyes and a breaking strength of 14lb (6.2kg). Specifically designed for use in boat tops, automotive and awnings.

I J

9222416 9222916

Black Beaver

K -

9220116 922916

White Sand

PRICE BREAK: Each (1lb or ~4,600yd)

SUNGUARD B138 “M” BOBBINS

E F

1382012 1382242

Natural/White Black

BOBBIN SIZE: 24yd PRICE BREAKS: Box (72)

SUNGUARD B92 “M” BOBBINS

C D

922012 922242

Natural/White Black

BOBBIN SIZE: 36yd PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

SUNGUARD B138 “G” BOBBINS

G H

1382011 1382241

Natural/White Black

BOBBIN SIZE: 17yd PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

Retains approximately 15% more strength compared to standard polyester threads

UV and mildew resistant

Chlorine and bromine resistant

Anti‐wick finish

36 outstanding marine acrylic and automotive OEM vinyl color matches

"SUNGUARD"UVR BONDED POLYESTER THREAD

L M N O J P Q R S T

U V W X Y Z A1

I1

B1

J1

C1

K1

D1

L1 M1E1 F1 G1 H1


Sunguard B92 4-ply, twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread in colors matched to the most popular shades of acrylic fabrics and OEM automotive vinyls. These are the closest color match to Sunbrella® canvas colors.

BREAK STRENGTH: 14lb (6.2kg) PRICE BREAK: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

Twisted high-quality UVR bonded polyester thread. UV resistant, anti-wick and mildew resistant with colorfast dyes.

BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~1,500yd)

BREAK STRENGTH: 21lb (9.5kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd)

L 92202 Oyster W 92210 Dark Rose H1 92219 Shamrock

M 92203 Sand X 92212 Sunflower I1 92220 Forest Green

N 92229 Beaver Y 92255 Concord J1 92223 Charcoal

O 92230 Mocha Z 92213 Blue Wave K1 92222 Shark Grey

J 92204 Beige A1 92214 Pacific Blue - 92221 Pearl Grey

P 92231 Saddle B1 92225 Mediterranean L1 92224 Black

Q 92227 Taupe C1 92232 Adriatic Blue - 92228 Dark Olive

R 92205 Bay Brown D1 92215 Dusk Blue - 92234 Medium Titanium

S 92206 Sunglow E1 92216 Navy - 92235 Medium Opal

T 92207 Cardinal F1 92217 Dark Teal - 92236 Graphite

U 92208 Burgundy G1 92218 Ocean Green M1 92201 White

V 92209 Black Cherry

M 138203 Sand D1 138215 Dusk Blue

N 138229 Beaver E1 138216 Navy

J 138204 Beige G1 138218 Ocean Green

P 138231 Saddle I1 138220 Forest Green

R 138205 Bay Brown J1 138223 Charcoal

T 138207 Cardinal K1 138222 Shark Grey

U 138208 Burgundy GG 138224 Black

A1 138214 Pacific Blue HH 138201 Natural/White

L1 13822416 Black M1 13820116 Natural/White

SUNGUARD UVR B92 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—½LB

SUNGUARD UVR B138 BONDED POLYESTER—1lb


A B C

D E F

G H I

J K L

146 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: THREADS

SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: POLYESTER (CONT.)

STAR ULTRA DEE 138

Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. Excellent sewability with less pucker, providing for optimum operator and sewing machine efficiencies. Resists moisture absorption and is a very good insulator against electrical charges.

Colorfast, durable and dry-cleanable. Bonding process applied to this thread provides excellent sewability in tough-to-sew operations, resists abrasion from the needles and other external forces better than non-bonded polyester.

A B C

8411 8412 8413

DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—White DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Black DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Olive Drab

PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb or ~3,000yd) | Case (10)

STAR ULTRA DEE 92

100% Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals.

BREAK STRENGTH: 14.2lb (6.43kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (~1,035yd) | Case (10)

D E F G H

8093 8095 8085 8086 8087

Black White Pacific Blue Cadet Grey Jockey Red

I J K L

8088 8089 8090 8097

Toast Navy Forest Green Burgundy

STAR ULTRA DEE 92

D E F G H

8092 8094 8096 8099 8098


I J K L

8103 8102 8100 8101


PRICE BREAKS: Each (~2,000yd) | Case (10)

STAR ULTRA DEE 92—G-TYPE BOBBINS

D 928095 White E 928093 Black

PRICE BREAK: Each (25yd)

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1


KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY

An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds.

It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. This is a superb all-around sewing thread.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10)

N 8117 White

O 8189 Black

P 8190 Natural

Q 8194 Olive Green

R 8195 Dark Green

S 8196 Grey

T 8197 Royal Blue

U 8198 Navy Blue

V 8199 Red

W 8200 Brown

X 8381 Yellow

Y 8389 Chestnut

Z 8393 Light Brown

A1 8401 Light Grey

B1 8399 Burgundy

THREADS: POLY-COTTON


A T M1 F2 Y2 R3

S3

T3

U3

V3

W3

X3

Y3

Z3

A4

B4

C4

D4

E4

F4

G4

H4

I4

J4

Z2

A3

B3

C3

D3

E3

F3

G3

H3

I3

J3

K3

L3

M3

N3

O3

P3

Q3

G2

H2

I2

J2

K2

L2

M2

N2

O2

P2

Q2

R2

S2

T2

U2

V2

W2

X2

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

S1

T1

U1

V1

W1

X1

Y1

Z1

A2

B2

C2

D2

E2

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L1

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S


SPECIALTY THREADS

N


®


THREADS: NYLON69 NYLON

Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear with its controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (1lb, or ~6,000yd) | Case (10)


A 34129 Sta White D1 35497 Gold G2 67048 Nickel J3 35538 Marron Glace

B 30001 Natural E1 35385 Beach Tan H2 35670 Steel K3 34297 Sable

C 35553 Cream F1 34370 Orange I2 35631 Steel L3 67067 Toast Brown

D 34099 Beige G1 34081 Orange J2 67050 Cub M3 35551 Chestnut

E 34215 Natural H1 67034 Toboggan K2 63120 Foliage GN 504 N3 35557 Brown

F 35070 Ashes I1 67037 Pink #3 L2 36195 New GRY90782 O3 34136 Wood

G 67054 Ficelle J1 34794 Bright Red M2 36139 Dark Silver P3 35561 Brown

H 67057 Beige K1 34050 Scarlet N2 67053 Graphite Q3 35472 Dk Mahogany

I 67059 Deer L1 34212 Old Glory Red O2 56033 Black R3 67073 Dk Mahogany

J 35417 Platinum M1 36081 Fire Rd 2580 P2 34974 DB Teal S3 35100 Seal

K 67058 Pebble Beige N1 35000 Scarlet Q2 36911 Teal T3 67075 Walnut

L 36030 Beige O1 35048 Red R2 34252 Copen U3 36048 Chocolate

M 36220 String 5005 P1 36241 Scarlet S2 35210 Pro Blue V3 67071 Gold Brown

N 67063 Marron Glace Q1 56037 OO Lala Pink T2 34466 Blue W3 36135 Tonka Toast

O 67060 French Beige R1 36255 Dk Cardinal 70082 U2 34072 Blue X3 63114 Coyote

P 34086 Sand S1 36343 Wine V2 34785 Mediter. Blue Y3 67074 Chestnut

Q 35103 Mastic Beige T1 36184 Burgundy W2 36099 Royal Blue Z3 67015 Coyote Tan

R 34664 Lt Beaver U1 67046 Rubytone X2 67007 Yale Blue A4 35020 Chestnut

S 34609 Sand #2 V1 36279 Purple 7007 Y2 35434 College Blue B4 36111 Taupe

T 36188 Sand W1 35312 Purple Z2 34177 Navy C4 35495 ODS-1

U 34140 Shade 1600 X1 34444 Seafoam A3 35516 Navy #1 D4 35500 Smoke

V 35477 Saba Sand Y1 36179 Dk Green B3 35524 Washington Blue E4 35486 Rocky Brown

W 63233 Tan 499 Z1 34067 Green Olive C3 35520 Navy #3 F4 36341 Neon Pink 102

X 34257 Silver A2 67021 Green Pepper D3 67011 Midnight G4 36999 FL Cerise

Y 35634 Beaver B2 34811 Class Green E3 34230 Salmon H4 36245 Neon ORG 105

Z 67065 Beaver C2 67025 Evergreen F3 67069 Chinese Rust I4 36731 Neon Yellow

A1 67029 Forsythia D2 67026 Carafe Green G3 34117 Rust J4 36289 Neon GRN 101

B1 67028 Lemon E2 67047 Mist H3 67061 Sienna

C1 34913 Gold F2 34144 Silver I3 34170 Maple

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

A


SPECIALTY THREADS

THREADS: NYLON (CONT.)

69 NYLON

69 Nylon thread is a 3-ply continuous multifilament synthetic bonded sewing thread made from 100% Type 6.6 DuPont bright nylon. It is known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties.

69 Nylon is unaffected by mildew or rot. This thread is finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils that are specially designed to facilitate the sewing operation. They provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Also provides protection from needle heat to ensure good sewability, and to prevent the fusing of thread and fabric yarns. This treatment bonds the individual filaments and plies together and guards against abrasion and unraveling of threads during sewing.

Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F).

PRICE BREAKS: Each (3,000yd) | Case (10)

A 8158 Black Q 8161 Orange

B 8114 White R 8163 Willow Green

C 8162 Bronze S 8167 Dark Blue

D 8166 Royal T 8170 Red

E 8169 Burgundy U 8172 Deer

F 8171 Natural V 8174 Light Brown

G 8173 Dark Beige W 8176 Walnut Brown

H 8175 Sand X 8178 Dark Brown

I 8177 Brown Y 8180 Light Grey

J 8179 Mahogany Z 8182 Off White

K 8181 Dark Grey A1 8185 Emerald Green

L 8184 Medium Brown B1 8359 Hunter Green

M 8357 Sea Green C1 8366 Blue/Grey

N 8363 Light Blue D1 8377 Charcoal

O 8371 Purple E1 8375 Brown

P 8360 Olive Drab

F1

I1

J1K!

G1

H1


69 NYLON G-TYPE BOBBINS

Pre-wound bobbins of 69 Nylon thread available in three colors. Fits a G-Type bobbin holder as found on most heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines.

Break strength is 11.5lb (5.2kg)

F1 G1 H1

8109 8110 8111

69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—White 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Black 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Olive

BOBBIN SIZE: 30yd PRICE BREAK: Box of 72

NYLON TUFTING TWINE

Suitable for tying and tufting buttons. Excellent strength and resistant characteristics in a finer twine. White available only.

I1 8125 #9 Nylon Tufting Twine (CSB346)

BREAK STRENGTH: 60lb PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~600yd) | Case (10)

CSB138 NYLON THREADS

100% continuous filament nylon with a bonded finish.

J1 K1

8403 8404

CSB138 Nylon—White CSB138 Nylon—Black



BINDING AND CORDAGE


A

C

D

F

E

G

I

K

M

O

Q

S

U

W

A1

C1

I1

K1

G1

E1

Y

P

L

N

R

T

X

Z

B1

D1

F1

H1

J1

L1

V

H

J

B

/ 153 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

SUNBRELLA® BINDING

¾” 1” ¾” 1”

A - 4779 Beige T 4967 4762 Mediterranean Blue

B 4742 4749 Black U 4959 4981 Mediterranean Blue Tweed

C - 4989 Brass V 4740 4747 Natural

D 4743 4757 Burgundy W 4751 4748 Navy

E 4962 4773 Cadet Grey X 4977 - Ocean Blue

F 4974 - Capri Y 4960 4761 Oyster

G 4738 4754 Captain Navy Z 4739 4746 Pacific Blue

H - 4777 Charcoal Grey A1 4958 4985 Persian Green

I - 4778 Charcoal Tweed B1 12012 4953 Jockey Red

J - 4998 Cocoa C1 12013 4771 Royal Blue

K 4957 - Dubonnet Tweed

D1 4956 - Sapphire Blue

L 4970 4982 Fern E1 4968 4774 Silver

M 4961 4755 Forest Green F1 4972 4980 Spa

N 4971 4979 Heather Beige G1 - 4954 Sunflower Yellow

O 4965 4760 Hemlock H1 - 4767 Taupe

P 4966 4775 Linen I1 4963 4765 Toast

Q 4741 4758 Linen Tweed J1 4964 12011 Toast Tweed

R - 4955 Logo Red K1 12014 4776 True Brown

S 4976 4999 Marine Blue L1 4973 4503 Wheat

SUNBRELLA® DOUBLE FOLD BIAS BINDING

100% solution-dyed acrylic bindings made with Sunbrella® yarns in double-fold form. Both ¾” and 1” binding are available in a range of the most popular colors to coordinate and finish your Sunbrella® creations. Binding is cut on the bias for easier tailoring around corners. Will not fade or weaken from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals. All the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions.

ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.138 for Binding tools.

A

C

E

G

I

K

M

O

Q

B

D

H

J

P

N

L

F

1

2

154 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING

SPECIALTY BINDING AND

CORDAGE

SUNBRELLA® BINDING

A 4936 Beige

B 4937 Burgundy

C 4935 Cadet Grey

D 4926 Captain Navy

E 4947 Concord

F 4932 Forest Green

G 4931 Jet Black

H 4930 Linen

I 4938 Mediterranean Blue

J 4939 Natural

K 4934 Navy

L 4978 Oyster

M 4927 Pacific Blue

N 4946 Red

O 4952 Taupe

P 4950 True Brown

Q 4942 Turquoise

SUNBRELLA® ⁷⁄₈” CENTERFOLD BINDING

100% solution-dyed acrylic binding with a natural fold in the center tape to allow for a smooth and efficient fit. The woven fold prevents the binding from necking down when under tension. The blind side behaves the same as the front. Can be used with or without guides. All exposure and mildew resistant features of Sunbrella® products are built into this binding. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions.

PRICE BREAKS: Each (200yd) | Case (5)

Centerfold binding has a natural fold woven into itself (Figure 1). Unlike ordinary binding, centerfold binding will not pull and pucker as displayed in Figure 2.

CENTERFOLD vs. ORDINARY BINDING


N

R

T

U

W

V

X

Z

B1

D1

F1

H1

J1

L1

N1

R1

T1

X1

V1

P1

G1

C1

E1

I1

K1

O1

Q1

S1

U1

W1

M1

Y

A1

S


SUNBRELLA® BINDING

R 503038 Alpine Green I1 503039 Logo Red

S 503032 Aqua Marine J1 503094 Mediterranean Blue

T 503020 Beige K1 503016 Natural

U 503037 Black L1 503029 Navy Blue

V 503046 Blended Brown M1 503022 Pacific Blue

W 503009 Blended Gold N1 503024 Persian Green

X 503090 Brass O1 503034 Plum

Y 503025 Burgundy P1 503030 Red

Z 503036 Buttercup Q1 503033 Sapphire

A1 503040 Captain Navy R1 503035 Sky Blue

B1 503097 Charcoal Grey S1 503092 Taupe

C1 503096 Concord T1 503028 Terra Cotta

D1 503027 Forest Green U1 503091 Toast

E1 503023 Green V1 503093 Turquoise

F1 503021 Grey W1 503026 Vanilla

G1 503045 Ivory X1 503042 Yellow

H1 503041 Linen

SUNBRELLA® ¹³⁄₁₆” EUROPEAN-STYLE ACRYLIC BRAID

Sunbrella®’s European-style acrylic braid is constructed from 100% solution-dyed acrylic yarn. This ensures that all the features of Sunbrella® products apply directly to this binding. It features excellent exposure resistance to sun and atmospheric conditions. This binding has a fine, soft hand and is available in a range of 33 colors. Please refer to p.332–334 for Sunbrella®’s care and cleaning instructions.



A

B

F

G

C

D

H

I J

E


TOP GUN BINDING: DOUBLE FOLDDouble-folded binding made from Top Gun polyester fabric for finishing projects. This material is saturated with an acrylic coating which makes it the ultimate in marine cover fabrics. Long-lasting color, high strength and breathability. Other features of this product include stain, mildew, abrasion and ultraviolet resistance.

The coating of Top Gun will not peel, chip, flake or crack even at temperatures as low as -18°C (0°F).

1” TOP GUN DOUBLE FOLD BINDING

A B C D

4907 4901 4903 4908

Burgundy Caribbean Blue Forest Green Hemp Beige

E F G H

4904 4905 4902 4906

Navy Blue Onyx Black Turquoise White


¾” 1”- I J

10309 10310 10314

Snow White White Navy

- I J

10312 10311 10313

Snow White White Navy


TOP GUN CLEANING TIPS

Top Gun Binding can be cleaned with a mixture of 4oz. (118ml) of Clorox® And 2oz. (59ml) of soap in 1 gallon (3.8L) of water.

If necessary, the cleaning can be followed with retreatment using Aqua-tite® Protectant (#7166 and #7165, p.181) to ensure your product’s longevitiy.

STAMOID® BINDING: TWO-FOLDSTAMOID® TWO-FOLD BIAS BINDING

A vinyl binding made from high-quality Stamoid products, featuring all the specifications familiar to the Stamoid brand. The two-fold binding has outstanding UV resistance, dirt repellency and mildew resistance. The bindings are ideal as trim or bind for cushions, canopies, dodgers and biminis. Colors are a perfect match with Stamoid fabrics. Available in ¾” or 1” widths.


AB C

E

D

F G

1 2

158 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING


CORDAGE

AUTOMOTIVE/MARINE BINDING: TOPLINE

Topline bindings are ideal for convertible tops, simcons, tonneau covers, door panels, spare tire covers, floor mats, seats, convertible boots, boat tops, marine accessories or any outdoor applications.

Constructed of 7.6 gauge vinyl, coated on a ²⁄₂₅” drill with a 17oz. (482g) finished weight in a Crush (Sierra) or Pinpoint grain. Mildew treated for outdoor use. Tear strength, cold flexibility and bond specifications meet OEM standards.Available in one edge turned, or two edge turned styles in the colors and grains listed here.

1¼” TOPLINE ONE EDGE TURNED BINDING

A B C D E

4770 4772 4784 4786 4788

GM White Pinpoint Black Pinpoint White Crush Black Crush Off-White Crush

ROLL SIZE: 100yd PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

¾” TOPLINE TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING

F G

4766 4752

Black Crush Black Pinpoint


1¼” (3.2cm) One Edge Turned Binding

¾” (1.9cm) Two Edge Turned Binding

ONE EDGE VS. TWO EDGE TURNED BINDING

H

MN

I J K

OP

L


VINYL BINDING

1¼” VINYL BIAS BINDING

Vinyl bias binding for automotive trimming. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) face with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton). Cut on the bias for maximum strength. One edge folded under to give a width of 1¼”. Ideal for the finishing touch on auto carpets, interior trim pieces, etc. To speed installation, see the Trim Folders on p.138.

H I J K L M N O P

5009 5004 4944 4943 5010 4940 4948 4945 5008

Almond Black Blue Camel Charcoal White Off-White Maroon Grey


¾” MARINE BINDING

A two edge folded vinyl binding for all your marine trim needs. ¾” width in a Sea White color. 100% polyvinyl chloride (PVC) with a poly-cotton backing (65% polyester and 35% cotton).

- 5006 Sea White



D

E

A B

C

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: BINDING


CORDAGE

160 /

FELT BINDING: SOLARGUARDSOLARGUARD 1” FELT BINDING

An automotive and marine binding used for dash covers, car-bras and floor mats. 100% solution-dyed polyester. Non-woven flat needle construction with a thermobonded finish.

WEIGHT: 6oz./yd2 GUAUGE: 0.040”

A 4792 1” SolarGuard Felt Binding—Black


NYLON BINDING: GROSGRAINGROSGRAIN NYLON BINDING

Grosgrain black nylon binding in two widths for trimming bags, apparel and other nylon or leather products. Can be used anywhere twill tape is used for binding seams. Woven to each width with finished edges, not cut.

B B

11161 11163

¾” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black 1” Grosgrain Nylon Binding—Black


WIRE ON BINDINGTraditional style binding that is stitched in place on the edge of the cover, then used to wire in place on the frame with hog rings or other fasteners.

C 5002 ¾” Repp Wire On Binding—Black


BINDING: POLYESTER TWILLPolyester twill tape is used for binding and edging.

D E D E

9845 9840 9841 9842

¾” Polyester Twill Tape—White ¾” Polyester Twill Tape—Black 1” Polyester Twill Tape—White 1” Polyester Twill Tape—Black


Please see p.136 for Automotive tools.

N

F G

/ 161 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE / 161

POLYPROPYLENE ROPEMonofilament “polyprop” is the lightest, most widely used, economical rope on the market. The Polyprop rope strength exceeds that of Manila ropes, while also providing reliable specifications, such as long life, flexibility in cold temperatures and excellent resistance to most acids and alkalines. It also features good impact loading and will float on water.

Suitable for a wide variety of applications including commercial fishing lines, towing and mooring lines, electrical line stringing, utility rope, scaffolding rope and more. The product is rated at medium for elongation and stretch; rated excellent for mildew, acid and alkali resistance; fair resistance to sunlight and organic solvents.

CRITICAL TEMPERATURE: 392.4°C (250°F)

¼” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE

F G

6673 6674

¼” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ¼” Polypropylene Rope—White

PRICE BREAKS: Each (1310’)

³⁄₁₆” POLYPROPYLENE ROPE

F G

6675 6676

³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—Yellow ³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Rope—White

PRICE BREAK: Each (2125’)

Please see p.131–133 for Rope Cutters.

A

B

C

D

EF

G

H I

162 /


CORDAGE

162 /


CORDAGE

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AWNING CORDS & RINGS

AWNING CORDS AWNING & TENT RINGS

NYLON AWNING CORDS

PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

A 6701 #4 ¹⁄₈” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White


B 6704 #5 ⁵⁄₃₂” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White


C 6705 #6 ³⁄₁₆” Nylon Diamond Braid Cord—White


NICKLE-PLATED HEAVY WELDED STEEL D-RINGS

D-rings in nickel-plated steel with a welded seam. Will not pull apart under heavy stresses.

PR ICE BREAKS (unless otherwise specified): Bag (25) | Package (4) | Case (20)

-

D

E

F

G

3903

3904

3905

3906

3907

¾” Nickel-Plated Heavy D-Ring


1” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring


1¼” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring


1½” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring


2” Nickel-Plated Heavy Welded D-Ring


WELDED O-RING


H I

2297 2296

1½” Brass-Plated Welded O-Ring 1½” Nickel-Plated Welded O-Ring


MN

O P

Q

RJ

L

K

/ 163 / 163 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: DRAWSTRING CORDS & LOCKS

JACKET CORD LOCKS

Delrin jacket string locks for use in various garment applications.

M P

2210 2214

Jacket Cord Lock—Black Flat Top Jacket Cord Lock—Black


BALL CORD LOCK

Sliding ball cord lock in black.

O 2213 Ball Cord Lock—Black


BELL END COVER

Bell end for covering knots in draw cords.

Q 2215 Draw Cord Bell End—Antique


WHEEL LOCK

Sliding and locking cord adjuster in black.

R 2216 Wheel Lock—Black


SQUARE CORD LOCKS

N 2211 Square Cord Lock—Black


CORD LOCKSDRAWSTRING CORDS

NYLON DRAWSTRING CORDS—DIAMOND BRAID

For bag and apparel applications.


J 6695 #3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White


J 6698 #3.5 ⁷⁄₆₄” Nylon Cord—White

PRICE BREAK: Roll (1000’)

POLYPROPYLENE DRAWSTRING CORDS

For bag and apparel applications.

K L

11190 11194

⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—Black ⁵∕₃₂” Polypropylene Drawstring—White



A B C D E F

164 /


CORDAGE

164 /


CORDAGE

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CORDAGE

SHOCK CORDS

NYLON SHOCK CORDS

A 6679 ¹⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—Black

Used as drawstrings in apparel items.


C 6680 ³⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White

Light nylon bungee cord. Cord length is customizable using the hooks on p.165.


D E F

6685 6690 6692

¼” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black ³⁄₈” Nylon Shock Cord—White/Black

White nylon bungee cord. Create custom lengths using clamps and hooks listed on p.165.


POLYPROPYLENE SHOCK CORD

Bungee cord in polypropylene material, which has all the characteristics of polypropylene and is available in bulk for use in apparel, bag and other projects.

Be sure to also see the Delrin Shock Cord Hooks #2722 and #2723 on p.165.

B 6683 ³⁄₁₆” Polypropylene Shock Cord—Black



G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

OP

Q

R

T

S

/ 165 / 165 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: SHOCK CORD HOOKS

SHOCK CORD HOOKSMETAL SHOCK CORD HOOKS

Metal shock cord hooks painted in black for longer life. Plastic tips prevent marking of adjacent surfaces.

G H I

7843 7844 7845

¼” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ⁵⁄₁₆” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black ³⁄₈” Metal Shock Cord Hook—Black

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STAINLESS STEEL CONE HOOK

Stainless steel cone hooks for superior resistance and a neat finished appearance. Cord is meant to fit inside the cone.

J K

7800 7810

³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook ⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Cone Hook

PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS

Secure the shock cord with these stainless steel clamps. Excellent resistance to environmental elements.

L M N

7801 7806 7811

¹⁄₈”–³⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp ⁷⁄₃₂”–¼” Stainless Steel Clamp ¼”–⁵⁄₁₆” Stainless Steel Clamp


STEEL S-HOOKS

Steel S-hook for forming cord and strap ends. Size denotes the shock cord or rope that will pass cleanly through the small end of the hook.

O

P

7821

7841

¹⁄₈” Steel S-Hook


¼” Steel S-Hook


STAINLESS STEEL S-HOOKS

Stainless steel S-hooks for superior resistance to environmental exposure.

Q R

7820 7840

¹⁄₈” Stainless Steel S-Hook ¼” Stainless Steel S-Hook

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN

2-part hook for use with ¼” shock cord.

S 2723 ¼” Shock Cord Hook—Black

PRICE BREAKS: Package (100) | Bag (5) Case (10)

ADJUSTABLE SHOCK CORD HOOK—DELRIN

Adjustable hook accepts cords up to ⁵⁄₁₆”.

T 2722 Adjustable Shock Cord Hook

PRICE BREAK: Bag (25) | Package (4) Case (20)

TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE

/ 167 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE-RETARDANT TAPE (P.168)

A highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% polyester and 6% cotton. It is lightweight and flexible, and has an enhanced daytime appearance. This provides high attention value when the visibility decreases, particularly at dawn or dusk. The nighttime appearance is a brilliant orange or yellow and provides reflectivity based on a wide range of light source angles. This material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. It has been tested for flame-resistance according to the Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903. Average char length is less than 6” (15.2cm).

APP LICATION TO FABRIC: Sew in place using a lock-stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₁₆” from the edge of the reflective fabric.

CAU TION: Use of a Teflon-coated needle may extend needle life. Do not apply this product to highly elastic materials.

CUT TING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined.

PRODUCT INFORMATION

CARE INSTRUCTIONS (These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first):

1. Professionally dry clean, solvent temperature <30°C (85°F). Tumble dry warm 48°C (120°F).

2. Damp wipe using warm water and mild detergent. Rinse thoroughly, dry with a soft cloth or allow to air dry.

3. Machine wash warm (40°C, 104°F), tumble dry low.

NOT E: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

A

B1

C

D

E

B2

F

G1

G2

168 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

SPECIALTY TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ TAPESJ. Ennis Fabrics is an authorized distributor of the 3M™ lineup of reflective tapes, films and materials. While these products are primarily products used in garments, they have many applications. Reflective Tapes are often incorporated into sports bags, runners, and accessories for athletes and joggers as well as clothing.

Please remember that the items that are stocked represent the most popular items in this line. There are many other products available. We can provide immediate service on the stocked items. Other items are readily available on a special order basis.

PL EASE NOTE: While use of Scotchlite™ reflective material does greatly enhance visibility, no reflective material can assure absolute visibility, particularly in adverse weather.

SCOTCHLITE™ HIGH GLOSS TAPES

This reflective material has a glossy vinyl coating that gives it a shimmering, almost wet look. This item consists of retroreflective microprisms formed on flexible, glossy and UV-stabilized polymeric film.

A -

11144 11150

6160 1³⁄₈” High Gloss Trim—White 6187 2” High Gloss—Lime-Yellow

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (109)

SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE FABRIC TRIM TAPES

Scotchlite™’s Reflective Tapes can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials. Uses include accessories, uniforms, rain wear, jackets, active wear, head wear, backpacks, armbands, straps, belts, cut-out letters and numbers, patches, and crests.

C -

-

11132 11133

11135

8910 ½” Silver Fabric Trim 8910 1” Silver Fabric Trim


8910 2” Silver Fabric Trim


SCOTCHLITE™ FLUORESCENT FIRE RETARDANT TAPES

This is a highly reflective fabric consisting of exposed wide-angle lenses bonded to durable cloth backing composed of 94% Polyester and 6% Cotton. Lightweight and flexible, this material can be attached to a broad range of medium and heavy-weight fabrics. FR tested according to Federal Test Method Standard 191A, Method 5903.

B1 B2

11141 11143

1” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow 2” 8987 Fluorescent Lime/Yellow


E 11139 2” 8986 Fluorescent Red/Orange


SCOTCHLITE™ REFLECTIVE TAPE

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric.

NO TE: Maximum shrinkage is 3%. Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

H

I

/ 169 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ IRON-ON TRANSFER FILM

A highly reflective material with a wide angle reflectivity designed to enhance night visibility of the wearer. A removable plastic liner protects the heat-activated (iron-on) dry adhesive on the back of the film. The transfer film is suitable for light to medium-weight fabrics and have very good stretch properties.

D 11120 8710 ½” Silver Transfer Film


D D

11121 11122

8710 ¾” Silver Transfer Film 8710 1” Silver Transfer Trim


- 11158 8787 2” Lime-Yellow Transfer Film


SCOTCHLITE™ VEST TRIM

Scotchlite™ Vest Trim is designed to enhance 24-hour visibility. It combines a bright fluorescent element with a highly reflective silver stripe. The fluorescent is especially noticeable in conditions of poor visibility, particularly at dusk and dawn. This material can be attached to a wide range of light and medium-weight fabrics, but is not recommended for attachment to highly elastic materials.

G1 G2

11130 11131

8471 1½” Lime/Silver Vest Trim 8471 2” Lime/Silver Vest Trim

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (25) | Case (300)

SCOTCHLITE™ PRESSURE-SENSITIVE REFLECTIVE TAPE

Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Tape offers the enhanced daytime/nighttime visibility of the wearer. Meets flame-resistant test 191A, Method 5903. A highly aggressive product with 3M™ adhesive, it is applicable for hard surfaces such as helmets, in-line skates, sports active protective pads, bicycles, etc.

SCOTCHLITE™ SILVER FABRIC

Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded to a durable poly-cotton cloth backing. This fabric contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur in prolonged exposure to temperatures greater than 26°C (80°F), or humid conditions greater than 70% relative humidity. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product.

F 11160 8925 2” Silver Fabric


SCOTCHLITE™ SOLAS (SAFETY OF LIFE AT SEA)

Scotchlite™ SOLAS-grade products are intended for reflectorizing SOLAS life support equipment such as life vests, jackets, and rafts. It conforms to Marine Equipment Directive 96/98/EC and International Maritime Organization (IMO) Resolution A.658 (16) Annex 2. Approved by the US Coast Guard to meet 46 CFR part 164, subpart 164.018 for Type I and II retroflectible material used to enhance visibility of life-saving equipment in nighttime or low-light conditions. SOLAS-grade products have an European mark of conformance. All products are silver in color under daytime viewing conditions and reflect a bright white.

H 11159 6755 2” SOLAS Silver Sew-On


I 11123 8830 1” Silver Pressure Sensitive Tape


CUTTING The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined.

CARE INSTRUCTIONS These are guidelines for the care of the product, please test application first.

1. Machine wash at 40°C (104°F). Tumble dry low.

2. Dry clean, tumble dry warm at 30°C max (86°F).

3. Hand iron warm at 160°C (320°F) and use press cloth.

A

B

170 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TAPES

SPECIALTY TAPES

SCOTCHLITE™ INDUSTRIAL WASH

A 11153 9920 2” Silver Industrial Wash Sew-On

9920 Silver Industrial Wash fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to a durable 100% polyester cloth backing. Certified to meet ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 Level 2 retroreflective performance and EN 471 Class 2 retroreflective performance.


B 11156 9187 2” Industrial Wash Lime/Yellow With Silver

9187 contains an aluminum layer as part of its construction. Blemishing of this aluminum layer can occur if the front surface of the product has direct contact from hands during application, then exposed to hot and humid conditions greater than 26°C (80°F) and greater than 70% relative humidity, for a period of weeks. These blemishes do not affect the performance of the product.

ROLL SIZE: 109yd PRICE BREAKS: Yard | Package (109)

SCOTCHLITE™ FIRE-RETARDANT INDUSTRIAL WASH SEW-ON

8940 Silver Industrial Wash Flame Resistant fabric is composed of wide-angle, exposed retroreflective lenses bonded with a special polymer layer to an aramid backing. 8940 meets or exceeds the following tests as specified in NFPA 1971 Standard, 2000 Edition, ANSI/ISEA 107-1999 and EN471 Class 2 retroreflective performance specifications.

A A

11162 11157

8940 1” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On 8940 2” Silver FR Industrial Wash Sew-On


REFLECTIVE TAPES (CONT.)

SCO

TCH

LITE

™ IN

DU

STR

IAL

WA

SH

APPLICATION TO FABRIC Sew in place using a lock stitch with no more than 12 stitches per 1” and placed at least ⁵⁄₆₄” from the edge of the reflective fabric.

Thread recommendation: 100% polyester or appropriate thread for flame-resistant applications.

Whenever two or more pieces of 9920 Industrial Wash fabrics are used together on a single surface or as a set, they should be matched to ensure uniform daytime color and nighttime or low-light reflectivity.

CU TTING: The material can be hand-cut, die-cut or guillotined.

CA RE INSTRUCTIONS: Stain treatment wash may reduce the life of 9920. Use low-medium alkaline, high surfactant detergents. Do not use solvenated surfactants. Do not use chlorine bleach. MAXIMUM WASH TEMPERATURE: 75°C (165°F) BREAK/SUDS CYCLE: <20 minutes total TUNNEL DRY: ≤160°C (300°F) TUMBLE DRY: Maximum 90°C (195°F) DRYING TIME: ≤7 minutes PRESSING: ≤150°C (300°F)

NO TE: Recommended shelf life is two years and should be stored in a cool, dry area. Rolls should be stored on a rod or pipe through core.

E

F

G

D

C

/ 171 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRANSFER TAPE, PACKING & STENCILING PRODUCTS

This product is a high-tack acrylic double-coated tape, designed to provide high initial adhesion and excellent bond to most canvas and acrylic fabrics. Simply roll tape on the fabric where the seam is to be made. The tape holds firmly to prevent slippage during sewing and helps to prevent seam leakage.

C D

7991 7992

¼” Marine Transfer Tape ½” Marine Transfer Tape

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (36yd) | Package (12) | Case (72)

HAND STRETCH FILM

This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Reduced neckdown lower packaging costs and reduces the initial film’s width. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films.

E 7987 12.8” Hand Stretch Film


MARINE TRANSFER TAPE

CARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER

The 2” Carton Sealing Tape (#7990) is an all-around polypropylene packaging tape with good moisture and impact resistance. Use with the sturdy and durable dispenser for tapes from 1½”–2” wide.

G 7990 2” Carton Sealing Tape

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (109yd) | Package (6)

F 7985 2” Hand Tape Dispenser


PACKING PRODUCTS

172 /

SPECIALTY TAPES

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS172 /

SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS

TRIMMINGS

NN

I

J

K

L

M

N

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

O

/ 173 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS / 173

WELT100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. ¹⁄₈” diameter welting designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry.

WELT—PREMIER

I 9719 Premier Welt—Black


WELT—EMBOSSED

J K L

9834 9836 9838

Navy White Bright Red

M N

9849 9897

Black Buckskin


E-Z LACE SUPREMEA patented grommet-free lacing system to securely attach awnings, canopies, boat covers, tents and other outdoor applications. E-Z Lace is a product introduced to avoid the need for expensive installation, special equipment and additional manufacturing steps associated with traditional grommet installation. E-Z Lace provides long-term strength while also offering mildew and UV resistance.

A B C D

296604 296608 296630 296633

Natural Black Cadet Grey Linen

E F G H

296637 296601 296631 296003

Forest Green Pacific Blue Burgundy Jockey Red


A 1” reinforced side hole makes lacing easy and quick, while the 3” spacing between holes increases manufacturing design flexibility. Lace awning cords through the slits and secure to the awning frame.

USING E-Z LACE

J WELT

Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines.

O 8435 J Welt

PR ICE BREAKS: Spool (100’) | Case (5)

N

A

S

U

V

W

Y

A1

Z

X

T

C

D

E

G

F

H

I

K

M

O

Q

R

P

N

L

J

B

B1

174 /

SPECIALTY TAPES

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS174 /

SPECIALTY TRIMMINGS

HYDEM GIMP: MIDSHIPThe Midship Hydem Gimp is center-split, a unique feature created by the two flaps that open up to a center well where staples or tacks are applied. The flaps will then close back over the well to hide the nail heads and staples for a clean, finished double-welt appearance. Available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37).


A TRIHYMID 9009 Black

B TRIHYMID 6 White

C TRIHYMID 222 Hunter Green

D TRIHYMID 3 Royal Blue

E TRIHYMID 33 Navy

F TRIHYMID 34 Teal Green

G TRIHYMID 67 Mushroom

H TRIHYMID 87 Brown

I TRIHYMID 1 Red

J TRIHYMID 98 Medium Grey

K TRIHYMID 333 Azure

L TRIHYMID 17 Burgundy

M TRIHYMID 6003 Ivory

N TRIHYMID 6009 Oyster White

O TRIHYMID 61 Mystic White

P TRIHYMID 649 Almond

Q TRIHYMID 66 Off White

R TRIHYMID 696 Bright White

S TRIHYMID 8 Chocolate

T TRIHYMID 805 Spice

U TRIHYMID 84 Rust

V TRIHYMID 8884 Rawhide

W TRIHYMID 9006 Light Grey

X TRIHYMID 905 Seagull

Y TRIHYMID 969 Dark Grey

Z TRIHYMID 97 Steel

A1 TRIHYMID 99 Mid Grey

SPONGE RODSponge rod is used for shimming and bolstering worn and shrunken weather stripping around car doors and trunks.

B1 7579 ½” Sponge Rod


N

C1

U1

W1

X1

Y1

A2

C2

B2

Z1

V1

E1

F1

G1

I1

H1

J1

K1

M1

O1

Q1

S1

T1

R1

P1

N1

L1

D1

D2

/ 175 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS / 175

C1 TRIWEMID 9009 Black

D1 TRIWEMID 6 White

E1 TRIWEMID 222 Hunter Green

F1 TRIWEMID 3 Royal Blue

G1 TRIWEMID 33 Navy

H1 TRIWEMID 34 Teal Green

I1 TRIWEMID 67 Mushroom

J1 TRIWEMID 87 Brown

K1 TRIWEMID 1 Red

L1 TRIWEMID 98 Medium Grey

M1 TRIWEMID 333 Azure

N1 TRIWEMID 17 Burgundy

O1 TRIWEMID 6003 Ivory

P1 TRIWEMID 6009 Oyster White

Q1 TRIWEMID 61 Mystic White

R1 TRIWEMID 649 Almond

S1 TRIWEMID 66 Off White

T1 TRIWEMID 696 Bright White

U1 TRIWEMID 8 Chocolate

V1 TRIWEMID 805 Spice

W1 TRIWEMID 84 Rust

X1 TRIWEMID 8884 Rawhide

Y1 TRIWEMID 9006 Light Grey

Z1 TRIWEMID 905 Seagull

A2 TRIWEMID 969 Dark Grey

B2 TRIWEMID 97 Steel

C2 TRIWEMID 99 Mid Grey

⁵⁄₈” WELT: MIDSHIPSimilar to the Midship Hydem Gimp, the Midship Welt cord is meant to be used to dress up and finish seams. Midship Welt is available to match all 27 colors of our Midship fabric (p.37).


Please see p.37 for matching Midship fabrics.

SNAP-ON TRIMA flexible plastic wind lace with a metal core and leather grain surface. For snap-on installation on pinch-welded seams. Suitable for import or domestic autos, interior, or exterior use.

D2 8400 Snap-On Trim—Black


176 / SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

SPECIALTY PROTECTANTS

AEROSOLS, PROTECTANTS, & ADHESIVES

/ 177 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS / 177

The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information.

NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

SURFACE PREPARATION Product Part #Upholstery & Trim Vinyls Vinyl Prep 9646

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics Sand Free 9648

Unsandable Metal/Fiberglass Sand Free 9648

Unsandable Textured Surface Sand Free 9648

COLOR CHANGE Product Part #Cooley Brite™ Cooley Magic 2770

Upholstery Vinyls, Leather SEM Vinyl Coat See p.178

Auto Trim Carpet Sections SEM Vinyl Coat See p.178

Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics SEM Vinyl Coat See p.178

PROTECTANT Product Part #Awnings (Sunbrella® Acrylic) 303® Fabric Guard See p.182, 327

Color Coated Vinyls SEM Vinyl Coat Clear See p.178

Vinyls, Hard and Semi-Hard Plastics 303® Aerospace Protectant 7300

Stamoid Vinyl Protectant 7094

Upholstery Fabrics (most) 303® Aerospace Protectant See p.182

303® Fabric Guard See p.182, 327

Canvas Canvak 7199

303® Fabric Guard See p.182, 327

Carpet 303® Fabric Guard See p.182, 327

Fiberglass Metal Polish 7109

Multi-Use Aqua-tite Green 7166

Iosso Repellent 7103

Metal Polish 7109

Sewn Seams Iosso Seam Sealer 7106

Plastic Windows Klear-to-Sea 7168

IMAR Strataglass Protective Polish 7091

AEROSOLS & PROTECTANTS APPLICATIONS CHART

A

C

F

L M

I J K

B

D

G

E

H

178 /


SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS178 /


SEM COLOR COAT

SEM Color Coat is a solvent base, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating not a dye.

Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#9648, p.179). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat finishes for long-lasting durability.

PRICE BREAKS: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (12)

VINYL COAT

A 9658 25 Titan Metallic

B 9636 Silver Metallic

C 9597 Gloss Black

D 9689 45 Gloss White

E 9599 Satin Black

F 9673 60 Sailcloth White

G 9600 01 Landau Black

H 9663 31 White

I 9640 16 Presidio

J 9614 17 Camel

K 9668 30 Graphite

L 9680 12 Santa Fe

M 9604 06 Burgundy

N 9611 11 Firethorn Red

O 9622 00 Phantom White

P 9662 27 Napa Red

Q 9616 18 Warm Grey

R 9606 09 Light Buckskin

S 9682 39 Medium Gray

T 9678 64 Pacific Blue

U 9601 36 Portola Red

V 9610 10 Super White

SEM VINYL FINISHES

W 9654 Low Luster Clear

X 9656 High Gloss Clear

Y 9679 01 Satin Gloss Clear

N O

P

Q

R

S

T

U V

Z

W X Y

A1

/ 179 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS / 179

SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS

Z 9646 SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5oz. (439g)

Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.


A1 9648 SEM Sand Free—13oz. (369g)

Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods and trunk). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted.


Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.

Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures.

TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE

A B CD

E



PROTECTANTS: LUBRICANTS & SILICONES

LUBRICANTS & SILICONES

A 7108 Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant—1.5oz (42.5g)

E-Z Snap lubricates, waterproofs, protects and reduces friction on snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. This is a non-staining, non-solvent non-silicone, non-toxic formula. An easy-to-place gel that will not run.

Place one drop in the head of the snap, then close and open a few times. Place a few drops down the center of a zipper. Work the zipper a few times to distribute the lubricant. If removal is necessary, use the Iosso® Safe-T-Solve (#7113, p.186) and wash as usual.


B 7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g)

An economical all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface—metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing equipment, cutting equipment and sewing tables to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions.

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) | Volume (60)

SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP

A multipurpose lubricant and form release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat.

C 7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14oz. (400g)


SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP

A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics.

Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it.

D 7171 Super Slip Silicone—14oz. (400g)


E 7172 Super Slip Silicone—3.5qt. (4L)


- 7173 Super Slip Silicone—17.5qt. (20L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

FG

H

/ 181 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

WATER-RESISTANT FINISH

A heavy-duty, water-resistant finish for tents, tarpaulins and covers manufactured with canvas. It contains fungicides for mildew resistance. Canvak® Canvas preservative is a clear wax-based compound that can be used for re-waterproofing heavy-duty textiles. It does not leave a residue, tacky or greasy feeling. Use it on rental tents and covers for an economical re-treating.

F 7199 Canvak® Canvas Preservative—1 gal. (4.5L)


AQUA-TITE® GREEN WATER REPELLANT

Aqua-Tite® is a premium grade dual-action water and stain repellent. Eco-friendly green and clean technology product. Lower levels of VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) than current regulations. Use on awnings, boat covers, canvas, tarpaulins, outdoor furnishings and any synthetic or natural fiber fabric (acrylic, cotton, nylon, polypropylene, polyester, leather and cotton blends).

One gallon of this product covers 500–700 ft2, depending on absorbency of fabric. Water drops just “bead and roll off” Aqua-Tite® treated products. Provide outstanding protection against aqueous-based stains such as soda and grape juice. Also resists dirt and oil-based stains such as animal droppings, motor oil and lubricants. Enhances the tone of the fabric. Very good durability to outdoor weathering.

G 7166 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—32oz. (946ml)


H 7165 Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellent—1 gal. (3.8L)


PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLANT FINISH

A

BC

D

E



303® PROTECTANTS

303® AEROSPACE PROTECTANT

303® Aerospace Protectant provides the ultimate sun-blocking technology that keeps items looking new and lasting longer. Protects vinyl, synthetic/natural rubber, plastic, painted surfaces, tonneau covers, finished leather, gelcoat fiberglass, RV awnings, EPDM, pressed-polished sheet, engine hoses, boat seats and fenders, door and trunk seals, inflatable boats, all-weather wicker, and patio furniture frames.

-

A B

C

7300

7303 7302

7304

303® Aerospace Protectant—8oz. (237ml)


303® Aerospace Protectant—16oz. (473ml) 303® Aerospace Protectant—32oz. (946ml)


303® Aerospace Protectant—1 gal. (3.8L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

303® FABRIC GUARD

Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturer-approved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fiber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture, and auto interiors.

D

E

7157

7158

303® Fabric Guard™—16oz. (473mL)


303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79L)


/ 183 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTSSunbrella® is a registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc.

303products.com

W E ’ V E G O T Y O U R N U M B E R ™

Recommended By:

When your customers’ love for the open water is surpassed only by the love of their boat, nothing but the best will do.

FABRIC GUARD™ restores water repellency to factory-new levels to keep equipment dry and prevent molding. Provides strong resistance against soiling.

AEROSPACE PROTECTANT,™ with broad-spectrum UV blockers, prevents fading, cracking and embrittlement. No other protects as powerfully or lasts as long.

MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER™ safely removes most difficult stains and rinses residue free, allowing protectants to properly cure at the surface.

SPOT CLEANER has advanced action that removes the toughest of stains on all water-safe materials. Effortless results every time.

F O R S O M E , T H E D E S I R E F O R

A L L T H I N G S P R I S T I N E R U N S D E E P .

A B C

D

E



IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: WATER REPELLENT

IOSSO® PROTECTANTS: SEAM SEALER

Iosso® Water Repellent is effective on all fabrics. It protects fabric from water, soils, oils, bird droppings and environmental pollutants. It resists mildew and stains and increases weatherability. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Recommended for use on awnings, canopies, tents, patio furniture cushions, umbrellas, spa covers, tarps, boat covers, bimini tops, hunting fabrics, camping gear, leather synthetics and vinyls. Solution is ready-to-use or concentrated in a non-solvent and non-silicone formula.

Ideal for boat covers, awnings, tents, backpacks and almost anything else where a water-tight seam is required. Seam Sealer will not change the look or feel of your fabric. For best results, use with cotton, cotton-blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. While Seam Sealer may be used on vinyl-coated or laminated fabrics, the water repellency will vary.

IOSSO® WATER REPELLENT

A

B

C

7105

7104

7103

Iosso® Water Repellent Concentrate—1 gal. (3.9L)

One gallon of concentrate makes 5 gallons of mixed solution for total coverage of 780ft2.

Iosso® Water Repellent Ready-to-Use—1 gal. (3.9L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

Iosso® Water Repellent—32oz. (990ml)


IOSSO® SEAM SEALER

D

E

7107

7106

Iosso® Seam Sealer—1 gal. (3.9L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

Iosso® Seam Sealer—4oz. (118ml)


/ 185 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: PROTECTANTS

MILDEW CLEANER

Removes mold/mildew stain, bird/spider droppings leaf stain. Safe for all fabric including solution-dyed acrylics, vinyl, PVC, coated fabrics. Color safe.

SEAM SEALER

Prevents seams from leaking. Use on cotton, cotton blends, polyester and synthetic woven fabrics. It will not change the look of the fabric.

E-Z SNAP

For snaps, zippers, hinges and hardware. One dab keeps them from looking up. Will not wash away or dissipate in hot weather. Non-silicon formula.

WATER REPELLENT

Protects from mildew, water, soils, oils and environmental pollutants. It will not change the color, feel or breathability of the fabric. Safe for use on all fabric types. Non-silicon formula.

Get it done right the first time!

We have the solution for you!

Whether it’s… Boating Fabric, Awning Fabric, Tent Fabric, Inflatables, Truck Covers or Tarps

Professional Sizes Available 1 gallon to 55 gallon

A

B

C

D

E

186 /


186 /

SPECIALTY ADHESIVES

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS186 /

SPECIALTY CLEANERS

IOSSO® CLEANERS: MILDEW STAIN REMOVER

IOSSO® CLEANERS: METAL POLISH

IOSSO® CLEANERS: SAFE-T-SOLVE®

IOSSO® DISPLAY

Clean mold, mildew, dirt and algae stains from virtually every boat surface. Just add water to the biodegradable powder and soak the solution into the soiled areas. Can be used on vinyl, plastic, canvas, carpeting, wood, fiberglass, painted surfaces, sails and accessories.

PL EASE NOTE: 12oz. (340g) jar makes 3 gallon (11.4L) of solution. 65oz (1.84kg) pail makes 16 gallons (60.6L) of solution.

A quick and easy application that leaves a brilliant, shiny protective coating. Can be used on brass, copper, chrome, stainless steel, aluminum, magnesium, silver, gold, porcelain, fiberglass, Plexiglas, hard plastics and painted surfaces.

Safe-T-Solve® is a water-based cleaner with no petroleum solvents and is biodegradable. It will penetrate and lift preservative-accumulated cutting fluids, petroleum residues, road tar, graffiti, chewing gum and more. Simply spray or dip the item to be cleaned, then rinse with clean water or wipe with a clean rag.

This display is designed for retail point of purchase. Includes 12 jars of Mildew Cleaner (#7100), 24 E-Z Snap tubes (#7108), 12 bottles of Seam Sealer (#7106), and 6 bottles of Water Repellant (#7103). Weighs 25lb (11.3kg).

IOSSO® MILDEW STAIN REMOVER

A

B

7101

7100

Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—65oz. (1.84kg)

PRICE BREAK: Each

Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover Concentrate—12oz. (340g)


IOSSO® METAL POLISH

C 7109 Iosso® Metal Polish—3oz. (85g)


IOSSO® SAFE-T-SOLVE®

D 7113 Iosso® Safe-T-Solve®—32oz. (946ml)


IOSSO® ONE-TIER POP DISPLAY

E 7116 Iosso® One-Tier POP Display

PRICE BREAK: Each

F G

/ 187 / 187 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS / 187

SOLVENT CLEANERS

HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER

F 1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—4qt. (3.8L)

C699 solvent/cleaner is a dichloromethane base solvent that can be used to thin out Sluyter’s 478 Foam Adhesive (#1123 and #1124), and other Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly-based adhesives.


LIQUID ERADICANT

G 2770 Cooley Magic—1 gal. (3.8L)

Part of the Cooley Brite™ signage system for awnings. This liquid will remove the coloring of Cooley Brite™ Material, leaving behind a pure white substrate allowing you to create designs, logos and lettering on the material.


USING COOLEY MAGIC

ST EP 1: Place the precut stencil of your design over the Cooley Brite™ flexible material. Ensure good adhesive bond, then smooth out bubbles.

ST EP 2: Once mask is solidly placed, use a soft, white cloth lightly saturated in Cooley Magic to wipe the exposed area until all color is removed. Gently peel the mask off the material.

FI NAL RESULT: A bold, white graphic image with extremely clear definition and contrast.

A BC D

188 /


188 /

SPECIALTY ADHESIVES

SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS188 /

SPECIALTY CLEANERS

CLEANERS (CONT.)

MARINE WINDOW

This environmentally safe product eliminates the necessity for multiple cleaners. It safely cleans and protects glass and plastics. It is anti-static and anti-fog, fills in minor scratches and imperfections, protects from salt spray damage and cleans with no streaks or smudging. Use on mirrors, glass, plastics, clear vinyls, Plexiglas, and Lexan.

B 7168 Klear-to-Sea—16oz. (473ml)


GERMICIDAL CLEANER

This institutional-strength aerosol cleaner provides an easy way to clean, disinfect and deodorize. No scouring or scratching necessary. Use in nursery and sickrooms, for garbage and diaper pails, and any washable surface that requires disinfecting. Needs no rinsing.

A 7200 Germicidal Cleaner—19oz. (539zg)


303® CLEANERS

303® SPOT CLEANER

303® Spot Cleaner is a premium cleaner formulated to remove the most difficult carpet and upholstery stains. It features advanced enzyme action to remove the toughest stains, such as oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more. This product is safe to use on all water-safe materials.

D 11047 303® Spot Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)


303® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.

C 7202 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)


USING 303®’s MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

FO R SPOT CLEANING: Use full strength or diluted in a 10:1 (water to 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner) ratio. The dilution ratio can be made more concentrated by decreasing the water quantity.

FO R GENERAL CLEANING: Add a cup of the 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner to a gallon of warm water. Add more 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner to remove stubborn stains.

H IE F G

/ 189 / 189 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS / 189

IMAR CLEANERS

IMAR STAMOID PROTECTIVE CREAM

Cleans, shines and protects marine vinyl. A polymer-based formula designed to protect Stamoid and other vinyl in marine environments, while ensuring the retention of like-new suppleness and luster. With UV protection, static resistance and life-extending plasticizers, this proprietary formulation causes molecular bonding which creates a nearly-invincible protective barrier. Recommended usage ever 2–3 months.

H 7092 #601 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Cream—16oz. (473ml)


IMAR STAMOID VINYL PROTECTIVE SPRAY

Cleans, shines and protects Stamoid Marine vinyl and works equally well on similar vinyl products. UV protection, coupled with the rejuvenation effects of included plasticizers, helps defeat age-induced brittleness and assures a longer product life. Enhances the protective qualities of Stamoid Marine Protective Cream (#7092).

I 7094 #602 Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray—16oz. (473ml)


IMAR STRATAGLASS CLEANER AND POLISH

Both the Strataglass Protective Cleaner (#7090) and Protective Polish (#7091) are formulated to clean, shine and protect Strataglass and the Strataglass scratch-resistant protective coating. Using the Protective Cleaner frequently between polishing will rejuvenate the protective qualities of the Protective Polish.

E 7090 Strataglass Protective Cleaner—16oz. (473ml)

Special UV inhibitors extend the life of Strataglass by minimizing the deteriorating effects of sunlight. Safe to use daily.


F 7091 Strataglass Protective Polish—16oz. (473ml)

Strataglass Protective Polish is recommended for use every 2–3 months. In areas of high fallout, use ever 4–6 weeks.


IMAR STAMOID CLEANER

Gently but thoroughly cleans Stamoid and other marine vinyls. Frequent use is recommended, particularly in areas of environmental pollution. Application of Stamoid Marine Vinyl Protective Spray (#7094) between cleaning will ensure the vinyl’s like-new appearance.

G 7096 #603 Stamoid Vinyl Cleaner—16oz. (473ml)


Clear ChoiceWhen You’re On The Water

Strataglass™ and Crystal Clear 20/20 are the finest pressed coated and non-coatedproducts in the marine industry. Available in 20, 30, 40 and 60 mil.

Our quality and durability are why we’re the bestselling brand in the U.S.A. andCanada—the perfect complement to your next boat project.

Available at your local canvas supplier or visit our website for distributor locations.

Proud Member of IFAI and MFA

The

11957 - Ennis Fabrics Catalog Ad_Ennis Fabrics 10/28/14 2:49 PM Page 1

/ 191 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES / 191

ADHESIVE APPLICATION CHART

TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS

The following is a quick reference to help select the right product for the right job. The products listed are the manufacturers’ recommendations. See the full product descriptions throughout the catalogue for more information.

NOTE: Some of the products perform more than one function (i.e. clean, polish, protect).

FOAM TO Product Part #Foam 80 Supertrim Adhesive 1041

JEF Bond 99 1119

Fabric 80 Supertrim Adhesive 1041

JEF Bond 99 1119

Other Surfaces JEF Bond 99 1119

EC 2218 1128

VINYL TO Product Part #Fabric JEF Bond 99 1119

Helmiprene 4510 1139

JEF Bond 3000 1147

Wood, Metal, or Plastic JEF Bond 99 1119


JEF Bond 3000 1147

INDUSTRIAL PVC TO Product Part #PVC 80 Supertrim 1041

HH-66 See p.192


Wood, Metal, or Plastics 80 Supertrim 1041

HH-66 1166

EC 2218 1128


JEF Bond 3000 1147

OUTDOOR/MARINE CARPET TO Product Part #Wood, Metal, or Plastics 80 Supertrim 1041

HH-66 See p.192


JEF Bond 3000 1147

RUBBER AND LEATHER TO Product Part #Rubber, Leather, Wood, Metal, or Plastics

80 Supertrim 1041

EC 2218 1128

JEF Bond 3000 1147

Some adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if applicable.

A

B

C

D

E

192 /


SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES192 /

SPECIALTY ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES: MULTI-SURFACE (Fabric, Wood, PVC)

ADHESIVES: VINYLS

FOAM ADHESIVE—BULK

A non-flammable high-performance neoprene spray-grade contact adhesive designed for versatility. It is fast-drying with high heat resistance and excellent for hand-spraying operations. Excellent bond adhesion to a variety of substrates. Please see p.191 for applications chart.

Dries to a natural color. Stainless steel equipment recommended as the solvent will react with aluminum alloys at normal temperatures. Use with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, P.139) and with our Stainless Steel Kit (#1163, p.139).

A 1139 Helmiprene 4510 Adhesive—Natural Color 5 gal. (19L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

VINYL ADHESIVES—HH-66 VINYL CEMENT

Specialist in PVC tarpaulin materials. This product features exceptional bond strength. Brushes smooth and dries fast. Ready in minutes.

Waterproof, good resistance to weather and temperature extremes, chemicals, oils, fuels and grease. Can be used for fabricating, repairing, sealing stitches/seams, etc. Remains flexible. A superior quality vinyl adhesive that really works. See p.191 for applications chart.

- 1169 HH-66 Adhesive—5gal. (19L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

B 1168 HH-66 Adhesive—1gal. (3.8L)


C D E

1167 1166 1164

HH-66 Adhesive—1qt. (1.13L) HH-66 Adhesive—8oz. (237ml) HH-66 Adhesive—4oz. (118ml)


- 1181 HH-66 Thinner—1gal. (3.8L)


A B C D, E

/ 193 SPECIALTY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES / 193

TRIM ADHESIVES

A 1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive—18oz. (510g)

Spray adhesive from 3M for rubber and vinyl is a high-strength neoprene contact adhesive. Excellent heat resistance, maintaining strength at temperatures up to 93°C (200°F). For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene.

Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes. It will not break down with heat or water, so it is ideal for heavy-weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Contains no ozone-depleting ingredients.


B 1119 JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive—12oz. (340g)

JEF Bond 99’s unique lace spray pattern offers low soak-in for a better, soft, pliable bond. Its fan spray tip allows for controlled placement of the glue. This product is fast-tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure-sensitive adhesives. For full applications chart, see p.191. Not recommended for non-backed vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper. Complete directions are listed on the can.


TRIM ADHESIVES—BULK

C 1128 EC 2218 (No. 5) Adhesive—5 gal. (19 L)

A high-strength adhesive used extensively for auto trims, headliners, door panels or any cloth to metal applications. Known for its long bonding range, rapid rate of strength buildup, high adhesion to steel, high temperature softening point and excellent spray qualities. This product requires a stainless steel tube when spraying. Easily sprayed with our 118 Spray Gun (#1158, p.139).

PRICE BREAK: Each

D

E

1147

1148

JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—1.1 gal. (4L)

JEF Bond 3000 requires a two-surface application to work material or insufficient solids will compromise the results. An economical alternative to traditional trim adhesives. This product has a shelf-life of one year. Flammable. Do not mix with other adhesives.


JEF Bond 3000 Adhesive—5 gal. (19L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

ADHESIVES: TRIM

Our Home Décor fabrics feature beautiful colors, patterns and textures. J. Ennis Fabrics offers an always increasing line of high quality products that will suit your every need.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

196 /

PLAINS & TEXTURES



57 Sunflower

31 Blue Mist34 Turquoise

36 Sun Kissed

9009 Dusk

32 Alice Blue

14 Deep Pink 802 Bisque

502 Lemon Chiffon6003 Snow

1009 Thistle

41 Honey Dew608 Old Lace

9003 Dim Grey902 Gainsboro

8004 Truffle

18 Merlot

805 Stone

908 Dark Ash

1008 Eggplant

66 Linen

11 Scarlet105 Fuchsia

45 Tangelo

107 Cherry

8009 Chocolate

9009 Black

97 Pewter6003 Cream

308 Navy

27 Grass

32 Sky

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS / 197

DUEL

ARISTOCRAT

ARISTOCRATAristocrat is a multi-purpose 100% polyester fabric with a faux velvet look. This product has a fantastic soft hand, and also features an excellent list of specifications.

ACT PERFORMANCE INFO:


BACKING CONTENT: 100% Acrylic Kiss Coat


FI RE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1

PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 5


DUELDuel is a sophisticated solid that melds together chunky texture with the faux linen look. This novelty twist yarn adds strength and softness, while creating depth throughout the color range.




CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Viscose

FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; NFPA260 Class 1


WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50yds (45.7m)



1009 Plum

34 Sapphire

6009 Taupe

88 Dark Grey

3006 Denim

15 Fuchsia

405 Aloha

205 Moss

87 Chocolate 8004 Java

66 Sand

502 Butter

14 Desire

9009 Caviar

64 Lemon White

59 Corn

805 Hazel

27 Turquoise105 Lilac 36 Blue

6003 Cream

202 Mojito

9006 Pewter

905 Steel

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

198 /

EXUBERANCEDue to the continued popularity of our linen-inspired products, Exuberance has been updated with 9 new vibrant colors meant to provide more trendy options. It has a soft hand and features 24 colors that allow the user to achieve an elegant yet laid-back look.



CONTENT: 15% Linen, 85% Polyester

FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260

PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 2.5



4009 Old Gold

105 Lilac

808 Beaver

102 Radiant Orchid

108 Rosewood3006 Denim

6009 Buff

8006 Sandlewood

608 Linen

9003 Steel

9009 Licorice

3009 Zantium

908 Mud

67 Fawn

905 Wind Chime

202 Hemlock

3003 Air

8009 Coffee

8009 Cocoa

3003 Royal Blue

6003 Cream 57 Straw

8002 Harvest

202 Mint

87 Hazelnut

34 Seaspray

44 Tangerine

608 Sandstone

14 Pomegranate

85 Toasted Marshmallow

305 Sky

9009 Black

94 Silversmith 908 Steel


FOUNDATIONA linen inspired collection with a very organic feel. This fabric takes on new life shown in brighter colors, adding a fun pairing to any accent. Available in 18 colors.


ABRASION:100,000+ double rubs



FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117 - Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260



REMIXRemix is a two-tone upholstery plain pattern made of 100% polyester which imitates the look of canvas. This collection has a sophisticated and diversified body with a rich visual texture. Its high performing specs allow it to be usable within the contract market as well.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: MVSS 302; NFPA260 Class 1




FOUNDATION

REMIX

1008 Plum

30 Robin’s Egg

9008 Java

97 Cinder

35 Cornflower

62 Cream

205 Apple

47 Carmel

309 Naval

202 Sage

601 Oyster

308 Denim

407 Cinnamon

37 Sapphire

81 Chrome

5577 Sunshine

9009 Caviar

806 Cognac

39 Bay

902 Pearl

801 Russet

21 Mojito

41 Copper

38 Capitol Blue

92 Pewter

8002 Cafe Au Lait

5006 Butter

82 Army

18 Raspberry

26 Olive

8004 Mocha

44 Melon

17 Mulberry

2008 Chartreuse

90 Ash 8003 Wheat

305 Deep Sea

805 Safari

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

200 /

HEAVENLYOur popular pattern Heavenly has grown its color line and is now available in 38 colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260

PILLING: ASTM D3511 Class 4.5





67 Ezy

3003 Sky7004 Ocean Wave

708 Drifting

205 Herb 7003 Muddy Waters

8003 Haze

74 Fire

87 Howlin Wolf

9009 Black Dust

73 Mary Wind8009 Foxy Brown

908 Water Tower905 Stepping Stone

902 Angel

102 Wisteria

105 Razzmic Berry 1009 Zantium

3003 Placid Blue202 Absinthe

405 Pumpkin Spice 44 Celeste Orange

17 Chili Red

3006 Denim Blue

602 Cornsilk

605 Parchment

6009 Cocoa

7003 Seabreeze

67 Cosmic Latte

9003 Gainsboro

9006 Battleship Grey

608 Beige

708 Flattery


HENDRIXHendrix is made of complex novelty yarns that create incredible depth and body which make it a great textural addition to flatter any accent pattern.








JEFFERYJeffery incorporates chenille creating more texture and depth within the multi-tone colors. This heavier solid great specifications that make this product ideal for upholstery uses.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1


WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56.75” (144.15cm) | 55yd (50.2m)

JEFFERY

HENDRIX

3003 Dazzling

102 Cotton Candy

305 Acid Wash

34 Seabreeze

1009 Violet

3006 Denim

602 Ivory White 602 Ivory

8006 Cinnamon Brown

802 Tuscan Tan

37 Gunmetal

67 Buff

85 Army Brown81 Camel

904 Rich Grey 908 Charcoal

806 Latte

902 Earth Grey

97 Steel92 Ash

28 Cactus

22 Grass 34 Aqua

606 Sandy Brown

109 Wine305 Slate Blue

85 Charcoal 807 Cocoa

88 Gunmetal

9009 Black

805 Quarry

87 Fudge

99 Cement

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

202 /

JOURNEY

LOFT

JOURNEYJourney displays a faux denim texture throughout it’s color range. Developed using imported Italian yarns for superior strength, softness and sheen, this lightweight fabric comes in a trend-forward range of colors to suit all your upholstery application needs.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E; NFPA701; NFPA260



LOFTLoft is a 100% polyester upholstery fabric with a soft hand imitating the feel of velvet. Added to this look is a denim heathered face creating interest. Loft is available in 13 stylish colors.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260 Class 1





31 Crashing Blue 3003 Denim Blue

36 Sun Kissed

37 Teal Mix

17 Fire

34 Turquoise

6003 Snow

5009 Gold Twist

7003 Blue Wash

77 Mineral Mix

41 Apricot

608 Old Lace

9009 Jet Black

9006 Graphite

908 Dominos

93 Wind9003 Dim Grey

902 Gainsboro

9009 Ink

205 Olive

66 Linen6003 Cream

87 Chestnut

15 Ruby

908 Gravel

308 Navy46 Tangerine

8009 Chocolate

107 Eggplant902 Stone

27 Grass

97 Charcoal


LOUIS

LOUISLouis is a twist on traditional basket weaves with a great hand feel. The novelty yarns used give dimension and provides complementing color mixes.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117


WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 56” (142cm) | 50 yards (45.7m)

MEDINAMedina is a 100% polyester multipurpose fabric. Its interesting texture gives the pattern the decorative look and feel of linen, while remaining incredibly functional and durable due to the following key specifications:





FI RE RETARDANCY*: NFPA 260 Class 1




MEDINA

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

204 /

SUEDES & VELVETS



2007 Khaki

14 Crimson

205 Sage21 Leaf Green

108 Port

202 Pistachio

305 Royal Blue 3006 Dusk Blue

31 Ice Blue 366 Indigo

27 Olive

308 Navy

44 Carrot

405 Cider

5577 Golden Yellow57 Sunflower

37 Chambray

508 Nugget

8006 Saffron

8003 Tan

802 Driftwood

808 Terracotta

67 Parchment

8009 Mocha 87 Chestnut

833 Saddle

9006 Pewter

9009 Black

81 Latte

8877 Espresso

91 Platinum 908 Grey

99 Graphite

902 Old Silver

97 Stainless Steel


IRRESISTIBLEIrresistible has a soft touch and texture. Excellent strength and beautiful draping quality make this a natural choice for upholstery, drapery, or top-of-bed. It is a perfect multi-purpose fabric with an extensive 35 colors.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1

PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 4.5


14 Scarlet 107 Antique Red

17 Burgundy

202 Water

105 Blush

15 Dusty Rose

3009 Deep Purple

27 Loden

38 Indigo

48 Mandarin

21 Willow

302 Light Blue

607 Stone602 Ivory

804 Desert

82 Army

502 Sunset

66 Maple Cream

89 Toblerone87 Cocoa

9009 Black

91 Smoke

86 Coffee

90 Graphite 95 Charcoal

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

206 /

LUSCIOUSLuscious is a luxurious upholstery collection of true cut pile poly-cotton velvet that has a beautiful soft hand.



CONTENT: 65% Polyester, 35% Cotton


PILLING: ASTM D3511 - Class 5




17 Burgundy14 Poppy Red

19 Hot Pink

24 Light Green

108 Red Wine

18 Blush

308 Midnight Blue

28 Celery

35 Seabreeze

36 Blue Shock

27 Avocado

34 Steel Blue

45 Tangerine 4006 Henna

6003 Linen 6009 Sand

37 Ocean

5009 Butter

8009 Deep Brown8 Light Brown 87 Chocolate

90 Charcoal

67 Cream

84 Pewter

9009 Black


ROYALRoyal’s rich texture and color immediately adds softness and warmth to any room. It is a faux velvet with slight mottled effect in stunning modern and traditional colors. If features bright, fresh colors like hot pink, tangerine, and blue shock for fun and contemporary looks, as well as classic velvet colors like red wine, burgundy, and blush for refined classic pieces.



BACKING CONTENT: 50% Cotton, 50% Polyester


FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB 117-Section E 2013; NFPA260 Class 1

PILLING: ASTM D3511—Class 4.5

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 57” (144.78 cm) | 50yd (45.7m)



14 Flame Red

108 Bordeaux

2006 Lima Bean201 Peridot

1009 Grape

17 Berry

21 Olive

208 Basil

308 Navy

31 Ocean

205 Limelight

302 Slate

502 Butter Cream

47 Cinnamon

602 Ivory

8004 Truffle

405 Rust

6009 Taupe

86 Saddle802 Driftwood

9009 Midnight

99 Graphite

8009 Mocha

87 Chocolate

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

208 /

URBANUrban is a soft and vibrant velvet with the performance for today’s way of living. This chic and strong pattern is available in 24 colors.





FIRE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117-Section E; UFAC 1


UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 3.5



Sunbrella

® is a registered

tradem

ark of Glen R

aven, Inc.

h om e.smart, stylish, right

h om esmart, stylish, right

h om eh om eat

h om e

See how Sunbrella® meets the challenges of beach, sun and fun in the Perspective Web series. Join us at sunbrella.com/beachhouse.

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

210 /

PU/BONDED



66 Cloud

8009 Amber8006 Walnut

808 Bark 9009 Black

606 Honey

807 Oak

6003 Cream

1373 Flame

8009 Java

1016 Canyon

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle 8020 Mahogany

8019 Satchel

9009 Black


ABILENE

AMARILLO

ABILENEAbilene has a deep grain giving a rustic feel to contract seating and upholstery PU.




CONTENT: 100% Polyurethane (PU)


FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1

SEAM SLIPPAGE: ASTM-D4034; F69 x W104 LBF



AMARILLOThe subtle stone print helps bring out multi tones while remaining a classic grain.









606 Tan6009 Taupe

87 Beaver89 Tobacco

6003 Beige

8009 Amber

909 Charcoal 9009 Dusk

6003 Cream

1373 Flame

66 Cloud

8009 Java1016 Canyon

6010 Moccasin

810 Saddle 8020 Mahogany8019 Satchel

9009 Black

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

212 /

AUSTINAustin provides a subtle stone print giving this bonded PU depth in the grain. The leather bonded backing gives the touch and illusion of real leather.



BA CKING CONTENT: 29% Cotton, 16% Leather, 55% Polyester






CLAROA Soft PU with a sand stone grain allowing a unique textural look.





FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALTB117—Section E 2013; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1



AUSTIN

CLARO

SHIMMER

TEXAS



500 Nickel

405 Copper650 Gold

900 Sterling 400 Bronze

600 Pearl

5666 Dove Grey

1373 Red

6003 Chamois 6010 Buckskin

1016 Burgundy

5708 Granite

8009 Dark Brown

66 White

8019 Brown

810 Bridle

8020 Chocolate

9009 Black


SHIMMERA modern bonded leather PU with a subtle pearl sheen.





FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1


TEXASTexas is a bonded leather PU with a very sophisticated grain, allowing it to be versatile for any project.






FIRE RETARDANCY*: MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC Class 4.5

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 54” (137cm) | 30yd (27.4 m)



11 Brick

108 Wine17 Garnet

205 Sprig 1009 Plum

14 Rust

37 Lagoon 3006 Navy

3948 Taupe

54 Citron

3003 Pacific Blue

6009 Chinchilla

802 Tan

608 Sandstone

808 Mocha

805 Bisque87 Chestnut

9003 Grey

8020 Chocolate

84 Earth

905 Steel 9009 Black

3822 White

605 Parchment

61 Vanilla 6003 Cream

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

214 /

TURNERTurner brings an incredibly soft hand to contract seating and upholstery. 100% polyurethane, Turner is designed for a soft touch but with the strength and durability for high usage areas. Available in 26 of the trendiest colors.


ABRASION RESISTANCE: 500,000+ double rubs




FI RE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; UFAC Class 1; NFPA260




Performance & DurabilityCONTRACT UPHOLSTERY

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

216 /

PVC



202 Sage

68 Parchment

84 Oak

31 Baltic Mist

1111 Burgundy

808 Mocha

67 Bone

24 Dark Aqua

1009 Amethyst

77 Black

8009 Bronze22 Dusty Jade

393 Blue Ridge

97 Slate

66 Adobe White

8006 Cinnamon

3 Royal

111 Claret

23 Grotto

99 Dove 21 Moss

3333 Imperial Blue

161 Tea Rose

2009 Yew Green

81 Bisque

37 Slate Blue

108 Plum

34 Turquoise

61 Mystic White

405 Rust

505 Sun Yellow11 American Beauty

222 Forest

905 Seagull

6009 Taupe

333 Regimental Blue

16 Mauve


SEALSKINSealskin is an upholstery vinyl with superb abrasion, high cold crack and fire resistance. It also features four-way stretch and great elongation. These high-quality upholstery specifications only serve to enhance the fabric’s soft touch and great hand.

Sealskin comes in 37 popular solids for all your upholstery needs.



CONTENT: 100% PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride)


FI RE RETARDANCY*: CAL117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1.

UV RESISTANCE: AATCC16 Class 4.5.




1111 Burgundy

108 Wine2 Spruce

2009 Forest

1009 Purple

14 Red

3333 Indigo302 Copen

47 Cinnamon

6 Brown

3006 Royal

405 Rust

61 White 608 Sand

68 Buttermilk

808 Espresso

605 Doe

66 Off White

9003 Grey Mist

84 Sandstone

905 Grey

908 Charcoal

81 Camel

9009 Black

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY FABRICS

218 /

TALLADEGATalladega is a contract-rated 100% PVC product with a knitted backing. It brings great quality and value pricing together in 24 stocked colors. Talladega features exceptional abrasion resistance and 4-way stretch, along with great cold crack and fire retardancy.






FI RE RETARDANCY*: CALIF 117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA260 Class 1; UFAC Class 1



WE ALSO CARRY


Check out ourUpholstery Legs

See p.263–267

Our line includes over 3,000 sup-plies for Home Décor, Contract and Specialty. We carry every-thing from adhesives to zippers for all your project needs in one location.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES

FOAM & PADDING

N

A

/ 223 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SEW FOAM: WEST

FOAMSEW FOAM

Our J. Ennis Fabrics Sew Foam is a regular roll of firm foam with a Cerex backing applied. This is suitable for quilting applications without using a separate backing material. A real time-saver on stitched seat panels. Constructed from 100% polyurethane for a pliable, pink foam. Great also for molding and shaping.

A A

4371 4365

¼” x 58” x 60’—Pink ½” x 58” x 60’—Pink

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (60’)


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

224 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

FOAM: WESTDimensions & Part # Price Breaks Description Compression lb. Density lb./ft.3

- Poly Foam Chips

- 4949 Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)

Shredded foam chips for loose fill applications. Sold in 20lb bags.

Various Various

- Regular 1” x 54” x 72” 43492” x 54” x 72” 43503” x 54” x 72” 43514” x 54” x 72” 43521” x 54” x 72” 43531” x 50” x 72” 4356

Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)Sheet | Bundle (3)Sheet | Bundle (10)

Industry standard grade for general purpose polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40 1.3

- Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton only)

¼” x 54” x 50’ 4364 ½” x 54” x 50’ 4366

1” x 54” x 50’ 4367 2” x 54” x 25’ 4368

Each | Roll Polyurethane foam. Not recommended for seating. Suitable applications include chair backs, padding and bolstering. F.R: CALTB117-2013

34–40 1.3

- R 45 1” x 54” x 80” 43542” x 54” x 80” 43853” x 54” x 80” 43864” x 54” x 80” 4357

Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

Minimum recommended grade for residential seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–47 1.5

- R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 43978” x 26” 4398

Each | Bundle (10) A cylindrical shaped bolster made of seating grade foam to fabricate bolster cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

40 1.5

- H 100 Grey (Edmonton only)

½” x 72” x 50’ 43741” x 72” x 50’ 4375

Roll (50’ / 15.2 m) Extra firm foam. May be used as a lining for instrument cases and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

95–105 1.8

- K 126 Grey ½” x 24” x 72” 44332” x 24” x 72” 4437

1” x 24” x 72” 4435 Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)

The firmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

125 2.0

- Mattress 6” x 39” x 75” 44166” x 54” x 75” 44176” x 60” x 80” 4418

SingleDoubleQueen

Sheet | Bundle (3) Medium compression with a 5 year replacement warranty. NOTE: Courier shipments are sent at customers’ risk. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–32 2.0

A Convoluted Foam

1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75” 44241¼”–1½” x 60” x 80” 4425

Sheet | Bundle (6) Sheet | Bundle (6)

¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air flow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 2.0

When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

DID YOU KNOW?

A

/ 225 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST

Dimensions & Part # Price Breaks Description Compression lb. Density lb./ft.3

- Poly Foam Chips

- 4949 Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)


Various Various

- Regular 1” x 54” x 72” 43492” x 54” x 72” 43503” x 54” x 72” 43514” x 54” x 72” 43521” x 54” x 72” 43531” x 50” x 72” 4356

Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)Sheet | Bundle (3)Sheet | Bundle (10)


34–40 1.3

- Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton only)

¼” x 54” x 50’ 4364 ½” x 54” x 50’ 4366

1” x 54” x 50’ 4367 2” x 54” x 25’ 4368


34–40 1.3

- R 45 1” x 54” x 80” 43542” x 54” x 80” 43853” x 54” x 80” 43864” x 54” x 80” 4357


Minimum recommended grade for residential seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–47 1.5

- R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 43978” x 26” 4398


40 1.5

- H 100 Grey (Edmonton only)

½” x 72” x 50’ 43741” x 72” x 50’ 4375

Roll (50’ / 15.2 m) Extra firm foam. May be used as a lining for instrument cases and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

95–105 1.8

- K 126 Grey ½” x 24” x 72” 44332” x 24” x 72” 4437

1” x 24” x 72” 4435 Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)

The firmest open cell foam available. A suitable application for gun cases, protective packaging, instrument packaging and other similar high impact applications. F.R: CALTB117-2013

125 2.0

- Mattress 6” x 39” x 75” 44166” x 54” x 75” 44176” x 60” x 80” 4418

SingleDoubleQueen

Sheet | Bundle (3) Medium compression with a 5 year replacement warranty. NOTE: Courier shipments are sent at customers’ risk. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–32 2.0

A Convoluted Foam

1¼”–1½” x 54” x 75” 44241¼”–1½” x 60” x 80” 4425


¾” convoluted. Gives added plushness and creates some air flow on your mattress for better cooling and comfort. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 2.0


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

226 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAMUPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST


- Duron 766 X-Firm

1” x 24” x 72” 44142” x 24” x 72” 44153” x 24” x 72” 44324” x 24” x 72” 4568


This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62 2.2

- Duron 639 Firm

1” x 24” x 80” 44412” x 24” x 80” 44083” x 24” x 80” 44114” x 24” x 80” 44125” x 24” x 80” 4413

1” x 60” x 80” 44342” x 60” x 80” 44363” x 60” x 80” 44384” x 60” x 80” 44395” x 60” x 80” 4440

Sheet | Bundle (12)Sheet | Bundle (7)Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)Sheet | Bundle (3)

A suitable application for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62 2.2

- Duron 533 Medium

4” x 54” x 72” 44105” x 24” x 80” 4542

6” x 24” x 72” 4543 4” x 24” x 80” 4467 Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)

A suitable application for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

28–34 2.2

A Duron 426 Soft

2” x 24” x 80” 44033” x 24” x 80” 44044” x 24” x 80” 4405

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

A suitable application for chair backs or soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

21–27 2.2

B Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 80” 44692” x 22” x 80” 44703” x 22” x 80” 44714” x 22” x 80” 4472

1” x 60” x 80” 44732” x 60” x 80” 44743” x 60” x 80” 4475



65–75 2.4-2.5

- Blue Foam Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 44762” x 22” x 80” 44773” x 22” x 80” 44784” x 22” x 80” 44795” x 22” x 80” 4480



65–75 2.4-2.5

- Qualux 46 Firm

1” x 22” x 80” 42302” x 22” x 80” 42313” x 22” x 80” 42324” x 22” x 80” 42335” x 22” x 80” 4234

½” x 24” x 80” 42592” x 24” x 80” 42663” x 24” x 80” 42674” x 24” x 80” 4268



41–46 2.8

C Qualux 34 Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 42242” x 22” x 80” 42253” x 22” x 80” 42264” x 22” x 80” 42275” x 22” x 80” 4228



34–40 2.8

Qualux 25 Soft

2” x 22” x 80” 42183” x 22” x 80” 42194” x 22” x 80” 4220

Sheet | Bundle (7)Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

A suitable application for soft seating and chair backs. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25 2.8

D Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)

2” x 30” x 80” 4394 Each | Bundle (5) Recovery time is 15–40 seconds. Applications include chiropractic tables, wheelchairs and mattress toppers. F.R: CALTB117-2013

40 2.9

E Rebond 1” x 24” x 72” 43884” x 24” x 72” 4391

2” x 24” x 72” 4389 3” x 24” x 72” 4390 Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesive under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 5.0

FOAM: WEST (CONT.)

A

B

C

D

E

D

/ 227 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM WEST


- Duron 766 X-Firm

1” x 24” x 72” 44142” x 24” x 72” 44153” x 24” x 72” 44324” x 24” x 72” 4568


This is a high performance foam for residential and performance applications. Also a suitable application for benches, heavy equipment seating, etc. F.R: CALTB117-2013

52–62 2.2

- Duron 639 Firm

1” x 24” x 80” 44412” x 24” x 80” 44083” x 24” x 80” 44114” x 24” x 80” 44125” x 24” x 80” 4413

1” x 60” x 80” 44342” x 60” x 80” 44363” x 60” x 80” 44384” x 60” x 80” 44395” x 60” x 80” 4440



52–62 2.2

- Duron 533 Medium

4” x 54” x 72” 44105” x 24” x 80” 4542

6” x 24” x 72” 4543 4” x 24” x 80” 4467 Sheet | Bundle (4) Sheet | Bundle (3)


28–34 2.2

A Duron 426 Soft

2” x 24” x 80” 44033” x 24” x 80” 44044” x 24” x 80” 4405

Sheet | Bundle (7) Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

A suitable application for chair backs or soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

21–27 2.2

B Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 80” 44692” x 22” x 80” 44703” x 22” x 80” 44714” x 22” x 80” 4472

1” x 60” x 80” 44732” x 60” x 80” 44743” x 60” x 80” 4475



65–75 2.4-2.5

- Blue Foam Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 44762” x 22” x 80” 44773” x 22” x 80” 44784” x 22” x 80” 44795” x 22” x 80” 4480



65–75 2.4-2.5

- Qualux 46 Firm

1” x 22” x 80” 42302” x 22” x 80” 42313” x 22” x 80” 42324” x 22” x 80” 42335” x 22” x 80” 4234

½” x 24” x 80” 42592” x 24” x 80” 42663” x 24” x 80” 42674” x 24” x 80” 4268



41–46 2.8

C Qualux 34 Medium

1” x 22” x 80” 42242” x 22” x 80” 42253” x 22” x 80” 42264” x 22” x 80” 42275” x 22” x 80” 4228



34–40 2.8

Qualux 25 Soft

2” x 22” x 80” 42183” x 22” x 80” 42194” x 22” x 80” 4220


A suitable application for soft seating and chair backs. F.R: CALTB117-2013

19–25 2.8

D Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)


40 2.9

E Rebond 1” x 24” x 72” 43884” x 24” x 72” 4391

2” x 24” x 72” 4389 3” x 24” x 72” 4390 Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesive under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 5.0

Duron Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.

Qualux Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

HIGH QUALITY FOAM WITH REPLACEMENT WARRANTY


UPHOLSTERY FOAM

228 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM


- Poly Foam Chips

- 4949 Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)


Various Various

- Regular 1” x 24” x 72” 46202” x 24” x 72” 46253” x 24” x 72” 46304” x 24” x 72” 4635



28–34 1.0

- Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto only)

¼” x 54” x 48’ 4369 ½” x 54” x 48’ 43701” x 54” x 48’ 4372


28–34 1.0

- Supersoft 3” x 22” x 74” 46374” x 22” x 74” 4638

Sheet | Bundle (5)Sheet | Bundle (4)

Very soft and supple. Too soft for seat use by itself but perfect for laminating with denser foams to give initial plushness followed by firm support. F.R: CALTB117-2013

15–20 1.1

- R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 43978” x 26” 4398


40 1.5

- Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm

2” x 24” x 88” 46663” x 24” x 88” 46674” x 24” x 88” 4668


It is wider for larger cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46 1.8

- Curon C45 1” x 22” x 88” 46632” x 22” x 88” 46643” x 22” x 88” 46654” x 22” x 88” 46695” x 22” x 88” 4671

4” x 24” x 88” 46784” x 26” x 88” 4677


This is a high performance foam for residential and contract applications. Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

55–65 2.0

- Curon C35 3” x 24” x 88” 46744” x 22” x 88” 46756” x 22” x 88” 4683

5” x 22” x 88” 46766” x 26” x 88” 4684

5” x 26” x 88” 4682Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (3)Sheet | Bundle (3)

Suitable for medium seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013 36–42 2.0

- Curon C25 4” x 22” x 88” 46605” x 22” x 88” 4661 6” x 26” x 88” 4681 5” x 26” x 88” 4679


Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013 31–35 2.0

FOAM: EAST

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

/ 229


- Poly Foam Chips

- 4949 Each | Bag (20lb/100lb)


Various Various

- Regular 1” x 24” x 72” 46202” x 24” x 72” 46253” x 24” x 72” 46304” x 24” x 72” 4635



28–34 1.0

- Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto only)

¼” x 54” x 48’ 4369 ½” x 54” x 48’ 43701” x 54” x 48’ 4372


28–34 1.0

- Supersoft 3” x 22” x 74” 46374” x 22” x 74” 4638


Very soft and supple. Too soft for seat use by itself but perfect for laminating with denser foams to give initial plushness followed by firm support. F.R: CALTB117-2013

15–20 1.1

- R 45 Foam Bolster

6” x 26” 43978” x 26” 4398


40 1.5

- Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm

2” x 24” x 88” 46663” x 24” x 88” 46674” x 24” x 88” 4668


It is wider for larger cushions. F.R: CALTB117-2013

41–46 1.8

- Curon C45 1” x 22” x 88” 46632” x 22” x 88” 46643” x 22” x 88” 46654” x 22” x 88” 46695” x 22” x 88” 4671

4” x 24” x 88” 46784” x 26” x 88” 4677


This is a high performance foam for residential and contract applications. Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013

55–65 2.0

- Curon C35 3” x 24” x 88” 46744” x 22” x 88” 46756” x 22” x 88” 4683

5” x 22” x 88” 46766” x 26” x 88” 4684

5” x 26” x 88” 4682Sheet | Bundle (5) Sheet | Bundle (3)Sheet | Bundle (3)


- Curon C25 4” x 22” x 88” 46605” x 22” x 88” 4661 6” x 26” x 88” 4681 5” x 26” x 88” 4679



Curon Foam has a 5-year replacement warranty under normal service. Please inquire for details.


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EASTPlease see p.244 for Foam Cutters.

UPHOLSTERY FOAM

230 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST

FOAM: EAST (CONT.)


- Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 88” 44812” x 22” x 88” 4482


Suitable for firm seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013 65–75 2.5

- Blue Foam Medium

3” x 22” x 88” 44834” x 22” x 88” 44844” x 26” x 88” 4486

5” x 22” x 88” 44855” x 26” x 88” 4487



- Blue Foam Soft 4” x 22” x 88” 44885” x 22” x 88” 4489

4” x 26” x 88” 44905” x 26” x 88” 4491

Sheet | Bundle (4) Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013 32-38 2.5

- Qualux 41 Firm 1” x 22” x 88” 47272” x 22” x 88” 47283” x 22” x 88” 47294” x 22” x 88” 47305” x 22” x 88” 4731



- Qualux 31 Medium

2” x 22” x 88” 47223” x 22” x 88” 47234” x 22” x 88” 47255” x 22” x 88” 4726



- Qualux 26 Soft 4” x 22” x 88” 47195” x 22” x 88” 4720



- Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)


40 2.9

- Rebond 1” x 24” x 72” 46402” x 24” x 72” 46453” x 24” x 72” 46504” x 24” x 72” 4655


Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesives under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 5.0

When selecting the right foam for the job, a general rule of thumb to go by is that as density increases, so does the quality of foam.

DID YOU KNOW?

/ 231 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM EAST


- Blue Foam Firm 1” x 22” x 88” 44812” x 22” x 88” 4482



- Blue Foam Medium

3” x 22” x 88” 44834” x 22” x 88” 44844” x 26” x 88” 4486

5” x 22” x 88” 44855” x 26” x 88” 4487



- Blue Foam Soft 4” x 22” x 88” 44885” x 22” x 88” 4489

4” x 26” x 88” 44905” x 26” x 88” 4491

Sheet | Bundle (4) Suitable for soft seating. F.R: CALTB117-2013 32-38 2.5

- Qualux 41 Firm 1” x 22” x 88” 47272” x 22” x 88” 47283” x 22” x 88” 47294” x 22” x 88” 47305” x 22” x 88” 4731



- Qualux 31 Medium

2” x 22” x 88” 47223” x 22” x 88” 47234” x 22” x 88” 47255” x 22” x 88” 4726



- Qualux 26 Soft 4” x 22” x 88” 47195” x 22” x 88” 4720



- Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam)


40 2.9

- Rebond 1” x 24” x 72” 46402” x 24” x 72” 46453” x 24” x 72” 46504” x 24” x 72” 4655


Foam chips mixed with a high percentage of adhesives under pressure creating a firm, dense foam. Suitable applications include heavy equipment seats, snowmobiles, any applications requiring a dense, firm foam. F.R: CALTB117-2013

- 5.0

Qualux Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.

Blue Foam has a 10-year replacement warranty provided by J. Ennis Fabrics. Please inquire for details.



UPHOLSTERY PADDING

A

B

C

232 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS

PILLOWS & BOLSTERSMatch decorative treatments or upholstered pieces to comforters and pillows using our extensive line of fabrics and inserts.

BOLSTERS

100% polyester silicone bonded Holofil fiber bolster inserts to form cushions and bolsters for furniture and bedding. Covering envelope created from 200 thread count poly-cotton.

D D

6921 6920

Bolster—7”x14” Bolster—9”x39”


POLYESTER TOSS CUSHION FORMS

A

B B B

C

6924

6925 6926 6927

6928

Polyester Toss Cushion Form—14”x14”


Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20”




POLYESTER PILLOW FORMS

Excellent feel with a higher degree of firmness than feathers or down. Sanitary synthetic cushion forms in a poly-cotton envelope.

E E

6929 6930

Polyester Pillow—Queen Size 18”x26” Polyester Pillow—King Size 18”x32”


FEATHER WRAPPED IN DOWN PILLOWS

90% feather middle, 10% down around. 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing

G G G

13004 13005 13006

Wrapped In Down Pillow—Double 20”x26” Wrapped In Down Pillow—Queen 20”x30” Wrapped In Down Pillow—King 20”x36”


Pl ease note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product.

E

GF

H

D

/ 233 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PILLOW FORMS & FEATHER BEDS

FEATHER CUSHIONS

Throw cushion inserts of 100% white waterfowl feathers in an envelope of white down proof cotton, with a thread count of 260.

H H

H H

H H H

13014 13013

13015 13016

6915 6916 6917

Feather Cushion—12”x20” Feather Cushion—16”x16”




Feather Cushion—18”x18” Feather Cushion—20”x20” Feather Cushion—25”x25”


FEATHER PILLOWS

Feather pillow insert to accompany the Down Comforter Inserts on p.234. These high quality feather pillow inserts are filled with 100% white waterfowl feathers for an excellent feel and a higher degree of firmness than you would find in pure down.

The minimum thread count used on the cover envelope is 200, which will ensure that no feathers will migrate out of the pillow. All products are sanitized and guaranteed against normal defect.

F F F

6910 6911 6912

Feather Pillow—Double 20”x26” (32oz.) Feather Pillow—Queen 20”x30” (38oz.) Feather Pillow—King 20”x36” (44oz.)


UPHOLSTERY PADDING

A

234 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

COMFORTER INSERTSOunce for ounce, down is the most efficient insulator known to man. Synthetic and other natural fibers can match its insulation levels, but not at the same light weight. It is warm, light and easy to care for, making down the ultimate choice for comforters and bed coverings.

Down is an insulator, not a heater, allowing air to flow rather than sealing it in, adjusting to the temperature of the body. It can be compressed into small spaces. Down clusters are incredibly resilient. With proper care, a down product will last a lifetime. Be sure that the cover has a high thread count and cotton content.

DOWN COMFORTER

Down’s light weight matched with breathability and durability make it ideal for comforter and duvet inserts. These comforters are made with White Canadian Down, contained in a square envelope of baffled construction with a 260 thread count, 100% white cotton. This high thread count ensures that none of the down will migrate out of the comforter. Fill power 652–675.

A A A

6901 6902 6903

Down Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Down Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Down Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)


FEATHER & DOWN BED

These beds are made out of 90% feather and 10% down filling. All beds come in a 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing. The hermetic square style allows for separate squared off sections and an air tight seal. Also can be called a mattress topper.

A A A

13007 13009 13008

Feather Bed—Double 54”x75” Feather Bed—Queen 60”x80” Feather Bed—King 78”x80”


GOOSE DOWN

The goose down comforter is a higher quality comforter than a duck down comforter. The goose down is far lighter and warmer than duck down. 100% cotton casing (260 thread count) with baffle box construction for even warmth.

A A A

13010 13011 13012

Goose Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Goose Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Goose Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)


/ 235 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PADDING

Our popular pattern Heavenly is continuing to grow its color line and is already available in 38 stunning colors. It is incredibly soft to the touch and comes in a cross hatch chenille texture.

* This information is offered for your general guidance only. It’s accurate to the best of our knowledge and is not intended to relieve the user from its responsibility to investigate and understand other pertinent sources of information and to comply with all laws and procedures applicable to the safe handling and use of this material.

PLEASE NOTE: The fabric and supply images displayed may not represent the actual product in its entirety.

Exceeds 125,000 Double RubsMachine Washable

Passes NFPA260 Class 1*

Co lors shown (Top–Bottom): 9009 Caviar, 8004 Mocha, 92 Pewter, 97 Cinder, 601 Oyster, 1008 Plum and 17 Mulberry

HEAVENLYHEAVENLY

UPHOLSTERY PADDING

A

236 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TERYLENE

PADDING: POLYESTER (TERYLENE)This product is not prone to crushing and is easily manipulated to fill in the imperfections in sofa cushions. Unlike some of the old horsehair products that are occasionally found in antique furniture, there is nothing in terylene to support molds, mildews or any kind of parasitic life. Terylenes will retain their given shape better over time than down fill or some of the lower density foams.

TERYLENE (CUSHION WRAP)

Non-woven resin bonded terylene has a slightly stiffer feel and finish. Can be split through its depth to give a thinner product for use as a cushion wrap.

-

-

-

8239

8249

8253

27” Terylene—West ~13lb/roll

54” Terylene—West ~26lb/roll

60” Terylene—Edmonton Only ~28lb/roll

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (25lb) | 50lb

-

-

8243

8242

27” Terylene—East ~13lb/roll

54” Terylene—East ~26lb/roll

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (~25lb) | 50lb

UNBONDED TERYLENE

This is useful as a loose fill product. Without the adhesive it is softer and gives an excellent feel and resilience.

A 8250 30” Unbonded Terylene—West


A 8251 30” Unbonded Terylene—East


DACRON HOLOFIL

This product is a light, premium unbonded polyester for use in cushions as a loose fill product. It is lightweight, sanitary and has excellent resilience characteristics. It is recommended for sofa back cushions and throw cushions.

- 8255 30” Dacron Holofil—West


- 8257 30” Dacron Holofil—East


QUILTED TERYLENE

Soft, unbonded terylene stitched in a 6” channel with a scrim backing on both sides. Because of the backing it keeps its shape after being cut.

- 8279 56” Quilted Terylene—West


* Priced by the pound, sold by the roll.

B C D E

/ 237 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELT

PADDING: FIBER, JAY FLEX & FELTFIBER

Specialized fiber for outdoor cushions, prevents moisture from being caught within the cushion, maintaining cushion quality. Available at all distribution centers.

B

B B

8261

8265 8267

Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x28”


Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x48” Cushion Fiber—4”x22”x78”


JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH)

Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc.

C

C

5169

5179

27” Jay Flex Padding White



PRICE BREAKS: Roll (27.3yd)

FELT PADDING*

Excellent as a cover over resilient fiber padding, such as horsehair or cortex because it prevents the fibers from working through the cover.

D D D

4337 4339 4340

27” Felt Padding—Vancouver 27” Felt Padding—West 27” Felt Padding—East

PRICE BREAKS*: Bale** (30lb) | 125lb * Priced by the pound, sold by the bale. ** ~28yd/bale

UF8 FELT BALES

UF8 is a very clean felt made of a polyester cotton blend. Passes UFAC fire retardant requirements.

E 4335 UF8 Felt Bales

PRICE BREAKS: Bale 20-25lbs (~28yd)

Please see p.243 for Cushion Tools.

UPHOLSTERY DECKING

238 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING

DECKING & LINING

A B

C D E

F

/ 239 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING

DECKINGDECK PAD

Economical deck padding composed of industrial synthetic and natural waste fibers bonded to form a strong padding that will resist deterioration. Can also be used as a carpet underpad.

A 4105 ¼”x27”x150’ Deck Padding

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Each (5)

NUFACE DECKING

It is a grey woven polypropylene with a 100% nylon face. Will not rot or break down. Suitable for pulls, quilt backing, dust cloth, decking, etc. Easily stitched. Somewhat firm hand, makes it easy to work with.

C C

C

4109 4110

4112

30” Nuface Decking 36” Nuface Decking

PRICE BREAKS: Linear Yard** | 273 | 1000

42” Nuface Decking


** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

ENBOND DECKING*

Enbond is an economical 100% spun bonded polypropylene non-woven fabric with high tear and tensile strength, soft hand, and high rot and mildew resistance. Excellent chemical resistance, is heat processable, receptive to dyes, non-ravelling and has low surface pilling. Used in furniture and bedding, industry covers, quilt backings and decking applications.

B B B B

4159 4161 4163 4167

30” Enbond Decking—Grey 36” Enbond Decking—Grey 42” Enbond Decking—Grey 60” Enbond Decking—Grey

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 550 | 1100

*Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info. contact Sales Rep.

EMBOSSED DECKING*

100% woven polypropylene. Has a napped embossed anti-slip finish that makes it ideal for leather or other slippery fabrics. The cushions will stay put much better than with smooth decking finishes. Cut length available.

D E

4142 4145

30” Embossed Decking— Black 30” Embossed Decking— Beige


* Minimum order of 10 yards. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

QUILTED DECKING

Dark brown taffeta (a 70 Denier brown nylon lining) quilted to ¹/₈” foam with a scrim backing. Available in 27” width, by the linear yard.

F 4139 27” Quilted Decking

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 50 | 100

UPHOLSTERY DECKING &

LINING

A

B

C

240 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECKING & LINING

DECKING (CONT.)

LINING

TYPAR*

Spun bonded polypropylene with applications in traditional dust cover and furniture construction. Its polypropylene construction makes it impervious to moisture. Also resists rotting and mildew, with good breathability. Typar can be glued, stapled and sewn (recommended max. stitch density of 5–7/in.)

A -

4180 4179

30” Black Typar 1.6oz. 36” Grey Typar 1.6oz.


* Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep. ** 1 Linear yd = 36” in length

BURLAP*

Burlap is eco-friendly as it is made of renewable Jute fibers. It can be used for deckings, pull cloths and packaging.

AVAILABLE IN: Cut length Pieces | Sizes vary from 80–120yd Bales | 1900yd

B 2219 40” Burlap 10oz.

PRICE BREAKS: Yard | 100 | Bale (1900yd)

* Minimum order of 10 yards. For more info, contact Sales Rep.

SKIRT LINING

The heavy lining has a firmer hand and imparts a greater stiffness and form to the skirt. Used to maintain shape and give a finished backing to skirts. Also can be used to reinforce material or vinyls if too thin, for proper stitching or use in button molds, etc. J. Ennis Fabrics recommends lining the seamed areas of your vinyls for increased strength and tear resistance.

C C

7135 7139

6” Heavy Sew On 7” Heavy Sew On

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (62yd) | 200

/ 241 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: LINING

Sunbrella

Sunbrella

® is a registered

tradem

ark of G

len Raven, Inc.

Surround your customers with the world’s most beautiful, worry-free fabrics for furniture and accessories. sunbrella.com/koi



h om e.h om e.at

h om e.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

242 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TOOLS

TOOLS

A

B

C

/ 243 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: EZE & PIPING TINS

CUSHION STUFFINGEZE CUSHION STUFFER MACHINE

This vacuum table cushion stuffer is a real time saver for a shop doing a lot of cushion filling. It has a 110V motor and runs off of regular household current.

A

B

3010

3011

EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine

PRICE BREAKS: Each

54” EZE Cushion Film Plastic


PIPING TINS

Piping tins are used to achieve consistent, even fluting in sofa backs and other locations on furniture. Insert into the channel, stuff and remove, leaving behind an evenly stuffed, clean and well padded channel.

C 6415 4”x 36” Piping Tins

PRICE BREAKS: Pair

INSTRUCTIONS FOR EZE STUFFER MACHINE

When trying to get padding into a channel or existing cover, you will often find that as you force the stuffing into the cover, it tears and you lose the smooth, even finish you wanted.

TI P 1: Use JEF Silicone Spray (#7175, p.326) liberally on the stuffing; it will evaporate without leaving a trace or stain.

TI P 2: Run a strip of 2” or wider tape along the stuffing, on the side that will be away from the cover, to prevent the stuffing from ripping. This method is especially useful with felt padding.

1. Set the cushion foam on the table.

2. Cover with EZE cushion film.

3. Turn the EZE machine on until the cushion is compressed.

4. Then fit the cover on with ease.

TIPS FOR PIPING TINS

Please see p.236–237 for Cushion Padding.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS A

B

C

E

D

G

F

I

H

244 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FOAM CUT TERS

CUTTERS: FOAMACU-CUTTER QUEEN*

Ideal foam cutter for the smaller shop, affordable and efficient. Cuts with two blades: one oscillating and one stationary. It has a 8½” stanchion as standard. Blade and glide included. The heavy duty free standing base is 4” wide and 6¾” long and mounted on glide bearings to reduce drag.

A B

4338 4336

8½” Acu-Cutter Queen 9” Replacement Blade

PRICE BREAKS: Each

* Not intended for a production line where foam cutting is the only job. If you are cutting a large volume of foam, the Bosch unit is your best choice.

BOSCH—UNIT, BLADE & GUIDE

It is a heavy duty, fast oscillating unit that employs two moving blades within a narrow, tapered guide to cut foam quickly and easily. The blade and guide combinations are available in 8” or 12”. The Bosch Cutter features a slim motor housing for a more comfortable grip. It is double insulated, UL listed and complies to OSHA regulations. Blade and guide sold separately.

C

D E

F G

4343

4346 4347

4344 4345

Bosch Foam Cutter Motor Unit Complete with footplate.

WEIGHT: 3.5lb (1.6kg) SIZE: 9¼” SPEED: 3200 strokes/min. PRICE BREAKS: Each

8” Guide 12” Guide

8” Blade 12” Blade

PRICE BREAKS: Each

U-CUT FOAM CUTTER

Fast and flexible, this versatile large sheet foam cutter will cut as fine as ¼” to a max. thickness of 9” and up to a width of 36” with unlimited length.

H I

4341 4342

410 U-Cut Foam Cutter 410 U-Cut Replacement Blade

PRICE BREAKS: Each

Please see p.223–231 for Foam selection.

N

OM

L

K

J

/ 245

CUTTERS: WIRE

KNIVES

337 WIRE CUTTERS

A versatile tool with a non-slip handle and a hardened cutting surface. The fastest way to get rid of the original hog rings. This tool will cut through hog rings easily and is useful for all lighter gauges of wire.

J 8014 337 Wire Cutters


#14 MOUNT TRIMMING KNIFE

This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service.

K 8051 #14 Mount Trimming Knife


HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE

A heavy-duty knife with a ratchet-lock mechanism for unlimited blade positions. The knife has a double-honed blade for superior shaprness and edge retention.

L

M

M

8052

8055

8058



Heavy Duty Olfa Blades— 0.5mm





N

O

8059

8038




PRICE BREAKS: Package (50)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WIRE CUT TER & KNIVES

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

C

E

D

F

G

HI

J

B

A

246 /

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—MEDIUM FABRIC

This medium die is recommended for the majority of fabrics. One set is required for each size of button.

B C D E

2141 2143 2145 2147

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #30 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #36 Cutter and Die Set—Medium #45 Cutter and Die Set—Medium

PRICE BREAKS: Each

CUTTERS & DIE SETS—HEAVY FABRIC

The wider throat makes this set ideal for heavier fabrics and vinyls. It adapts for material thickness for quick and proper assembly of the button.

F G

2133 2135

#22 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy #30 Cutter and Die Set—Heavy

PRICE BREAKS: Each

CUTTERS ONLY

The cutters do wear with time and the best way to ensure clean round covers for use in the button machine is to keep the cutter current. Make sure that there is always a soft wooden block or Hole Cutting Pad (#6120, p.126) used to extend cutter life.

H I J

2151 2153 2155

#22 Cutter #30 Cutter #36 Cutter

PRICE BREAKS: Each

CUTTERS & DIE SETS: BUTTONAll the cutters and dies listed here are for the #1 Jr. Button Machine only (#2121). Any other cutters or dies are special order items requiring approximately 3 weeks delivery. Cutters and dies are stocked for all common button sizes. The button machine and dies work best when the covers for the button mold are the correct size and shape and to ensure this we offer the cutters below.

JR. BUTTON MACHINE

Versatile bench mounted manual press type machine cuts, covers and makes firm solid buttons. It is designed to work with 2 piece dies and the short cutter. It includes a wood block for use in cutting covers and is capable of approximately 90 buttons per hour.

A 2121 #1 Junior Button Machine

HEIGHT: 22” SHIPPING WEIGHT: 13lb (5.89kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TON CUT TERS & DIE SETS

Please see p.282–285 for Buttons.

N

K

L

Q

P

O

N

M

/ 247 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: QUICK CLIP & SHEARS

SHEARS: QUICK CLIP

SHEARS: KAI



M 7023 Mundial Quick Clip Cutter




K L

7021 7022



KAI SHEARS


N O P Q

7035 7034 7036 7037


PRICE BREAKS: Each

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

E

D

A

B

C

248 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: MUNDIAL SHEARS

SHEARS: MUNDIALMundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes.

Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel plated with black enamel handles.


These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. The 8” Mundial is a smaller shear for smaller hands and tight quarters. A common size found in general upholstery would be the 10” Mundial. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use.

- A B C -

7002 7001 7004 7007 7003

8” Mundial Shear 9” Cushion Soft Shear 10” Mundial Shear 12” Mundial Shear 9” Mundial Shear




D -

7013 7014

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears



Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative ravel resistant finish.

E 7015 8½” Mundial Pinking Shears


F

G

H

I

J

/ 249 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WISS SHEARS

SHEARS: WISSWiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished nickle blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. Superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjusted, combines to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.

WISS APPAREL SHEARS


F 7020 9” Wiss Apparel Shears



Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades, black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

G H I

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20LH Wiss Bent Trimmer 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer




- J

7030 7031




All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with Hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot.

- -

7032 7033



UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

C

D

B

250 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: GLUE GUN & FASCO TACKERS

INDUSTRIAL HOT MELT GLUE GUN

This trim and efficient unit is economically priced and will deliver up to 2.2lb/hr of glue in continuous use. Operating temperature is 205°C (400°F). Our 10” Glue Sticks (#1153) will work with any glue gun that accepts ½” round glue sticks. Approximately 20 sticks/lb.

A

-

1151

1153

Pro 90 Glue Gun

PRICE BREAKS: Each

10” Glue Sticks

PRICE BREAKS: Per lb | Package (5) | Case (25)

FASCO TACKERS

High quality pneumatic tacker has the advantage of having very few moving parts and those that do are easily replaceable. Piston/driver replacement assembly available. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.272)

B C

D C

7211 7214

7210 7215

Fasco 1400 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly

Fasco 71 Series Tacker Piston/Driver Assembly

HEAD WIDTH: ³/₈” PRICE BREAK: Each

TACKERS AND GLUE GUN

When hot gluing large areas that cause some of the glue to set before bonding, it is sometimes possible to pre-heat the surface with a heat gun before applying the glue, thus getting a longer tack time from your adhesive. Of course, good judgment must be used to ensure the preheating causes no damage to materials.

Because of the high speed of bonding that hot glue sticks have, it is often practical to use a hot melt glue gun to position pieces for more secure bonding with nails, screws or bolts.

HOT GLUE GUN TIPS

E

F

G

H

I

J

/ 251

FASCO TACKER REPLACEMENT PARTS

These replacement parts are for both JEFast 1416 and JEFast 7116. Piston/Driver Assemblies differ.

G H

I J

7225 7230

7229 7228

Piston/Driver Assembly —For #7216 Piston/Driver Assembly —For #7217

Piston O-Ring Magazine Spring


JEFast AIR TACKERS

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. Replacement parts are available below. (See 1400 & 71 Series Staples on p.134)

E F

7216 7217

JEFast 1416 Air Tacker JEFast 7116 Air Tacker

PRICE BREAK: Each

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TACKERS

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A B C D E

F

G

H

252 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STAPLE REMOVERS

STAPLE REMOVERSSTAPLE REMOVERS

These staple removers each have a distinct look and feel, they provide slightly different functions. The Berry-style staple remover has 2 grooves, one in each prong, enabling you to grab staples or just lift the corner edges of the tacks, #402 ½” Staple Remover can get under the most stubborn staple with its chiseled blade. #121 Comb Type Staple Remover is a versatile tool, the comb edge allows for removal of multiple staples.

A B C

8041 8046 8047

#124 Berry-Style Staple Remover #402 ½” Staple Remover #121 Comb Type Staple Remover

PRICE BREAK: Each

PNEUMATIC RIPPING TOOL

A Pneumatic tool that takes the strain out of removing tacks, staples and other fasteners from furniture frames. This air tool can be adjusted by regulating the air pressure to compensate for hard or soft woods. Also effective in lifting shredded fabric that has “glued” itself to the frame over time. Comes with all attachments.

F G H

8045 8042 8049

Pneumatic Ripping Tool Replacement Staple Remover Attachment Replacement Puller Attachment

PRICE BREAK: Each

STAPLE LIFTER & CHISEL

You can use the #402 Ripping Chisel for the toughest staples and tacks. It can also be used to remove unwanted wood sections or to split wood joints. The #120 ½” Staple Lifter has the correct angle for removing staples if damaging the wood would be a problem.

D E

8034 8048

#402 Ripping Chisel #120 1/2” Staple Lifter

PRICE BREAK: Each

TIPS FOR STAPLE REMOVERS

When pulling staples from very soft wood or when prying against show wood, we recommend the use of a small piece of metal (an old ruler section is ideal) under the remover so that you are levering against this and not putting dents in the wood.

I

J

/ 253 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREAD STAND & SEAM STRETCHER

THREAD TOOLSTWO SPOOL THREAD STAND

This high quality dual spool thread stand is similar to many OEM designs. Mounts securely to the deck of the machine or table. The height is adjustable so that you can set it at a point where vibration from the machine does not cause thread to roll off the spool down to the base of the cone. Two eyes above the spools keep the thread feeding neatly off the cones as designed.

I 11800 Two Spool Thread Stand

PRICE BREAK: Each

#522 SEAM STRETCHER

Use this unit to stretch seams out prior to blind stitching, to ensure that you have all wrinkles and puckers out before stitching. You can preshape the cushion before sewing to take out the guess work.

J 8037 40” #522 Seam Stretcher

LENGTH MAX: 36” LENGTH MIN: 12” PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.296–301 for Threads.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

G

G

H

H

I

I

J

J

K

L

254 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING TOOLS

SPRING STRETCHER

This simple metal and wood tool allows a secure grip on the spring so it can be stretched into place in an existing clip. Useful for awkward spots where the lever type will not fit.

G 7903 #297 Pull Type Spring Stretcher

PRICE BREAK: Each

#445 PLIERS FOR 3 PRONG CLIPS

When crimping onto curved spring surfaces, use these pliers and the 3 prong clips to get the best connection on curves and arcs. The double pivot action ensures tight and complete crimping.

K 8013 #445 3 Prong Clip Pliers

PRICE BREAK: Each

SPRING END FORMER

A lever action tool that can be used as a vice when mounted to the edge of a workbench. Simplifies the crimping of spring ends (both coil and sinuous). A cleanly crimped spring end will not slide out of clips, and can provide a spot for hog rings or clips. Instructions and mounting bolts included.

I 7905 #404 Spring End Former

PRICE BREAK: Each

SPRING BENDER

Chrome plated sleeves are slotted to fit loops and can be used to alter bends precisely. Designed to allow exact manipulation of the angles of the arcs on the spring. High impact handles.

J 7907 #401 1” Spring Bender (Pair)

PRICE BREAK: Each

LEVER TYPE SPRING STRETCHER

The wooden handled lever speeds up the installation and is especially useful with heavy seating springs.

H 7904 #268 Lever Type Pull Type Spring Stretcher

PRICE BREAK: Each

#522 PLIERS FOR BW CLIPS

The special round contact surface on the jaws of this plier ensure a good solid clamping of BW Edgewire clips; recommended for joining edgewire to sinuous springs or other straight spring sections.

L 8026 #522 BW Clip Pliers

PRICE BREAK: Each

NO SAG SPRING TOOLS

SPRING CLIPS TOOLS

HOW TO USE SPRING TOOLS

Please see p.273–275 for Spring section.

N

N

A

B

C

D

GH

F

E

/ 255 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SAMPLING ACCESSORIES

SAMPLING ACCESSORIESSAMPLE BOOK RING

Bright chrome finished rings with locking threaded closure for use in sample books and other applications. Available in 6” or 3” diameters. Use handle #6520 to create a portable sample ring book.

A B

6510 6500

6” Chrome Sample Book Ring 3” Chrome Sample Book Ring


SAMPLE BOOK HANDLE

Sturdy chrome handle to go with rings listed above. 10” spacing.

C 6520 10” Chrome Sample Book Handle


HANGER WITH METAL HOOK

Sturdy plastic hangers with metal hooks and clips.

D 6514 8” Hanger with Metal Hook—Black


HAMMERS & MALLETS

#4 HICKORY MALLET

A mallet formed from tough growth hickory.

H 5313 #4 Hickory Mallet

SIZE: | Head L5” | Face 2¼” | Handle 10½” WEIGHT: 12oz. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

JEWELED NAIL HAMMER

This nylon tip decorative nail hammer is specifically made to prevent damage to nails during installation. The handles are designed for comfort and durability. Use with the Jewelled Nails on p.270.

E 8210 Jeweled Nail Hammer

SIZE: Head L6½” | Handle 11¹/₈” WEIGHT: 13.6oz. PRICE BREAK: Each

#6 RUBBER MALLET

Tough composite rubber head. Use it for setting decorative nails, dowels or other frame elements without damage. Will prolong the life of punches when used for driving them.

G 5317 #6 Rubber Mallet

SIZE: Head L3¼” | Face 2” | Handle 12” WEIGHT: 11oz. PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

QUICK NAILER

Use the Quick Nailer to evenly space out your decorative nail projects. It’s quick and easy to use.

F 5999 #777 Quick Nailer

PRICE BREAK: Each

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

B

D

C

E

F

256 / Please see p.290–291 for Zippers, and p.274 for Hog Rings.

PLIERS: ZIPPER & HOG RING

HOG RING PLIERS

All pliers have a non-slip handle and will apply hog rings up to 1” in size.

B C D E F

8002 8003 8004 8005 8006

XX Straight—Hog Ring Pliers XXL Angle—Hog Ring Pliers L Right Angle—Hog Ring Pliers #23 Straight—Hog Ring Pliers #2360 Angle—Hog Ring Pliers

PRICE BREAK: Each

ZIPPER STOP PLIERS

Enables you to shorten zippers or make zippers of any length when working with continuous zipper tape. Helps to eliminate slippage and rotation of the zipper stops. Has a special groove that firmly holds the zipper stop in place. High quality forged steel with vinyl handle.

A 11010 #1012 Zipper Stop Pliers


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ZIPPER & HOG RING PLIERS

F

IG

J

H

K

/ 257

HAND HELD STEAMER

This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fill and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous flow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.

F 7288 Esteam Hand Held Steamer

PRICE BREAK: Each

J-2 JIFFY STEAMER

J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) check-valve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced.

G H

7283 7285

J-2 Jiffy Steamer J-2 Heating Element Replacement

PRICE BREAK: Each

J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER

The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty color-coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.

I J

7284 7289


PRICE BREAK: Each

REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000

K 7287 Hose Replacement

LENGTH: 5½’ PRICE BREAK: Each

STEAMERS

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STEAMERS

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

B

C D

A

258 /

JAW WEBBING STRETCHER

Made with a hammer jaw that acts as a lever. Excellent tool for stretching webbing, as well as leather and canvas.

B 8022 3½” Jaw Webbing Stretcher

PRICE BREAK: Each

WOODEN WEBBING STRETCHER

A wooden stretcher with a corrugated rubber grip on one end and a row of six steel teeth on the other.

C 8023 #8 Wooden Webbing Stretcher

PRICE BREAK: Each

GOOSE NECK WEBBING STRETCHER

Goose Neck Stretcher gets your hands away from the steel teeth and provides great leverage on the webbing. Hard wood with corrugated rubber on the butt of the stretcher. Polished steel pins grip the webbing with minimum ripping.

D 8024 #403 Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher

PRICE BREAK: Each

WEBBING TOOLS

UPHOLSTERY KITB1 UPHOLSTERY REPAIR KIT

This upholstery kit is intended for the beginner. It is ideal as a starting point for upholstery classes or as a retail item on the counter top of your shop or store. It includes an instruction book to cover the basics of a beginner’s project. Each kit contains: 1 magnetic hammer, 1 webbing stretcher, 1 claw type tack/staple lifter, 1 straight needle, 1 instruction booklet, 1 box of 12oz. tacks, 1 box of 4oz. tacks, 2 curved needles.

A 8061 B1 Upholstery Repair Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.305 for Webbing.UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: UPHOLSTERY KIT & WEBBING TOOLS

EH

I

J

K

L

M

N

Q

O

P

/ 259 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PUNCHING & PACKING PRODUCTS

HOLE PUNCH TOOLSREVOLVING PUNCH This product is a heavy duty punch with replaceable anvil and cutters. Strong metal construction. Useful for everything from punching holes for setting fasteners, to holes at the ends of cuts in vinyls to minimize chances of tearing (this process is recommended by Naugahyde® and is a good idea for any material that has a tendency to rip).

E 8017 #155 Revolving Punch

PRICE BREAKS: Each

REVOLVING PUNCH REPLACEMENTS Order only the cutters you need, or just the anvil if it wears out first. These cutters just thread into place on the punch. A pair of pliers is all that is needed for installation. The anvil must be tapped out and the stem of the new one tapped in with a hammer.

H I J K

8015 8016 8018 8019

#1 Cutting Tube #2 Cutting Tube #3 Cutting Tube #4 Cutting Tube

PRICE BREAKS: Each

L M N

8020 8012 8011

#5 Cutting Tube #6 Cutting Tube Anvil

PACKING PRODUCTSCARTON SEALING TAPE & DISPENSER

The tape features a synthetic rubber/resin backing. The film is composed of biaxially-oriented polypropylene to provide moisture and impact resistance. Sturdy and durable dispenser will handle tapes from 1½”–2” wide. Easy to load, makes packaging and carton sealing simple.

O

P

7990

7985

2” Carton Sealing Tape

SIZE: 109yd/roll PRICE BREAKS: Bag (6) | Case (6)

2” Hand Tape Dispenser


HAND STRETCH FILM

This product features increased puncture resistance, elevated tear resistance, superior optics and maximum load retention for a secure cling. Quiet unwind eliminates the distracting noise generated by many films and reduced neck down for lower packaging costs.

Q 7987 12.8” Hand Stretch Film


Please see p.286 for Fasteners.

UPHOLSTERY TOOLS

A

BC

DE

F G

H

I

J

260 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRAY GUNS

SPRAY GUN

118 SPRAY GUN

The 118 spray gun is a blow-over siphon type and produces a cone-shaped spray. Adjustment of volume is made by screwing the fluid nozzle up into the air stream until the right flow is obtained. This product is particularly recommended for glues and other sticky liquids that tend to gum up painting equipment. Also usable for touch-up work and ideal for production painting of small articles. Light-weight and easy to use.

A 1158 118 Spray Gun

WEIGHT: 2lb (0.9kg) PRICE BREAK: Each

EZE SPRAY GUN

A lightweight, durable alternative to the more expensive sprayers. Tube height is adjustable by loosening the adjustment nut and then sliding tube to achieve desired spray density. To clean, loosen the adjustment nut and slide the vacuum tube out. Dip tube in solvent to blow out with spray gun. Features a plastic glue pot.

J 1165 EZE Spray Gun

PRICE BREAK: Each

118 SPRAY GUN REPLACEMENT PARTS

B C D E F G H F–I

1162 1160 1170 1172 1175 1174 1161 1163

Stainless Steel Tube Aluminum Tube Air Valve Spring Air Nozzle Locknut Nozzle Spring Fluid Nozzle Stainless Steel Repair Kit

PRICE BREAK: Each

Please see p.319–320 for Bulk Adhesives.

ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imaginationJEFast Air Tackers

LIGHTWEIGHTDEPENDABLEEFFICIENTexclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

These air tacker alternatives provide a lighter and more economical choice. It has all the positive features of air tackers, such as being adjustable by changing the air pressure entering the unit.

For more info, see p.250–251.

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

262 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE

HARDWARE

A

B

CD

E F G

H I

J K

LM

N

O

/ 263 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS

TAPERED WOODEN LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES

Constructed from rubber tree wood in various finishes for diverse styling options. Tapered legs with two recessed holes for mounting to frames with wood screws.

A B

4994 4997

H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Natural H2¼”x W5” Tapered Leg—Unfinished


C

D

4987

4995

H2¾”x W3½” Tapered Leg—Unfinished


H2¾”x W3½”Tapered Leg—Natural


SQUARE TAPERED LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT

E F G

H

I

5287 5288 5289

4996

4988

H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Unfinished H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Natural H4”x W2³/₈”–3½" Tapered Leg—Walnut


H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Dark Walnut


H2¼”x W3” Tapered Leg—Unfinished


3-CORNER LEGS—WITH RECESSED HOLES

L M N

5270 5271 5272

H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Natural H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Walnut H2½”x W4¼”–5¼" 3-Corner Leg—Unfinished


O 5273 H2”x W47⁄8”–6” 3-Corner Leg—Walnut


BUN LEGS—WITH MOUNTING BOLT

This ready-to-stain option provides a more economical choice in a bun leg style. Minor blemishes may be found in this product and are considered to be an inherent characteristic.

J 5229 H2½”x W4¾” Bun Leg—Unfinished


K 5200 H2½”x W5” Bun Leg with lip—Unfinished


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

F

J

B

G

K L

C

H

M

O

D

I

N

P

E

Q R

264 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS

QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITHOUT BLOCK

A B C D E

5220 5245 5244 5226 5227

H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W3¾” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished


QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BOLT

F G H I

5222 5241 5219 5240

H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H9”x W2½” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2⁷⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut


QUEEN ANNE LEGS—WITH BLOCK

J K L

5224 5248 5247

H9”x W3½” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Walnut H8”x W3⁵⁄₈” Queen Anne Leg—Unfinished


CURVED LEGS—WITH BOLT

M N

5286 5285

H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Unfinished H6”x W2¾” Curved Leg—Walnut


CONTOURED LEGS—WITH BOLT

O P

5203 5204

H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Walnut H5”x W4⁷/₈” Contoured Leg—Unfinished


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: WOOD (CONT.)

NN

CURVED LEGS

Q R

5254 5257

H5”x W3³/₈” Curved Leg—Deep Mocha H5”x W3³/₈” Curved Leg—Unfinished


UPHOLSTERY LEGS & ACCESSORIES: WOOD

S

B1

A1

C1

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

/ 265 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WOODEN LEGS & ACCESSORIES

ROUND LEGS

For residential furniture and box springs for beds. Walnut finish with hanger bolt mounting. Hanger bolt length is about 1½” with ⁵⁄₁₆” thread. The diameter of all legs is 1½”. Packaged 4/bag.

S T

U V W

5217 5216

5215 5213 5211

6” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 5½” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish


5” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 4” Tapered Round Leg—Cherry Finish 3” Round Leg—Cherry Finish


X

Y Z

5209

5208 5207

2½” Round Leg—Walnut Finish


2” Round Leg—Walnut Finish 1½” Round Leg—Mocha Finish


HANGER BOLT

Wood to metal hanger bolts. The wood screw end mounts into the leg and the threaded machine screw end fits into any ⁵/₁₆” T-Nut.

A1 5235 H3½”x W⁵/₁₆” Hanger Bolt


BARBED T-NUT

Can be used with bolt style legs or threaded bolt castors. To attach, drill a hole for the bolt to recess into. Hammer the T-nut into the hole. The barbs lock the nut into the wood and the leg can easily be removed and reinstalled later. Made from 1050 steel.

B1

C1

5233

5231

⁵/₁₆” Barbed T-Nut


¼” Barbed T-Nut


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

N N

N

AB

D

G

H

I

C

F

E

266 /

UPHOLSTERY LEGS: METAL

METAL LEGS—WITH REMOVABLE PLATE

These metal legs come with a removable plate for easier installation. Each leg is padded under the foot to prevent marring floors.

D E

5097 5088

H4”x W2–27/8”Metal Leg H4¾”x W3”Metal Leg


METAL LEGS—WITHOUT REMOVABLE PLATE

Each metal leg is cast aluminum featuring a contemporary style sure to fit into any home. Each leg is fitted with a glide to prevent marring floors.

A B

C

5081 5095

5076

H5”x W4” Metal Leg H5¼”x W1–2” Metal Leg


H4”x W3” Metal Leg


STAINLESS STEEL—L SHAPED

F G

5074 5077

H1½”x W1½”x L5⁷⁄₈”–7⁷⁄₈” Rounded H2”x W1”x L5⁷⁄₈”–7⁷⁄₈” Squared

PRICE BREAKS: Pair | Package (10)

STAINLESS STEEL—STRAIGHT

H I

5078 5079

H1½”x W7” Square H1½”x W8⁷⁄₈”Rounded


N

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: METAL LEGS

R ST

U

V

J L

M O

P

Q

K

N

/ 267 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PLASTIC LEGS & GLIDES

N 5251 H1½”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Brown


O 5260 H2¼”x W27/8” Square Plastic Leg—Brown

Sturdy tapered wood effect leg with recessed hole for mounting to frames with wood screws.


P Q

5250 5255

H1½”x W2” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black H2”x W2” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black


PLASTIC LEGS

Plastic legs are constructed from high impact plastic with screw or push-in options.

J K

5256 5265

H2”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black H3/8”x W2¼” Plastic (Push-In) Leg—Black


L 5253 H1½”x W2” Plastic (Steel-In) Leg—Black

Plastic leg with steel shank insert for greater strength against lateral stress.


M 5258 H2”x W3½” Plastic (Screw-In) Leg—Black


UPHOLSTERY LEGS: PLASTIC & GLIDES

GLIDES

R

S

T

U

5051

5063

5073

5050

7⁄8” Rubber Insulated Glide—Nickel Plated


5⁄8” Plastitack Glide—PVC


¾” Single Prong Glide—Nickel Plated


H7⁄16”x W1¼” Round Glide—Black Plastic


LEG HOLE FINDER This plastic washer is for locating leg mounting holes on box springs. 15/8” diameter with ½” hole.

V 5290 Leg Hole Finder—White


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

K L M

T

UV

W

X Y

J

B C D E F G

H I

N O P Q R S

268 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS Please see p.255 for Hammers & Mallets.

/ 269 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS

STANDARD— ⁷⁄₁₆” NAIL HEAD

A

B

C

D

6049 6050

6047 6048

6041

6045 6046

#9 Nail—French Natural ½” Post #9 Nail—French Natural ¾” Post

#9 Nail—Antique Brass ½” Post #9 Nail—Antique Brass ¾” Post

#9 Nail—Bright Brass ½” Post

#9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #9 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post


E

F

G

6021 6022

6026

6024

#210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post #210 Nail—Nickel-Plated ¾” Post

#210 Nail—White ¾” Post

#210 Nail—Black ¾” Post


H

I

6031 6032

6034

#1515A Nail—Antique ½” Post #1515A Nail—Antique ¾” Post

#1515A Nail—Nickel-Plated ½” Post


J 6037 #1533 Nail—Antique ½” Post


DECORATIVE NAILSDecorative nails are used to complement, show woods and gimps on furniture as well as to anchor nail strips and trims. A large assortment of colors and designs are available. Decorative nails should be set lightly in place with a tack hammer, then gently set with a mallet to avoid damaging the decorative face.

PANEL NAIL— ¾” NAIL HEAD

K 6009 6008

Threaded Nail—Steel 7/8” Post Unthreaded Nail—Steel 7/8” Post

PRICE BREAKS: Box (100) | Package (10) | Case (50)

4 TRI SQUARE—⁵⁄₈” NAIL HEAD

L M

6016 6014

Old Copper—¾” Post Natural—¾” Post


OX NAILS—⁵⁄₈” NAIL HEAD

Q R S

5923 5924 5922

Round Ox Nail—Pewter 7/8” Post Round Ox Nail—Brass 7/8” Post Round Ox Nail—Black 7/8” Post


OX NAILS—¾” NAIL HEAD

T U V W

5921 5920 5919 5918

Square Ox Nail—Pewter 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Black 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Copper 7/8” Post Square Ox Nail—Brass 7/8” Post


NAIL STRIPS

The Continuous Nail Strip will simulate a row of evenly-spaced #9 nails without all the measuring, time and nails. Speeds up upholstering operations and cuts costs 50–80%. Provides accurate spacing for a uniform and professional appearance.

Hole every forth cap for a real nail to anchor the strip and allow you to secure it around curves or other shapes. Plain ⁷⁄₁₆” head to be used with our #9 Nails (#6041, #6045, and #6046).

X Y

6013 6012

Nickel Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails French Natural Nail Strip—With ¾” Post Nails

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (50 yd) | Case (5)

OX NAILS—1” NAIL HEAD

N O P

5926 5925 5917

Round Ox Nail—Pewter ½” Post Round Ox Nail—Black ½” Post Round Ox Nail—Brass 5/8” Post


UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

N

N

A

F

B

G

C

H

D

I

E

J

KL

M

NO

P QR

270 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: DECORATIVE NAILS

DARK NATURAL—⁵⁄₈” POST

F G

H

I

J

5913 5910

5916

5908

5906

Dark Natural—1” Head Size Dark Natural—⁷⁄₈” Head Size


Dark Natural—¾” Head Size


Dark Natural—⁵⁄₈” Head Size


Dark Natural—⁷⁄₁₆” Head Size


FRENCH NATURAL—⁵⁄₈” POST

A B

C D

E

6006 6020

6010 6002

6000

French Natural— 1” Head Size French Natural— ⁷⁄₈” Head Size


French Natural— ¾” Head Size French Natural— ⁵⁄₈” Head Size


French Natural— ⁷⁄₁₆” Head Size


- 6005 French Natural— ⁷⁄₈” Head Size


JEWELLED NAILS—⁵⁄₈” POST

K L

5932 5933

Small Square—Nickel 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Square—Nickel 9/16” Head Size


M N

O P Q R

5930 5931

5934 5935 5936 5937

Small Rounded Black—Brass 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Rounded Black—Brass ½” Head Size

Small Rounded—Brass 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Rounded—Brass ½” Head Size Small Rounded—Nickel 3⁄₈” Head Size Large Rounded—Nickel ½” Head Size


Please see p.255 for Hammers & Mallets.

S

T

U

V

B1

A1

Z

Y

X

W

/ 271 Please see p.140 for Tack (Magnet) Hammer #5101.

Not actual size.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TACKS & TACKING STRIPS

METAL TACKTITE TACK STRIP

For extra hold, serrated teeth have been punched through this 10oz. metal strip. They give the ultimate grip in the wood frame once set. 24” and 27” lengths minimize the need to cut the product.

S S S

8329 8331 8332

24” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 27” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 30” Metal Tacktite Tack Strip


CURVE EASE STRIP

The ideal solution for attaching a cover to difficult curved areas. Eliminates time consuming hand sewing, blind stitching, decorative nails and gimp tacks. Sturdy pliable metal provides ample strength for shaping into any curve for any style. Sharp metal prongs in a series of two or three to grip fabrics or plastics. 3 Prongs are closely spaced to eliminate unwanted scalloping of the fabric.

V -

8339 8341

Curve Ease Tacking Strip Heavy Duty Curve Ease Strip

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (100’) | Case (5)CARDBOARD TACKING STRIP

Use as an edge stiffener and tack strip when blind tacking covers to a frame. Can be easily torn by hand and will accept a degree of curve without buckling. In a 5lb bundle, there are ~350 pieces.

T 8349 ½” Cardboard Tack Strip (L38”)

PRICE BREAKS: Bundle (5lb) | Case (10)

FIBER TACKING STRIP COIL

½” fiber tacking strip in a continuous coil of 535’ for the production line. Tough enough for most uses but can be torn to length by hand for the fastest application of cover fabrics.

U 8351 ½” Continuous Tack Strip (535’ Coil)


TACKS & TACKING STRIPS

BLUED UPHOLSTERY TACKS

These tacks have been treated so they will not rust.

W X Y

8202 8203 8204

3oz. 4oz. 6oz.

Z A1 B1

8206 8207 8208

10oz. 12oz. 14oz.

PRICE BREAKS: Box (1lb) | Case (10)

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

B

C

D

E

272 / Please see p.250–251 for Tacker Tools.UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: STAPLES

1400 SERIES STAPLES

1400 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 1400 series, Haubold Staplers and JEFast 1416. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

- - - - A

7254 7255 7256 7257 7258

1400/6—¼” 1400/8—⁵/₁₆” 1400/10—³/₈” 1400/12—½” 1400/14—⁹/₁₆”

STAPLE WIDTH: ³⁄₈” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)

71 SERIES STAPLES

71 Series Staples fit standard tackers, Fasco 71 series Senco Staplers and JEFast 7116. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

- - B -

7278 7279 7280 7282

71/6—¼” 71/8—⁵/₁₆” 71/10—³/₈” 71/12 —½”



71 Series Staples fits standard tackers, Fasco 71 series, Senco Stapler and JEFast 7116.

D 7261 1400/10—³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples


DUO-FAST STAPLES

These staples fit the standard EIC 3118 Duo-Fast electric tacker. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

E -

7237 7239

3112 3/8” Staples 3116 ½” Staples


DUO-FAST STAPLES

Fit the HE 5018 series standard electric tacker. Made from galvanized steel to help prevent rusting.

- 7244 5012 ³/₈” Staples

STAPLE WIDTH: ½” PRICE BREAKS: Box (10,000) | Case (20)


Stainless steel staples for the air tackers are carried in one size only. Other sizes are available through special order based on quantity. More expensive than standard staples, but stronger and more rust resistant. Compatible with Fasco 1400 Series, Haubold Stapler and JEFast 1416.

C 7260 1400/10—³/₈” Stainless Steel Staples


STAPLES

F

G

H

I

/ 273 Please see p.256 for Hog Ring Pliers.

COIL SPRINGS

The 8gge is suited for use in softer seats, while the 9gge is better suited for firmer seats.

F

F

F

7529

7559

7569

8gge x 8” Coil Spring

PRICE BREAK: Bundle (30lb)





SPRINGS: COILThe hardness of a coil spring is determined by the wire gauge, temper and the shape of the spring. The thicker the gauge of wire, the harder the spring. Occasionally you will see three initials after the designation KOE (knotted one end), KBE (knotted both ends) or OBE (open both ends). We carry the KOE style, which is suitable for both seats and backs in the correct gauge.

By varying the coil diameter over the length of the spring, it is possible to get differing spring rates depending on the load placed on the spring. For example, a spring can give way initially, and then progressively stiffen as the load increases and this will give a comfortable but firm seat.

EDGEWIRE

Edgewire is used for constructing, modifying or finishing metal and spring frames. Used in furniture and automotive seating, it is also frequently used for hog ring bars (which may be welded in place), or attached with clips to springs or other frame edges.

G 4209 9gge x 12’ Edgewire


PLASTIC COATED WIRE

Plastic sheath on the wire provides lower friction and noise reduction. In addition, the plastic compresses when crimped, so clips and hog rings will not “slide” or come loose under flexing. Normally used in furniture frame construction or automotive applications.

H 4210 16gge Plastic Coat Wire

PRICE BREAK: Each (4000’ Reel)

HOG RINGS

Low carbon steel rings used in seat construction in the automotive industry. Sold in 5lb bags (~2000 rings).

I 5143 ¾” Hog Rings

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Package (5) | Case (25)

SPRINGS: WIRE

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: COIL & WIRE SPRINGS

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

274 /

Please see p.254 for No Sag Spring Tools and Spring Clip Tools.

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: NO SAG SPRINGS

NO SAG REEL

High tensile strength tempered wire spring. No Sag has a slightly more open spring density than the regular XL Loop Springs. 8gge and 9gge is used in seating, and 11gge is used for seat backs.

- - -

7419 7429 7439

8gge No Sag Reel—111‘ 9gge No Sag Reel—120’ 11gge No Sag Reel—140‘


NO SAG SEAT SPRING*

High tensile strength wire springs in 8 gge seating stiffness, cut into 24”, 25½” and 26” lengths and ready to use.

- - -

7469 7461 7479

8gge x 24” No Sag Seat Spring 8gge x 25½” No Sag Seat Spring 8gge x 26” No Sag Seat Spring

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10) | Case (200) * Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring

NO SAG SOFT EDGE SPRING*

Developed to serve the dual purpose of spring and spring edge in one piece. They are installed quickly and give uniform contour and feel across the installation. Available in 8 gge only for use in seating applications.

A 7409 8gge x 26” No Sag Soft Edge Spring

PRICE BREAKS: Box (10) | Case (200) * Order minimum of 10 for all No Sag Seat Spring

SPRINGS: NO SAG SINUOUS SPRINGSNo Sag springs, also known as sagless or zig-zag, are the most common low profile springs in general upholstery. A solid and sturdy frame is required to bear the stresses, from the front to back rail and top to bottom rail pull of these springs (occasionally reinforcing is required).

Maximum resiliency is obtained when a convex spring arc height is between 2” and 2¼”. This is the “rise” of the spring over the frame rail mounting point. If you wish to add an existing spring, use a hinge link at the back of the frame.

*Sinuous springs are available in continuous rolls or pre-cut into common frame size lengths.

SPRING TENSION & MOUNTING NOTES

For springs up to 24” in length, shorten the spring cut length by ½” compared to the distance between the inside edges of the clips. For springs 26” or greater in length, increase this dimension to ¾” to 1”, depending on the type of “sit” that is desired.

Never use a spring that is longer than the length between the clips, otherwise “pocketing” will occur.

It is not recommended that you exceed spring lengths of 28” without the use of connecting links or bracing wires to spread the load to a greater area.

Closed Helical

Connecting Links

Open Helical

CD E

F

B

/ 275 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING CLIPS

Spring clips should always be mounted as shown, flush with the inside edge of the frame rails. If they are mounted forward or back of this position, then the downward movement of the spring will serve to lever the clip away from the wood.

CO RRECT: The clip is flush with the edge of the frame. This does not put excess strain on the clip and allows the spring to pivot properly.

IN CORRECT: Do not put the clip too far back from the edge of the frame. This will allow the spring leverage on the clip.

IN CORRECT: Do not mount the clip over the edge. This will place a greater strain on the clip as spring flexes.

SPRINGS: CLIPSTORSION SPRINGS

Used to strengthen frames by maintaining torsion on box corners. Torsion springs that resist compression. Arms are approximately 3³/₈”, centered on a ⁷/₈” spring loop, with a 1¹/₁₆” arm for mounting into clips on the frame.

B 7413 Torsion Springs


EK NO SAG CLIPS

These four hole clips allow a variety of nail combinations depending on the stress placed by either spring gauge or position.

C 3023 EK No Sag Clips

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (5lb) | Case (5)

BW EDGEWIRE CLIPS

Used to attach no sag springs, edge springs and torsion springs to border and edge wires. Works best on two straight surfaces. For easy installation 522 Plier #8026 (p.254) are designed for closing BW clips.

E 3022 BW Edgewire Clip


3 PRONG CLIPS

The 3 prong clip secures the edge wire to no sag or coil springs. Best crimped with 445 Plier #8013 (p.254).

D 3021 3 Prong Clips


RUBBER WEBBING CLIPS

Another alternative for securing rubber or elastic webbings to frames. 2” width clips can be nailed to the frame edge to secure the webbing. Teeth punched out on the bottom of the clip will grip the webbing solidly without tearing.

F 3028 Rubber Webbing Clips


TIPS ON MOUNTING CLIP PLACEMENT

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

Ship at your own risk. * This term and any corresponding data refer to typical performance in

the test indicated and should not be construed to imply the behavior of this or any other material under actual fire conditions.

B

D

C

276 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HIDE-A-BED

SPRINGS: HIDE-A-BEDThere are two qualities of Hide-A-Beds available—Residential and Contract. Residential is used in homes and Contract is a heavier unit for the hospitality industry where the unit would experience more frequent usage. It has extra bracing and a slightly stronger hinge unit.

The Hide-A-Bed warranty period is 1 year.

CONTRACT UNITS

The Contract unit has extra bracing and slightly stronger hinge unit, as well as a heavier tweed decking that has proven to be tear resistant. Premium high quality. Note: Subtract 8” from width for the mattress.

A A

7389 7390

Double Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 60” Queen Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 68”


CONTRACT COIL MATTRESS

Heavy duty mattresses of a 5” depth to fit directly into the units. Finished with F.R* quilted mattress ticking and reinforced seams with binding. For industry use.

B B

7397 7399

Double Coil Mattress—72”x 54” Queen Coil Mattress—72”x 60”


REPLACEMENT DECK

Replacement non-tearing decks for hide-a-bed units.

C C

7385 7386

Double Replacement Deck Queen Replacement Deck

PRICE BREAK: Each

RESIDENTIAL UNITS

Residential units are an economical replacement for worn or damaged units. Standard duty and all-round tubular frame construction. The legs are of a special “soft-lock” design that allows for easy opening and closing.

- -

7392 7393

Double Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 60” Queen Hide-A-Bed Unit—72”x 68”


RESIDENTIAL COIL MATTRESS

Finished 5” depth coil mattresses fit directly into the above or other similarly sized hide-a-bed frames. These units are finished with a quilted mattress ticking and reinforced seams with binding. For domestic use.

D D

7396 7398

Double Coil Mattress—72”x 53” Queen Coil Mattress—72”x 59½”


32” MINIMUM

13” MINIMUM 12” MINIMUM

6¼”+ ¼ or -0”

23” MINIMUM

17½”

9½”

15/8”

5”

315/8” MINIMUM

12” MINIMUM

6” with mat

16” MINIMUM

11” MINIMUM

6¼”+¼ or -0”

25” MINIMUM loose back

22” MINIMUM tight back

17¼”

9½”

15/8”

5”

A

/ 277 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HIDE-A-BED

CONTRACT UNIT

RESIDENTIAL UNIT

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

D

A

B

C

278 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRING SEATING

3 WAY RECLINER

The industry standard for smooth operating and durable 3 way low leg mechanisms. Activated by pushing on the chair arms (non-levered operation). The 3 way mechanism features a break away back that opens to a full layout position. Solidly manufactured, using shoulder rivets at all key pivot points for durability.

A 7349 3 Way Recliner Mechanism


2 WAY RECLINER

Simpler 2 way mechanism is for use on chairs with a non-movable back. Same sturdy construction as the 3 Way Recliners.

B 7369 2 Way Recliner Mechanism


JACK KNIFE HINGE

This hinge unit along with a simple frame will allow the quick construction of a Davenport seating unit.

C 4037 Jack Knife Hinge for Davenport


COMPLETE DROP IN SPRING UNITS

Ready to use drop in coil seat units come in three sizes to fit most existing frames. Time tested coil spring design for greatest support and durability. Unitized flex-coil construction distributes the support evenly for uniform seating, 14gge plasteel cross supports supply insulated attachment plus greater lateral stability. The top grid provides a built in insulator for better support of the seat deck. Oil tempered spring wire is used throughout for durability and gives a level, resilient deck.

D D D

7571 7573 7575

22”x 22½” Chair Unit 22”x 45½” Love Seat Unit 22”x 68” Sofa Unit


SPRINGS: SEATING MECHANISMS & UNITS

/ 279 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE

relaxWE MAKE UPHOLSTERY EASY, GIVING YOU MORE TIME TO…

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

B

C

D

E

Top view

Bottom view

280 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SWIVEL BASES

BASES: ROCKERS & PLATESSWIVEL ROCKER BASES

These units have been the industry standard for years; in most cases, these can be direct replacements for older rockers. The design incorporates multiple mounting holes for screws or bolts. The five leg design allows for maximum stability in all directions. The width at the leg base varies from 22” to 24” depending on the height of the base. Height of the chair will be measured by the leg height plus the 3” base.

A B C

7309 7319 7329

2” Swivel Base Rocker (5” from ground) 3” Swivel Base Rocker (6” from ground) 5” Swivel Base Rocker (8” from ground)


SWIVEL ROCKER BOX

The same unit as found on the five leg rocker base but without the legs. Mounts using a standard 7” swivel plate (#7345) as a base. Multiple elongated mounting holes will accommodate a wide range of seat types. Swivels 360° and rocks.

D 7339 Swivel Rocker Box (No Legs)


SWIVEL PLATE

Pre-lubricated and ready to install, no assembly required. Heavy mounting plates are made of 12 gauge steel and hole punched for inside or outside mounting. This swivel pad features a long life, ball bearing mechanism. Mounting hole centers from 6½” to 8” using elongated holes. Swivels 360°.

E 7345 7” Swivel Rocker Plate


81⁄2” (21.6cm)

3” (7.6cm)

53⁄4” (14.6cm

)

F

/ 281 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SWIVEL PLATE

RETURN-О-MATIC

The 7” memory swivel unit returns to its original position making it ideal for barstools and other seating applications. Sturdy 12 gauge steel construction with ball bearing swivel surface. Plate size is 6¾” square. Mounting hole consists of ⁷/₈” x ¼” slots on 5½” centers. Low profile unit adds less than 1” height.

F 7350 Return-O-Matic Swivel Plate


Due to the variety of size and weight of chairs and the distribution of weight in chair frames, each chair style on which a swivel rocker mechanism is used must be individually balanced by the installer.

There are two springs at the front of the base and one at the rear.

A. Move unit toward back. This makes the unit more resistant to rocking back.

B. Move unit toward front to rock back easier. WARNING: Too far in this direction will cause the chair to tip backwards.

Position one of the five legs so that it is in line with the front of the base. Position the base on the bottom of the chair so that the leg in front is center-aligned with the bottom of the chair so that the leg in front is center-aligned with the bottom of the chair.

HOW TO BEGIN BALANCING EACH CHAIR STYLE (Based on 5’10–6’ tall, 180–200lb (82–91 kg) occupant)

In a balanced chair, the chair will tip forward when the occupant seated lifts their legs straight out. It may or may not reach front “stop” position but should tip over forward.

In a balanced chair, the chair will sit approximately level when the occupant sits still with their hands clasped behind their head and their heels lifted off the floor and held against the lower front of the chair frame. The chair should not rock back in this situation.

NO TE: If both the forward and rearward balance conditions demonstrated above cannot be achieved by relocating the rocker unit per A and B above, the chair being balanced may be too heavy, too large or too deep for this type of mechanism to be safely used.

FRONT

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE: SWIVEL ROCKER BASE MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

BC

DE

F

1 2 3

4 5 6

7

282 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TON SHELLS

BUTTONSAll the button machines listed function by crimping the shell around the button back, over a wide range of material thickness and weights. This can lead to the need for some correction of pressure or possibly a set of dies made for a different thickness of material. If you are not able to resolve your problems with the information provided here, please feel free to consult our Customer Service Center for further information.

NO TE: There are many types of buttons and machines that are available on a special order basis. If you do not see the item you need here, please contact our Customer Service Center or your sales representative for more information.

BUTTON SHELLS

Soft shells for use with various styles of backs. The soft shell is the industry standard for the widest range of applications. Harder shells have a tendency to cut some types of vinyls and fabrics. Order the shells and backs you need for the complete set.

A B C D

2002 2012 2028 2038

#22 Button Shell #30 Button Shell #36 Button Shell #45 Button Shell


RUST RESISTANT SHELLS

Zinc plated soft button shells for use in marine and outdoor furniture, will not rust or cause streaking. All metal backs are zinc plated, standard shells are unplated but do have a treatment to resist corrosion. For extra protection, zinc plating is recommended.

E F

2076 2078

#22 Rust Resistant Button Shell #30 Rust Resistant Button Shell


COMMON PROBLEMS SOLUTIONS

1 Material does not wrap cleanly around shell to form button.

Check alignment of button dies, adjust stop pins on swivel base. Center the dies to ensure the buttons are completely crimped.

2 Shell is dented or vinyl covering is creased Die may be for lighter material or stroke pressure may be too high.

3 Shell not crimped, back of button is not inside shell

Stroke pressure may be too light. Ensure dies are aligned and try increasing pressure

4 Vinyl material tears or cuts, fabrics cut. Sign shell being too hard use softer shells. Can also try warming vinyl before crimping, lubricate with silicone, or apply light oil to bottom die (if using vinyl). Also check dies for burrs or nicks.

5 Shell not crimped and back pushed up completely inside.

Material is too light for the die. Try using a double layer of material or with a lining.

6 Back of button collapses or buckles. Back not far enough into shell, shell is crushed.

Material is too heavy for the die.

7 The shell is loose and coming off of the button back.

Material is too light for the die. Try using thicker fabric or adding a lining.

The numbers used to size the upholstery buttons (e.g. 22, 30, 36, 45) are based on a scale of 40 units to the inch, for example a #30 button represents 30 out of 40, or ¾” in diameter before covering. Using this scale, the common sizes roughly translate into:

#22 = ⁹/₁₆” #30 = ¾” #36 = ⁷/₈” #45 = 1¹/₈”

BUTTON SIZING INFO

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N P Q

O

/ 283 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: 2 PRONG BACKS & WASHERS

2 PRONG BACKS

Two prongs with chiseled ends for pushing through fill provides the attaching mechanism for this button back. Fast and economical, requiring no special skills for installation. Excess prong length can be removed with pliers or side cutters if need be. Ideal for use with solid backed jobs. Can be used on backed materials using the prong button washer, see part #2021. This unit is sold by the gross without the shell.

G H I

2094 2011 2100

#22 1½” #22 2” #22 2½”

J K L

2096 2013 2102

#30 1½” #30 2” #30 2½”

M N O

2098 2015 2104

#36 1½” #36 2” #36 2½”


PRONG BUTTON WASHER

Use this washer to give a solid location of a prong style button and minimize the chance of pull-through. Can be used to give extra support to tufting clasps. Strongly recommended with any of the prong button molds.

P 2021 Prong Button Washer


TUFTING WASHER

An easy to use washer, can be threaded onto pre-tied strings or tufted through the center normally. Will not corrode or rust and is silent when in contact with metal or wood components. 1¹/₈” in diameter.

Q 2108 Plastic Tufting Washer


Please see p.246 and p.259 for Button Cutters & Dies.

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A B

C D

E F

G

HJ

K

I

L

284 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TONS

BUTTONS (CONT.)

WIRE EYE BACKS

A sturdy closed loop wire eye for attaching the button used in tufting and other button applications. Will withstand an 80lb (36.3 kg) pull. Can be tied, used with clasps from a tufting needle or otherwise attached. Has the most common and versatile back. These are sold without the shells. Order the shells listed on p.282.

A B

2001 2003

#22 Wire Eye Back #30 Wire Eye Back

C D

2005 2006

#36 Wire Eye Back #45 Wire Eye Back


THREADED NAIL BACKS

Threaded nail back buttons for use in applications using the spring washer listed below. Using this combination will ensure positive placement of the button, even in wood. It prevents pulling out as the wood ages and movement of the button occurs, loosening the nail back. Available in 3 different sizes listed. Matching shells are sold separately, see p.282.

H I J K

2041 2051 2043 2045

#22 ⁷/₈” Threaded Nail #22 1½” Threaded Nail #30 ⁷/₈” Threaded Nail #36 ¾” Threaded Nail


LOOP EYE BACKS

The #44 small wire eye back has a smaller eye to be used against delicate materials to minimize piercing and runs. Zinc plated for rust resistance.

E F G

2080 2082 2084

#22—44 Small Loop Eye Back #30—44 Small Loop Eye Back #36—44 Small Loop Eye Back


SPRING WASHERS

This washer allows for a better location of nail back buttons and minimizes the chance of pull-through. The nail cannot pull back through once gripped by the teeth of the washer. ¹⁵/₁₆” diameter.

L 2067 ¹⁵/₁₆” Spring Washers


M N O

P Q R S

/ 285 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BUT TONS

DURA SNAP RINGS

High impact nylon rings that work with upholstery soft shells to create a covered button that fits over any standard Dura Snap fastener. This product is available in two sizes and is a versatile option in finishing and trimming applications in automotive and marine.

M N

2036 2030

#30 Dura Snap Rings #36 Dura Snap Rings


PIVOT BACK AND TACKS

Special two part back can be installed from the back of a surface and gives a pivoting action. Ideal when a button is required on only one side of a cushion. Can be used in tailoring skirts. Easily snapped together with hand pressure but will not pull apart.

0 2037 #30 Pivot Back with ½” Tack


NYLON HOOK BACK

Nylon hook backs can streamline and speed up tufting operations with the patented dual locking hook.

P Q R S

2086 2088 2090 2092

#22 Nylon Hook Back #30 Nylon Hook Back #36 Nylon Hook Back #45 Nylon Hook Back


Please see p.246 and p.259 for Button Cutters & Dies.

Please see p.294 for Tufting Needles.

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

R

A B C D E

F G I JH

286 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: FASTENERS Please see p.127 and p.259 for Fastener Tools.

DURA SNAP CAPS

Use with socket #4003. Diameter of cap is ⁹⁄₁₆”.

E 4001 Dura Snap Standard Cap


BABY DURA SNAP CAPS & POST

Use with socket #3997. Diameter of cap is ½”.

F G

H

3992 3996

3999

Baby Dura Snap Cap—Black Brass Baby Dura Snap Cap—Nickel

Baby Dura Snap Post—Nickel Brass


DURA SNAP SOCKET

Standard socket for use with all Dura Snap Caps.

A 4003 Dura Snap Socket


BABY DURA SNAP SOCKET

I 3997 Baby Dura Snap Socket


DURA SNAP STUD

For use with Dura Snap Posts (#4007 or #3995), or with #6 Head Screw.

B 4004 Dura Snap Stud


BABY DURA SNAP STUD

J 3998 Baby Dura Snap Stud—Nickel Brass


DURA SNAP POSTS

C D

3995 4007

Dura Snap Post—Long Dura Snap Post—Standard


DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASSA heavy-duty button-style fastener. Socket construction assures a firm grip which is maintained throughout use. Used in automotive, industrial and marine trades.

BABY DURA SNAP: NICKEL-PLATED BRASS

/ 287 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HARDWARE

Solve all of your faStener needS

with Scovill.we offer the widest selection of high quality, made-in-america fasteners for your every need.

from snap fasteners in multiple styles and sizes to turn buttons to a host of other options, Scovill

delivers quality at every turn. we’ve been setting the standards for excellence in engineering

and service for 200 years. and we keep creating new partnerships every day.

R

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

A

B

C

D

288 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: VENT GROMMET & HINGES

VENTS AND WASHERS

Brass ¾” vents and washers for use in mattresses, upholstery and any other application where airflow is a concern. Requires #9022 Vent Die to set the ventilators.

A 9021 #1 Vents and Washers


VENT DIE

This die quickly sets the #9021 ventilators. Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, slip the fabric in place then put the washer on top. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.


PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMETS

ALUMINUM BOAT SEAT HINGES

C 2776 W3” x L6’ Flat Continuous Boat Seat Hinge

A flat-style continuous boat seat hinge in a mill finish aluminum with ³⁄₁₆” holes drilled on 4” centers.


D 2772 W4½” x L6’ “W” Continuous Boat Seat Hinge

A W-shaped hinge in a mill finish aluminum, drilled on 2” centers, staggered at ½”. Hinge lies open to a width of 4½”; aluminum is 0.060” thick.


HINGES

H

E

F

G

J

I

/ 289 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CUSHION HARDWARE & FRAMES

CUSHION HARDWARE

SECTIONAL CONNECTOR

There are two parts included in each connector; one mounts on each section and then they are joined by pushing the pieces together. Just lift the catch fork to separate. When not in us the forks can be swiveled underneath to be completely hidden.

H 3035 Sectional Connector


D-RING

These rings are unwelded nickel plated steel and have a thickness of 2mm. Used in conjunction with hooks #6790 or #6788 to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture.

E 3890 ¾” Nickel Plated Steel D-Ring

PRICE BREAKS: Bag (100) | Package (10) | Case 50)

SNAP HOOKS

Quick release snap hooks. Used to attach cushions.

F 6790 ¾” Nickel Plated Steel Snap Hook


SPRING HOOKS

These hooks are light weight nickel plated steel. Used to attach cushions onto upholstered furniture.

G 6788 ¾” Spring Hook with Strap Eye


DOWEL PINS

Used to strengthen frames. Spiral grooves help distribute glue along the dowels.

I J

4031 4033

³/₈”x 2” Birch Dowel Pins ½”x 2” Birch Dowel Pins


FRAMES

UPHOLSTERY HARDWARE

N

O

P

Q

R

SD

G

I

H

J

EF

B CA MLK

290 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: JEF COIL ZIPPERS

JEF ZIPPERS: COILUnlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles.

#4 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER

#4 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to any fastening needs.

A B C

9912 9909 9970

#4 Coil Chain Zipper—Black #4 Coil Chain Zipper—White #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Package (1200yd) Case (3600yd)

#4 COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK

Pin locking single tab sliders for #4 coil zippers. These sliders will stay and do not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays in place until the tab is lifted again.

D E F

9929 9906 9971

#4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige


#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK

Non-locking sliders are great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.

G H

9914 9917

#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—White


#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB

Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for seat cushions and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.

I J

9887 9910




K L M

9880 9890 11660

#5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Black #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—White #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Off-White


#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS

N O P

9891 9879 10001



Q R

11682 11670




S S S

11500 11501 11502



U

V

X

Y

T

W

/ 291 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: YKK ZIPPERS

ZIPPERS: YKK METALSee Zipper Notes on p.75.


This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape.

T 9913 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Natural


YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE

The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive, weatherproof and easy to use.

X 9911 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape— Beige



#5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture, where a slightly heavier load is expected.

V 9918 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape— Lt. Beige


YKK #4 ALUMINUM ZIPPER SLIDER

U 9916 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider


YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER

Y 9915 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider



W 9919 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider


Please see p.256 for Zipper Stop Pliers.

292 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

SEWING & THREADS

C B D E F

A

K

G

H

I

J

L

M

/ 293 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: PAT TERN MAKING

CARDBOARD

Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.

- -

-

3219 3229

3249

28”x 40” 0.04gge—Standard Brown 40”x 60” 0.057gge—Standard Brown


37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black


WASH-OUT MARKER

Easily sharpened markers for intricate design. Leaves a clean white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water.

A 3004 Wash-Out Marker—White


SANIGENE® CHALK

Dustless Sanigene® blackboard chalk.

B C

3001 3003

Sanigene® Chalk—White Sanigene® Chalk—Yellow

PRICE BREAKS: Box (144 pieces) | Case (6)

TAILORS CHALK

Tailors style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer.

D E F

3005 3007 3008

Tailors Chalk—White Tailors Chalk—Yellow Tailors Chalk—Black


HEAD PINS

2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fitting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.

G H I

6257 6258 6259

Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow

PRICE BREAKS: Box (100 pieces) | Package (5)

SKEWERS

3” 16gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping, threading and pinning covers while fitting.

J 6255 3” Steel Skewers


TWIST PIN

This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place

K 6251 Crystal Knobby Twist Pin

PRICE BREAK: Box (500 pieces)

PATTERN MAKING

RULERS

These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length.

L M

6608 6609

1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler 2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler

PRICE BREAK: Each

UPHOLSTERY SEWING

A

B

C

E

H

D

F

G

L

I

J

K M

N

294 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TUFTING

DOUBLE STRAIGHT ROUND POINT NEEDLES

A B C D

6236 6235 6234 6233

18” Double Straight Round Point Needle 16” Double Straight Round Point Needle 12” Double Straight Round Point Needle 10” Double Straight Round Point Needle


DOUBLE STRAIGHT BAYONET POINT NEEDLES

E F G

6247 6246 6245

18” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle 16” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle 12” Double Straight Bayonet Point Needle


SINGLE STRAIGHT ROUND POINT NEEDLES

H I J K L

6228 6227 6226 6225 6223

18” Single Straight Round Point Needle 16” Single Straight Round Point Needle 12” Single Straight Round Point Needle 10” Single Straight Round Point Needle 8” Single Straight Round Point Needle


NEEDLES: TUFTINGThere are two basic classes of needles; the round point and the bayonet point. The bayonet (or cutting) point is recommended for heavier materials that are not prone to splitting, such as leathers and other heavy fabrics.

ROUNDSINGLE BAYONETDOUBLE STRAIGHT BAYONET

DOUBLE STRAIGHT ROUND

TUFTING

Specially made clips are used with the Tufting Needle. They set into the needle near the point, and after inserting, the clip is ejected by the spring loaded handle and the button is set firmly in place. Needles and clips are sold separately.

M

N

6261

6262

Tufting Needle

PRICE BREAK: Each

Tufting Clips


Please see p.304 for Tufting Twine.

O P T

Q U

R V

S W

X

Y

/ 295 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CURVED NEEDLES

NEEDLES: HAND SEWING

NEEDLE KIT

O 6201 F1 Assorted Needle Kit

The F1 needle kit consists of 4 common sizes of curved round needle points. One each of the following: 6” 15gge

5” 16gge 4” 17gge 3” 18gge


CURVED ROUND POINT NEEDLE

Curved needle for blind stitching in common sizes. These needles have sharpened round points and will not cut vinyls like bayonet (3-square) points sometimes do.

P Q R S

6208 6207 6205 6204

5” Curved Round Point Needle 4” Curved Round Point Needle 3” Curved Round Point Needle 2½” Curved Round Point Needle


CURVED BAYONET POINT NEEDLE

Three square point needles for use in heavier cloths. Pierce leather and other heavy goods more readily than round points, resulting in less hand fatigue.

TIP: If material being sewn is hard to work with, wax the needle with a bit of beeswax.

T U V W

6218 6217 6215 6214

5” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 4” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 3” Curved Bayonet Point Needle 2½” Curved Bayonet Point Needle


REGULATORS

Regulators are used for adjusting stuffing behind covers.

X Y

6601 6606

9” Plastic Handle Regulator 10” Steel Regulator


TUFTING TIPS

Tufting is a popular style. With the tool shown on the previous page (#6261), tufting becomes an easier, faster job requiring less training of staff. No more turning of the material to be tufted. It can all be done from above. You will have a straight seam with less stitching and tearing. Repairs and the replacement of buttons in upholstered furniture no longer require the removal of the cover. Specially made clips are set into the needle near the point and after inserting, the clip is then ejected by the spring loaded handle and the button is set firmly in place.

Please see p.196–301 for Threads.

UPHOLSTERY THREADS

A

B

C

DE

296 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS

THREADS: MONOFILAMENTThis transparent thread is made from a single extruded filament of nylon (fishing line) to a specific diameter. Being transparent, there is no need to color match as the job changes.

At J. Ennis Fabrics, we carry this thread in two sizes. It is intended for high production use. It will not absorb lubrication, although, being nylon, it has a degree of self-lubrication. It is often run through a foam pad with silicone or some similar lubricant.

HAND-SEWING This is a 100% nylon hand-sewing thread. Hand stitching is often used to finish seams of blind stitch and places heavy demands on a thread. This thread has both the strength and abrasion resistance required for hand sewing. It is very heavy to allow strong pulls and can be used with confidence. This thread will not break under the strain of hand stitching.

MONOFILAMENT THREAD

A 8106 Monofilament Size 9 (#40)

BREAK STRENGTH: 5.7lb DIAMETER: 0.0009” PRICE BREAKS: Spool (12,635yd) | Case (17)

B 8107 Monofilament Size 10 (#52)

BREAK STRENGTH: 5.8lb DIAMETER: 0.001” PRICE BREAKS: Spool (10,252yd) | Case (17)

CSB207 HAND SEWING THREADS

C D E

8503 8501 8533

CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—Black CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—White CSB207 Hand Sewing Thread—Chestnut

BREAK STRENGTH: 35lb. PRICE BREAKS: Spool (546yd) | Case (10)


/ 297 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS


®

As one of the world’s foremost manufacturers of sewing threads and industrial yarns, A&E’s global presence extends from Asia to Europe to the Americas.

It is not simply the scope of our international operations that makes A&E a world-class company. That distinction comes from our dedication to providing our customers with the finest products and services, at the highest quality, delivered anywhere.

A&E asserts its century-old commitment to its customers, producing high quality goods by embracing contemporary quality principles and practices. These principles have produced an environment that stimulates individual empowerment and initiative. Such a culture enables us to be a product innovator, a creator of consistent and reliable high quality products, and a company that delivers our comprehensive product line to customers right on time.

WE’RE IN ALL THE PLACES YOU NEED US TO BE.

UPHOLSTERY THREADS

A T M1 F2 Y2 R3

S3

T3

U3

V3

W3

X3

Y3

Z3

A4

B4

C4

D4

E4

F4

G4

H4

I4

J4

Z2

A3

B3

C3

D3

E3

F3

G3

H3

I3

J3

K3

L3

M3

N3

O3

P3

Q3

G2

H2

I2

J2

K2

L2

M2

N2

O2

P2

Q2

R2

S2

T2

U2

V2

W2

X2

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

S1

T1

U1

V1

W1

X1

Y1

Z1

A2

B2

C2

D2

E2

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L1

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S


N

/ 299 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: THREADS


®

THREADS: NYLON

A 34129 Sta White D1 35497 Gold G2 67048 Nickel J3 35538 Marron Glace

B 30001 Natural E1 35385 Beach Tan H2 35670 Steel K3 34297 Sable

C 35553 Cream F1 34370 Orange I2 35631 Steel L3 67067 Toast Brown

D 34099 Beige G1 34081 Orange J2 67050 Cub M3 35551 Chestnut

E 34215 Natural H1 67034 Toboggan K2 63120 Foliage GN 504 N3 35557 Brown

F 35070 Ashes I1 67037 Pink #3 L2 36195 New GRY90782 O3 34136 Wood

G 67054 Ficelle J1 34794 Bright Red M2 36139 Dark Silver P3 35561 Brown

H 67057 Beige K1 34050 Scarlet N2 67053 Graphite Q3 35472 Dk Mahogany

I 67059 Deer L1 34212 Old Glory Red O2 56033 Black R3 67073 Dk Mahogany

J 35417 Platinum M1 36081 Fire Rd 2580 P2 34974 DB Teal S3 35100 Seal

K 67058 Pebble Beige N1 35000 Scarlet Q2 36911 Teal T3 67075 Walnut

L 36030 Beige O1 35048 Red R2 34252 Copen U3 36048 Chocolate

M 36220 String 5005 P1 36241 Scarlet S2 35210 Pro Blue V3 67071 Gold Brown

N 67063 Marron Glace Q1 56037 OO Lala Pink T2 34466 Blue W3 36135 Tonka Toast

O 67060 French Beige R1 36255 Dk Cardinal 70082 U2 34072 Blue X3 63114 Coyote

P 34086 Sand S1 36343 Wine V2 34785 Mediter. Blue Y3 67074 Chestnut

Q 35103 Mastic Beige T1 36184 Burgundy W2 36099 Royal Blue Z3 67015 Coyote Tan

R 34664 Lt Beaver U1 67046 Rubytone X2 67007 Yale Blue A4 35020 Chestnut

S 34609 Sand #2 V1 36279 Purple 7007 Y2 35434 College Blue B4 36111 Taupe

T 36188 Sand W1 35312 Purple Z2 34177 Navy C4 35495 ODS-1

U 34140 Shade 1600 X1 34444 Seafoam A3 35516 Navy #1 D4 35500 Smoke

V 35477 Saba Sand Y1 36179 Dk Green B3 35524 Washington Blue E4 35486 Rocky Brown

W 63233 Tan 499 Z1 34067 Green Olive C3 35520 Navy #3 F4 36341 Neon Pink 102

X 34257 Silver A2 67021 Green Pepper D3 67011 Midnight G4 36999 FL Cerise

Y 35634 Beaver B2 34811 Class Green E3 34230 Salmon H4 36245 Neon ORG 105

Z 67065 Beaver C2 67025 Evergreen F3 67069 Chinese Rust I4 36731 Neon Yellow

A1 67029 Forsythia D2 67026 Carafe Green G3 34117 Rust J4 36289 Neon GRN 101

B1 67028 Lemon E2 67047 Mist H3 67061 Sienna

C1 34913 Gold F2 34144 Silver I3 34170 Maple

1LB 69 NYLON

Known for its excellent sewability, high strength, resistance to abrasion and wear, with controlled stretch and recovery properties. It is unaffected by mildew or rot. Finished with a combination of waxes, silicones and oils specially designed to provide consistent machine tensions and loop formation. Protects from needle heat to ensure good sewability and prevents fusing of thread and fabric yarns. Our 1lb 69 Nylon thread is UV-treated and has a good resistance to strength loss, although prolonged exposure to sunlight could cause some deterioration.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (1lb)


UPHOLSTERY THREADS


THREADS: NYLON (CONT.)

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

A 69 NYLON




















P 8360 Olive Drab

F1

G1

H1

T1

U1

V1

I1

J1

K1

L1

M1

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

S1

/ 301 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SEWINGPlease see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Sewing Needles.

69 NYLON G-TYPE BOBBINS

Prewound bobbins of 69 Nylon thread available in three colors. Fits a G-Type bobbin holder as found on most heavy-duty and industrial sewing machines.

F1 G1 H1

8109 8110 8111

69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—White 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Black 69 Nylon G-Type Bobbin—Olive

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg) SIZE: 30yd/bobbin PRICE BREAK: Box (72)

KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY

An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases, and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds.

It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage, and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching.

BREAK STRENGTH: 11.5lb (5.2kg). PRICE BREAKS: Spool (3,000yd) | Case (10)

I1 8117 White P1 8198 Navy Blue

J1 8189 Black Q1 8199 Red

K1 8190 Natural R1 8200 Brown

L1 8194 Olive Green S1 8381 Yellow

M1 8195 Dark Green T1 8389 Chestnut

N1 8196 Grey U1 8393 Light Brown

O1 8197 Royal Blue V1 8401 Light Grey


302 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

BINDING, CORDAGE,

HOOK & LOOP & WEBBING

B

A

C

/ 303 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BINDING

POLY TWILL TAPE

Polyester twill tape is used for binding and edging.

- B C -

9840 9845 9842 9841

¾” Poly Twill Tape—Black ¾” Poly Twill Tape—White 1” Poly Twill Tape—Black 1” Poly Twill Tape—White


KNIT ELASTIC

Lighter than woven elastic but still strong enough to be used for waistbands, slipcovers, drapery, tire covers, boat covers or to hold cushions on furniture and for a variety of apparel applications.

A 4249 ¾” Knit Elastic—White

SHRINKAGE: 10% STRETCH: 125% CONTENT: 62% polyester, 38% rubber PRICE BREAKS: Roll (114yd) | Case (5)

ELASTIC

BINDING

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BINDING

UPHOLSTERY CORDAGE

B

C

A

304 /

Please see p.294 for Tufting Needles.

CORDAGE: TWINEBARBOURS TWINE—LINEN

Recommended for stitching edges, button tufting and general upholstering. Comes in a natural linen color.

A 8121 #2 Barbour Twine—Linen

WEIGHT: 9oz. (250g)/Spool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (6)

LUDLOW POLYESTER TWINE

100% polyester twine for tying springs. Tuff twine is twice as strong and will not rot like hemp. With reliable, known retention, tuff twine holds springs firmer.

B 8122 #6 Ludlow Polyester Twine—White

WEIGHT: 5lb. (2.3kg)/Spool PRICE BREAK: Each

NYLON TUFTING TWINE

Very strong and suitable for tying and tufting buttons. Great strength and resistance characteristics in a finer twine.

C 8125 #9 Nylon Tufting Twine— White

WEIGHT: 0.5lb (227g)/Spool PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (10)

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TWINE

D

E

G

FI

H

K

J

/ 305 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WEBBING

Please see p.258 for Webbing Tools.

JUTE WEBBING

Traditional upholstery jute webbing weighs 9lb (4 kg). Used for decades as the base for coil spring units, seat strapping, etc.

I 9709 3¼” Jute Webbing

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (72yd) | Package (12) | Case (24)

POLYPEX WEBBING

100% polyolefin webbing. A tightly woven webbing in a 3½” width that resists rot and mildew. All synthetic fibers are strong and sanitary. Roll sizes vary from 100m–140m.

H 9699 3½” Polypex Webbing

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (~229m) | Case (500)

FURNITURE WEBBING

Over 90% of all furniture sold in Europe uses a webbing suspension system. Webbing is more economical than springs, easy to install (can be applied to wooden frames with standard staples), comfortable and gives a greater freedom of frame design than with traditional sinuous springs. #5 is firmer webbing than #3; however, both can be used on seating. #1 Soft is recommended for backs. Approximately 15% stretch is recommended as a cutting length guide.

D E F G

9712 9710 9714 9715

2” Furniture Webbing—#1 Soft 2” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium 2¾” Furniture Webbing—#3 Medium 2” Furniture Webbing—#5 Firm


WEBBING

SEAT BELTSNON-RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

Can be used for wheel chairs, recreational vehicles, vans or trucks. Comes in 74” or 90” length positive-locking seat belts with sturdy mounting. Available in black to coordinate with interiors.

J J

9696 9686

74” Non Retractable Lap Belt 90” Non Retractable Lap Belt


RETRACTABLE LAP BELT

Self-winding retractable belt pulls back out of the way when not in use. Features a positive locking mechanism and is self-adjusting. Available in black only.

K 9685 74” Retractable Lap Belt


UPHOLSTERY HOOK & LOOP

C D

A B

F

G

H

E

306 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

¾” SEW ON HOOK

A B

9012 9002

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black



A B

9014 9004



¾” SEW ON LOOP

C D

9013 9003

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black



C D

9015 9005





E 9058 1” Velcro® Black Hook




F 9059 1” Velcro® Black Loop




G 9052 1” Velcro® White Hook




H 9053 1” Velcro® White Loop


JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ONThis nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms.

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.


N

IK L

J

/ 307 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

VELCRO® TEXACRO®Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products.


K L K L K L

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059




I J I J I J

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058




K L

13049 13047




I J

13048 13046



308 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

TRIMMINGS

A

B

/ 309

SPUNBONDED EDGEROLL

An edge roll padding with an attaching flange, used for padding corners, arms, etc. Firm material avoids packing down. Can be attached by stapling, tacks or tacking strips.

A

-

4200

4205

¾” Spunbonded Edgeroll


1¼” Spunbonded Edgeroll


PERFLEX CLIP EDGEROLL

Perflex features an all synthetic filler and tough spunbonded cover. It has built-in positioning stakes spaced at 1½” intervals, or can be sewn, stapled or tacked on for hard edge designs.

B 4208 1¼” Clip-on-Edge


TRIMMINGS

UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: EDGEROLL

UPHOLSTERY TRIMMINGS A

B

C

D

F E

310 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

TRIMMINGS (CONT.)

POLY-FLEX

High crown protective edging of Styrofoam material. Inert styrofoam will not support mildew or any organic contaminants, gives a soft pliable edge and is easy to cut and work with. Poly-flex was custom designed to meet the needs of the furniture industry.

A

B

C

4269

4279

4289

#8 Poly-Flex—¾” Rise

PRICE BREAKS: Each (500’) | Case (5)

#10 Poly-Flex—¾” Rise

PRICE BREAKS: Each (500’) | Case (4)

#12 Poly-Flex—1¼” Rise


HYDEM GIMP

Self-finishing vinyl gimp. The lips of the gimp can be forced open, then attached by staples or tack. They will close back on themselves to give a finished double welt type of seam. Tack or staples will not be seen.

E F

4983 4984

Hydem Gimp—White Hydem Gimp—Black


CHAIR EDGE MOLDING

A multi-purpose molding for edging office chairs or anywhere a neat, clean edge molding is needed. This smooth and flexible material can be stapled, tacked or screwed into place. It will cover the mounting and retain a black cover by tucking in the free edges.

D 6340 Office Chair Edge Molding


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: TRIMMINGS

G

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

H

/ 311

J WELT

Used to repair truck and tractor seats. The welt is sewn to the bottom of the cover, then snapped over the lower edge of the seat pan frame. Can be used anywhere there is a lip for the welt to hook over. Soft pliable plastic can be sewn by industrial machines.

J 8435 J Welt

PRICE BREAKS: Spool (100’) | Case (5)

TWIN FIBER FLEX WELT

Two T-braid welt cords form decorative twin welt.

I 9752 ⁵/₃₂” Twin Fiber Flex Welt


PREMIER WELT

100% PVC welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners, designed specifically for the sport bag and accessory industry.

- 9719 ¹/₈” Premier Welt— Black

PRICE BREAKS: Spool (250yd) | Case (10)

FIBERFLEX WELT

Cellulose welting cord in various sizes. ⁵/₃₂” is standard in furniture manufacturing. The smaller size is very common in automotive and RV applications. This welt features a wrapping of strong, tight thread that makes it very stable and consistent over time.

H H

H

H

9739 9749

9762

9750

⁴/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—1600yd ⁵/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—1000yd

PRICE BREAKS: Roll | Case (8)

¹²/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—225yd


⁵/₃₂” Fiber Flex Welt—500yd


POLY WELT

Softer, single filament plastic welting cord in various diameters. They do not support mold or mildew and are more suited for many automotive, marine and outdoor applications.

G G G

9825 9830 9827

¹/₈” Poly Welt—1000yd ⁵/₃₂” Poly Welt—500yd ³/₁₆” Poly Welt—500yd


EMBOSSED WELT

100% PVC ³/₁₆” welting cord with slit flanges for easy tailoring of corners. Designed specifically for automotive seating, sport bag and accessory industry.

K L M

9834 9836 9838

Navy White Bright Red

N O

9849 9897

Black Buck Skin


UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: WELT

UPHOLSTERY TRIMMINGS

A

A1

A2

A3I

I1

I2

I3Q

Q1

Q2

Q3Y

Y1

Y2

Y3

B1

B2

B

B3J

J1

J2

J3R

R2

R3

R1

Z

Z1

Z2

Z3

C

C1

C2

C3K

K1

K2

K3S

S1

S2

S3

D

D2

D3

D1

L

L1

L2

L3T

T1

T3

E

T2

E1

E2

E3M

M1

M2

M3U

U1

U2

U3

F

F1

F3

F2

N

N1

N2

N3V

V1

V2

G

G1

V3

G2

G3O

O1

O2

O3W

W1

W2

W3

H

H1

H2

P1

H3

P2

P

P3X

X1

X2

X3

312 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SCROLL GIMP

/ 313 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SCROLL GIMP

SCROLL GIMP

Scroll gimp is a durable and attractive ornamental trim used to cover seams on French Provincial and other delicate and intricate furniture styles. It is composed of 58% cotton and 42% rayon. Attach to wood with the #504 Latex (#1110, p.319.), which allows it to remain flexible after glue has dried. It can also be used to decorate and trim accessory items using a hot melt glue gun. Melts at 252–260°C (480–500°F); Sticks at 229°C (445°F). 105 Colors available.

SIZE: 36 yd/roll PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (5)

A TRIGIA01 White E1 TRIGIE02 Seal Brown I2 TRIGIL26 Celadon M3 TRIGIY05 Strawberry

B TRIGIB01 Natural F1 TRIGIE03 Brown J2 9628 Chartreuse N3 TRIGIY28 Antique

C TRIGIC01 Kasha G1 TRIGIE11 Bark Brown K2 TRIGIL28 Artichoke O3 TRIGIYG2 Star Night

D TRIGIC02 Oatmeal H1 TRIGIE14 Straw L2 TRIGIL39 Hunter Green P3 TRIGIPR01 Dreamsicle

E TRIGIC03 Shell I1 TRIGIE15 Burnt Toast M2 TRIGIL41 Surf Q3 TRIGIPR02 Flambe

F TRIGIC04 Grain J1 TRIGIE16 Camel N2 TRIGIL43 Leaf Green R3 TRIGIPR03 Hazelnut

G TRIGIC05 Pink Dawn K1 TRIGIE18 Mocha O2 TRIGIL44 Dark Green S3 TRIGIPR07 Honey Suckle

H TRIGIC06 Ecru L1 TRIGIE20 Tabacco P2 TRIGIL46 Seacrest T3 TRIGIPR08 Latte

I TRIGIC07 Dark Sand M1 TRIGIE24 Light Brown Q2 TRIGIL47 Green Mist U3 TRIGIPR10 Aquamarine

J TRIGIC11 Oyster N1 TRIGIE26 Auburn R2 TRIGIL48 Sea Mist V3 TRIGIPR11 Pearl

K TRIGIC12 Sandstone O1 TRIGIE29 Bison S2 TRIGIL49 Sage W3 TRIGIPR12 Peridot

L TRIGIC14 Dawn P1 TRIGIH07 Eggplant T2 TRIGIL50 Doric Khaki X3 TRIGIPR15 Sunset

M TRIGIC15 Vanilla Q1 TRIGIH12 Dusty Grape U2 TRIGIL52 Black Olive Y3 TRIGIPR21 Desert Sand

N TRIGIC16 Alabaster R1 TRIGIH13 Black Rum V2 TRIGIL58 Branch Z3 TRIGIPR24 Ultrasuede

O TRIGIC17 Cream S1 TRIGIJ01 Cherry W2 TRIGIL60 Alpine

P TRIGIC19 Off White T1 TRIGIJ04 Red X2 TRIGIL62 Honey Dew

Q TRIGIC21 Parchment U1 TRIGIJ11 Maroon Y2 TRIGIL77 Cedar

R TRIGIC22 Wheat V1 TRIGIJ15 Black Cherry Z2 TRIGIL79 Loden Green

S TRIGIC23 Pebble W1 TRIGIJ16 Ruby A3 TRIGIL80 Bever

T TRIGIC25 Ivory X1 TRIGIJ18 Wine B3 TRIGIM17 Aquatic

U TRIGIC29 Taupe Y1 TRIGIJ19 Chinese Red C3 9620 Peacock

V TRIGID01 Champagne Z1 TRIGIJ20 Dark Claret D3 TRIGIM42 Dark Navy

W TRIGID03 Coin Gold A2 TRIGIJ23 Claret E3 TRIGIM45 French Blue

X TRIGID05 Old Gold B2 TRIGIK19 Rust F3 TRIGIM51 Danube

Y TRIGID06 Antique Gold C2 TRIGIK28 Copper G3 TRIGIM52 Midnight

Z TRIGID17 Pale Banana D2 TRIGIK32 Sandal H3 TRIGIM53 Medium Blue

A1 TRIGID22 Beachwood E2 TRIGIK33 Crimson I3 TRIGIM56 Pitch

B1 TRIGID24 Harvest Gold F2 TRIGIK35 Dark Rust J3 TRIGIP05 Medium Grey

C1 TRIGID25 Gold G2 TRIGIK50 Terra Cotta K3 TRIGIR01 Black

D1 TRIGID26 Maize H2 TRIGIL05 Avocado L3 TRIGIS21 Light Rose

TRIMMINGS (CONT.)

314 / INTRODUCTION

INTRO

ADHESIVES, AEROSOLS &

CLEANERS

/ 315 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

FOAM TO Aerosol Spray Part #Fabric 74 Spray 1021

76 Spray 1031

80 Supertrim 1041

470 Feather-Spray 1011

JEF Bond 88 1118

JEF Bond 99 1119

Foam 74 Spray 1021

76 Spray 1031

476 Spray 1132

JEF Bond 88 1118

Surfaces (wood, metal and plastic)

74 Spray 1021

76 Spray 1031


476 Spray 1132

JEF Bond 88 1118

JEF Bond 99 1119

INDUSTRIAL PVC TO

Aerosol Spray Part #

PVC 80 Supertrim 1041


80 Supertrim 1041

Aerosol Spray Part #Carpet to Surfaces

80 Supertrim 1041

JEF Bond 99 1119

Rubber, leather and self to surfaces

80 Supertrim 1041

FABRIC AND UPH. VINYL TO

Aerosol Spray Part #

Fabric 76 Spray 1031


476 Spray 1132

JEF Bond 99 1119


76 Spray 1031

476 Spray 1132

JEF Bond 99 1119

476 Spray 1132

80 Supertrim 1041

UPHOLSTERY ADHESIVES

A B C F G

DE

316 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: SPRAY ADHESIVES

JEF BOND 99

Designed to work on urethane foam, fabrics and other porous surfaces. It is an excellent adhesive for attaching headliner fabrics to molded headliner substrates. Highly recommended for bonding high pressure plastic laminates to most substrates. Its unique lace spray pattern offers low soak in for a better, soft, pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. Also, fast tacking and offers higher temperature resistance than most pressure sensitive adhesives. Not recommended for non-backed vinyl fabric. Do not use on plasticized vinyl or copper.

E 1119 JEF Bond 99 Trim Adhesive

CAN SIZE: 12oz. (340g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

74 FOAM AND FABRIC ADHESIVE

Permanently bonds foam and a wide range of fabrics to wood, rigid plastic or themselves. Ideal for foam backed fabrics such as display fabrics or headliners. Easily controlled spray pattern. Works very well on both urethane and latex foams and delivers a soft glue line. High solids, high coverage rates. Dries tack free and odor free.

A 1021 74 Foam Fabric Adhesive

CAN SIZE: 17.25oz. (489g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

76 SPRAY ADHESIVE

Non-misting adhesive. Features a unique lace-like spray pattern to allow you to vary spray width and rate, giving you the control to spray to the edge without going over. All purpose adhesive for upholstering and trimming/fitting. Not recommended for Styrofoam.

B 1031 76 Spray Adhesive


JEF BOND 88

Effective and economical alternative to higher priced products. Designed to bond urethane foams and fabrics to metals, supported vinyls, wood, paper and leather. It has a unique lace spay pattern offering low soak in for a soft pliable bond. It has a fan spray tip for controlled placement of the glue. This product offers a fast tack while being economical for the user. For best results, surfaces must be clean and dry and temperatures above 18°C (65°F).

D 1118 JEF Bond Spray Adhesive


80 SUPERTRIM ADHESIVE

High strength neoprene contact adhesive. Has a heat resistance, up to 93°C (200°F). Ideal for heavy weight headliners, hood silencer pads and vinyl tops. Bonds well to most rubber compounds and vinyls. Not recommended for polyethylene or polypropylene. Contains no ozone depleting ingredients.

C 1041 80 Supertrim Adhesive


ADHESIVES: AEROSOLS

TIPS

76 SPRAY ADHESIVE: Allow up to 10 minutes join time with single surface applications, and up to 60 minutes when applied to both surfaces.

80 SU PERTRIM ADHESIVE: Faster drying than traditional contact cements, with a tack range up to 30 minutes.


470 FEATHER-SPRAY

Provides a strong tack and builds strength quickly. It is an all purpose feather spray adhesive, excellent for bonding to multiple surfaces. An efficient and economical solution for your bonding needs.

F 1011 470 Feather-Spray


476 SPRAY ADHESIVE

Quick tacking and fast curing to ensure a strong and permanent bond. The unique product formulation and adjustable 3-way valve work together to provide optimum spray control for any application. Engineered to minimize wasteful soak-in. Adjustable nozzle eliminates overspray and gives smooth, even coverage. This new formula eliminates all ozone depleting substances and chlorinated solvents. It is safer to use and better for the environment.

G 1132 476 Spray Adhesive


TIPS ON ALL ADHESIVES

Many two surface adhesives like contact cement allow a tack time but once the pieces are touched together, there is no chance of shifting or adjusting them. For larger areas, once the contact cement has been applied, place wax paper in overlapping sheets over the entire surface. Then position the piece to be bonded.

It can be moved around a bit on the wax paper sheets. When properly aligned remove one sheet of the wax paper at a time. Whenever possible work from the center out. When all the wax paper has been removed, apply whatever bonding pressure is recommended with the particular adhesive.

Hot melt adhesives can cool prior to bonding large surfaces. If possible, pre-heat the surface itself using a hot air heat gun. This will provide a longer working time for successful adhesion.

NO TE: Use proper judgment when using this method. Preheating may damage material being used. Never use a hot air heat gun to speed drying time of adhesive product: many adhesives are flammable.


318 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: ADHESIVES

TRANSPORTATION OF DANGEROUS GOODS ACT

Some of the bulk adhesives fall under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act. While this does not prohibit the shipping of these items, there are charges incurred by various carriers in order to cover the expense of the administrative and special handling requirements of the act. These items will have a Dangerous Goods Handling Fee attached to them. This fee will vary from carrier to carrier; the Customer Service Center can inform you at the time you place your order of the amount of surcharge, if it is applicable.

FABRIC AND UPH. VINYL TO

Bulk— Liquid Part #

Fabric 504 Latex 1110


504 Latex 1110

Bulk— Liquid Part #Gimps to wood or fabric

504 Latex 1110

Glue Sticks 1153

Needle Holes Plastiseam 1137

FOAM TO Bulk— Spray Part #Fabric 478 1123

Fastbond 1122

Helmiprene 1140

JEF Bond 2000 1145

Foam 478 1123

Fastbond 1122

Helmiprene 1140

JEF Bond 2000 1145


478 1123

Fastbond 1122

Helmiprene 1140

JEF Bond 2000 1145

A

B

C E

D

/ 319 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BULK ADHESIVES

LATEX ADHESIVE*

A primary application of cementing fabrics to almost any other material, wood or metal. Firmly retains decorative scroll gimps in complex patterns and shapes. The squeeze tube container design allows careful placement of adhesive only where required. Water resistant.

A 1110 504 Latex Adhesive

BOTTLE SIZE: 17oz. (500mL) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) * Available in 1 gallon (4.5L) jug on special order.

FOAM ADHESIVE

Fast tacking, non-flammable adhesive for polyurethane or latex foam. Specifically designed for use with low pressure spray equipment. Gives soft, non-dimpling bonds and is suitable for boxing, taping, slicing and laminating foams to themselves, wood, metal and cloth. Excellent green strength (initial bond strength), high solids and long open time. Give a strong permanent bond and sprays without dripping, giving higher yields with a light application.

B C

1123 1124

478 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4L) 478 Foam Adhesive—5.3 Gal. (20L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

HELMIPRENE 1535 PINK ADHESIVE

Helmiprene 1535 is used in the foam fabricating and conversion industries for bonding foam to itself and to many other materials including polyester fiberfill, wood, plywood, particleboard and many plastic and metal surfaces. The adhesive exhibits aggressive tack, high green strength and rapid development of bonds stronger than substrate foam materials. Helmiprene 1535 dries to a soft, flexible, non-staining and non-dimpling film.

E 1140 Helmiprene 1535—5 Gal. (18.9L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

HELMITIN SOLVENT/CLEANER

C699 Solvent/Cleaner is a dichloromethane-based solvent that can be used to thin out 478 foam adhesive and Helmiprene products, as well as to clean equipment used with these and similarly based adhesives.

D 1141 C699 Solvent/Cleaner—1 Gal. (3.78L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

ADHESIVES: BULK

IMPORTANT NOTE FOR FOAM ADHESIVE

Use in well ventilated areas. Contains methylene chloride which degrades aluminum equipment. Use stainless steel components (see 118 Spray Gun #1158, p.260). Contains 1,1,1-Trichloroethane. Six-month shelf life. Recommended solvent is Helmitin Solvent Cleaner C699 (#1141).

SURFACE PREPARATION FOR #1140

Use only clean, dry surfaces. Surfaces contaminated with oil, grease or release agents should be cleaned with Helmitin Solvent Cleaner 699 (#1141).


A

B

C

320 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: BULK ADHESIVES

ADHESIVES: BULK (CONT.)

FASTBOND™ FOAM ADHESIVE 100

3M Fastbond Foam Adhesive 100 is a one-part, water-dispersed, fast setting adhesive. This neoprene-based product bonds many porous substrates to porous or non-porous substrates with minimal drying time. Adheres to many types of flexible polyurethane foam, latex foam fabric, polyester fiberfill, wood, plywood, particleboard and many plastic and metal surfaces.

A 1122 Fastbond™ Foam Adhesive 100—5 Gal. (18.9L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

JEF BOND 2000 FOAM ADHESIVE

JEF Bond 2000 is our in-house brand. It is suitable for laminating most substrates including closed and open cell urethane foams, fabrics, metal, wood and plastics. Single sided application is sufficient in many cases; however, as with most adhesives a uniform coat applied to both surfaces will yield the strongest bonds. This product has a shelf life of one year. Do not mix with other adhesives.

B

C

1145

1146

JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive—1.1 Gal. (4L)


JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive— 5 Gal. (18.9L)

PRICE BREAK: Each

Fast tacking to help speed component assembly. Holds seams and curves within 15 seconds. 20 minute open time for repositioning after initial tack and to meet various assembly process requirements. Spray multiple components at one time for efficient assembly.

Better value due to exceptionally high coverage. Long lasting 3M™ Fastbond™ gives yields up to 1000 ft2/gallon. One gallon (3.8L) provides the same coverages

as 3–4 gallons (11.4–15.1L) of solvent adhesive. Only 10 psi of pressure is needed for spraying, allowing for a thinner coat of adhesive.

NO TE: This product is not freeze-thaw stable. Winter shipping presents a freezing hazard. Best storage temperature is between 15–27°C (60–80°F). Only stainless steel equipment is recommended, anything else will be prone to rusting.

PRODUCT KNOWLEDGE ON 3M™ FASTBOND™ FOAM ADHESIVE 100


ONLY LIMITED BY YOUR imaginationJEFBond Adhesives

DEPENDABLEACCESSIBLEDURABLEexclusive to J. Ennis Fabrics

JEFBond, our Ennis-exclusive adhesive brand, provides economical options for exceptional quality, strength and versatility. JEFBond products are available for a variety of uses.

For more info, see p.193 and p.320.

UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

A B C D E F G H

I J K L M N O P Q

R

S

322 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

BLUSH ERASER

Humid or cold weather can cause a finish to turn white or “blush.” This aerosol spray will eliminate the “blushing” without changing the existing sheen of the lacquer top coat. Spray over the blushing finish and watch the white fade away.

S 7174 Blush Eraser

CAN SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

SAND SEALER

Fills in and levels surface scratches, burn-in repairs and smooths fresh-padded repairs. Fast drying, easy sanding, high solids for rapid build up. Seals in stains prior to final top coat of finish for faster build up.

R 7162 Sanding Sealer


SPRAY STAINS

Specially formulated for a professional finish. Unfinished and finished wooden arms, legs, scuffed and rubbed through areas can be finished or refinished with ease. This product is economical, easily applied and dries quickly.

SIZE: 13 oz. (365g) PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12)

FINISHING SPRAY

For sealing and finishing wood stains.


AEROSOL FINISHES: BEHLEN

A 7194 Satin Black K 7221 Red Mahogany

C 7183 Medium Mahogany L 7193 Burnt Umber

D 7179 Extra Dark Walnut M 7180 Dark Mahogany

F 7178 Dark American Walnut N 7195 Gloss White

G 7188 Cherry O 7181 Med. Brown Walnut

H 7185 Brown Mahogany P 7197 Raw Umber

I 7189 Flat Black Q 7191 Gloss Black

B 7161 Clear Satin E 7184 Clear Flat

J 7160 Clear Gloss

/ 323 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: AEROSOLS

UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

T

U

V

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S


SEM COLOR COAT

SEM Color Coat is a solvent-based, elastomeric product formulated for aerosol application to renew or change the color of any vinyl, since it is a coating, not a dye.

Meant to be used with SEM’s Sand Free plastic preparation product (#9648, p.325). Finish with SEM’s Vinyl Clear Coat Finishes for long-lasting durability.

PRICE BREAKS: Each (12oz. or 340g) | Case (12)

VINYL COAT

A 9658 25 Titan Metallic

B 9636 Silver Metallic

C 9597 Gloss Black

D 9689 45 Gloss White

E 9599 Satin Black

F 9673 60 Sailcloth White

G 9600 01 Landau Black

H 9663 31 White

I 9640 16 Presidio

J 9614 17 Camel

K 9668 30 Graphite

L 9680 12 Santa Fe

M 9604 06 Burgundy

N 9611 11 Firethorn Red

O 9622 00 Phantom White

P 9662 27 Napa Red

Q 9616 18 Warm Grey

R 9606 09 Light Buckskin

S 9682 39 Medium Gray

T 9678 64 Pacific Blue

U 9601 36 Portola Red

V 9610 10 Super White

SEM VINYL FINISHES

- 9654 Low Luster Clear

- 9656 High Gloss Clear

- 9679 01 Satin Gloss Clear

A line of OEM matched aerosols for renewing or restoring the color of leather and vinyl.

• 35 popular aerosol colors• Exceptional adhesion

and flexibility • Won’t chip or peel• Fade resistant• Multi-directional fan spray

FOR LEATHER & VINYLLearn more atsemproducts.com/classiccoat*Special order only —6 cans/color

Restore or change the color of vinyl, flexible and rigid plastics, carpet and velour. Color Coat is not a dye, but a fade resistant, flexible and permanent coating.

• 50 popular aerosol colors• Superior adhesion, flexibility

and hiding• Will not crack• Fade resistant• Quick drying

FOR VINYL, PLASTIC, CARPET & VELOURLearn more atsemproducts.com/colorcoat

OEM MATCHEDINTERIOR REFINISHING

SEMPRODUCTS.COM


W X

SEM PRE-COLOR TREATMENTS

W 9646 SEM Vinyl Prep—15.5oz. (439g)

Ensures full adhesion of the SEM Color Coat line. Cleans the vinyl surface of all traces of wax and grease. Also creates a slight softening of the vinyl film to ensure that the Color Coat gets a good “tooth.” Rinse with water and allow to dry.


X 9648 SEM Sand Free—13oz. (369g)

Sand Free is a blend of rich solvents that promote adhesion on plastic parts. It also eliminates sanding on hard-to-reach areas (e.g. door jams, under hoods, trunk, etc.). For best results, wash area first with soap and water. Then apply Sand Free directly to the surface to be painted.


TIPS FOR USING SEM SAND FREE

Apply a light “dry” coat of Sand Free before painting. Avoid heavy applications as they will cause runs or sags. Do not allow Sand Free to dry completely before application of color coats. If Sand Free has completely evaporated, the pores of the substrate will be closed, which will result in a loss of adhesion.

Follow the Sand Free layer with a coat of Color Coat or paint while Sand Free is still wet. After the first color or paint coat is dry, continue with normal painting procedures.

UPHOLSTERY AEROSOLS

AC

D

FEB


PROTECTANTS

LUBRICANTS & SILICONES

An economical, all-purpose lubricant that stops squeaking, sticking, binding and slows corrosion. Use on any surface, such as metal, glass, rubber, plastic, painted finishes and fabrics. Non-staining and non-toxic. Can be used on food product equipment, sewing and cutting equipment to reduce drag. Helps fight rust on dies, rubber molds and precision equipment. Can be used to ease cover placement on foam cushions.

A 7175 JEF Spray Silicone—14oz. (400g)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) | Volume (60)

SILICONE—SLUYTER GRIP SLIP

A multipurpose lubricant and foam release that will not interfere with post-finishing operations. Maintain adequate ventilation in work area. Store in a cool dry place away from excess heat.

B 7182 Grip Slip Paintable Silicone—14oz. (400g)

PRICE BREAKS: Each | Case (12) SCOTCHGARD™

Scotchguard™ is a world famous protectant from 3M. It is the easy-to-use odor free protectant that causes spills and liquids to blot up before they can turn into stains. 100% free of CFC’s and ozone depleting chemicals, will not change the look, feel or breatheability of fabric. Versatile, invisible protection for new or freshly cleaned upholstery.

F 7177 Scotchgard™—10oz. (283g)


SILICONES—SLUYTER SUPER SLIP

A widely-used lubricant for sewing, cushion stuffing and cutting tables. Use on foams and paddings, inside covers for ease of placing cushions, on needles, feed plates and table surfaces. Use on blades, tables and dies for cutting. Invisible product leaves no trace on fabrics.

Also invaluable as a general lubricant for joints, hinges, sliders, blades, etc. Can be used to waterproof electronics and ignition systems on automobiles. Anywhere friction is causing problems, silicone can be used to reduce it.

C

D

E

7171

7172

7173

Super Slip Silicone—14oz. (397g)


Super Slip Silicone— 1 Gal (4L)


Super Slip Silicone— 5.3 Gal (20L)


SCOTCHGARD™ TIPS

This special formula for furniture fabrics covers 16–28ft2 of heavy weight fabrics and 30–40 ft2 of light weight fabrics per can. Some shiny surface fabrics, such as nylon may require lighter applications. Use on natural and synthetic fibres. Not recommended for silk, wool, velvet, leather, vinyl, suede or carpets.

Exceeding ExpectationsSince 1980

H

I

J

K

L

G


NO FRAY SPRAY

This unique product prevents unraveling of fabrics, thread slippage, reduces seam failure and eliminates over-edge stitching. Just spray the edges of the material prior to fraying. The top and bottom layer in bundles should be covered with paper to protect against overspray or mask edge with a piece of cardboard as you go along, spraying evenly 6–8” from the edge. Testing is recommended before large scale operation.

L 7190 No Fray Spray—10.5oz. (298g)


FABRIGARD™—SLUYTER

Water and stain repellent, specifically developed for protecting fabric fibers from stains, water, smoke, dirt and clinging odors. Used on all types of carpets, upholstery and linens.

G

H I

7167

7170 7176

FabriGuard®—11oz. (300g)


FabriGuard™—1 Gal (4L) FabriGuard™—5.3 Gal (20L)

PRICE BREAKS: Each

303® FABRIC GUARD

Professional grade water repellency technology. Manufacturer-approved and tested. Resists soiling and helps to impede mildew formation. Protects all indoor and outdoor fabrics, carpet and upholstery. Can be used on all natural/synthetic fiber, solution-dyed acrylic, carpeting, upholstery, patio furniture and auto interiors.

J

K

7157

7158

303® Fabric Guard™—16oz. (473mL)


303® Fabric Guard™—1 Gal. (3.79L)


FABRIGUARD KNOWLEDGE & TIPS

FabriGuard can be used on rain wear, clothing, canvas, shoes, cushions, tablecloths, upholstered furniture, automobile seat and trim, carpeting, suede, velvet and leather. It penetrates the material, surrounds the fibres, protecting it from stains and clinging odors. Spray overlapping sweeps 6–8” from fabric, let dry overnight. Test for water beading with a few drops. If water soaks in, reapply FabriGard. Coverage depends on the weight and absorbency of material being treated.

World’s most powerful and longest lasting fabric protector in a ready-to-use formula. Lasts up to 3 years. Protects new and cleaned fabric from water, dirt and grease to keep indoor and outdoor fabrics looking new. Sunbrella® recommends this fluorocarbon treatment for reproofing over silicone base products.

Will not change feel, color or breathability. Non-toxic and odorless when dry. One bottle will protect up to 40ft2 of lightweight fabric. Not recommended for plastic, vinyl, fiberglass or imitation suede. See p.333 for instructions.

303 FABRIC GUARD—THE SUNBRELLA® SPECIALIST

UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS

328 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

h o m e.smart, stylish, right

h o m esmart, stylish, right

h o m eh o m eat

h o m e

Sunbrella

® is a reg

istered trad

emark o

f Glen R

aven, Inc.

Surround your customers with the world’s most beautiful, worry-free fabrics for shade and seating. sunbrella.com/shelter

ACB

D

/ 329 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

CLEANERSGERMICIDAL CLEANER

This institutional strength aerosol cleaner provides an easy way to clean, disinfect and deodorize. No scouring or scratching necessary. Use in nursery and sickrooms, for garbage and diaper pails, and any washable surface that requires disinfecting. Does not require rinsing.

A 7200 Germicidal Cleaner—19oz. (539g)


303® SPOT CLEANER

303® Spot Cleaner is a premium cleaner formulated to remove the most difficult carpet and upholstery stains. It features advanced enzyme action to remove the toughest stains, such as oils, grease, ink and liquids. This product is safe to use on all water-safe materials.

C 11047 303® Spot Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)


303® MULTI-SURFACE CLEANER

Ultimate cleaning power with no residue. Safely brightens and rejuvenates surfaces. Removes oils, grease, ink, liquids and much more! Safe for all water-safe materials.

B 7202 303® Multi-Surface Cleaner—32oz. (950ml)


LEATHER CARE—VINYL & LEATHER CONDITIONER

Sluyter’s Leather Care safely cleans and restores lustre to vinyl and leather finishes. The foaming action of this non-solvent based formulation penetrates and eliminates dirt and grime effectively, and leaves a lustrous protective film on applied surfaces.

D 7081 Leather-Care Vinyl and Leather Conditioner—14oz. (396ml)


UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS

330 / UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CRYPTON CLEANERS

CLEANERS: CRYPTON® CARE

CRYPTON® CARE STAIN REMOVERS

A professional strength, ready-to-use spot cleaner that is built to remove tough stains like blood, grass, food and beverage stains. Apply this Crypton® Care upholstery cleaner to the spot and lightly agitate. Blot up the solution with a clean, dry towel. Finally, rinse free with water.

B

C

7070

7073

Crypton® Care Ink/Grease/Oil Stain Remover—24oz. (710ml)


Crypton® Care Food/Beverage/Protein Stain Remover—24oz. (710ml)


FABRIC REFRESHER

The Fabric Freshener is a professional strength, ready-to-use product that removes odors on fabrics. It is a neutral quaternary disinfectant on non-porous surfaces and is engineered to safely clean and leave upholstery and any room smelling fresh and clean.

A 7069 Crypton® Care Deodorizing Mildew Resistant Fabric Refresher—32oz. (946ml)


LEATHER & VINYL—CLEANER & RESTORER

These products are specially formulated to safely clean treated leather and vinyl with natural degreasers. After cleaning, restorer is designed to replenish natural oils. Wipe on the restorer with a clean, dry cloth to instantly provide beauty and luster. 2 Bottles sold together.

D 7082 Crypton® Care Leather & Vinyl Cleaner and Restorer—32oz. (946ml)

PRICE BREAKS: Each

CRYPTON® INK REMOVER

This professional strength, ready-to-use cleaner is engineered to remove the toughest stains like ink, iodine, grease, markers and red stains. Effective for use on both leather and vinyls. This is a smaller size for trial or portable use. Great for stains that previously required solvent cleaners.

E 7084 Crypton® Ink Remover For Leather/Vinyl—0.5oz. (15ml)


CRYPTON® UPHOLSTERY BRUSH

This compact upholstery brush was developed specifically for use on soft textiles through combined efforts with the Fuller Brush Company: Commercial Division to work on all upholstery without damaging fabric. Soft, black bassine fibers in a rigid polyethylene block provide the proper agitation. Use this brush to safely clean all soft textiles.

F 7071 Crypton® Care Upholstery Brush

PRICE BREAKS: Each

CRYPTON® CARE TRIGGER

Easy, spray trigger. Made of durable polyethylene plastic and compatible with all the Crypton® products.

G 7072 Crypton® Care Trigger

PRICE BREAKS: Each

© 2

015

Cryp

ton,

Inc.

Cryp

ton

and

the

red

plan

et lo

go a

re re

gist

ered

trad

emar

ks o

f Cry

pton

, Inc.

U.S.

pat

ent 5

,565

,265

and

oth

er U

.S. a

nd g

loba

l pat

ents

issu

ed a

nd p

endi

ng.

Also available through J. Ennis – Crypton’s exceptional line of cleaners that will remove almost any stain imaginable. Crypton Upholstery Stain Remover and Crypton Leather/Vinyl Cleaner carry the EPA’s Designed for the Environment logo, recognizing the use of safer chemistry.

Crypton designs and manufactures environmentally responsible,

third-party-certified performance fabrics and furnishings.

DESIGN WITHOUT COMPROMISEThe highest level of performance fabric is now softer and more beautiful. Crypton’s superior patented moisture, stain and odor protection ensures lasting elegance in even the most demanding environments.

A

B

C

D

E

GF


UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS


SUNBRELLA® PRODUCTS: Fabrication, Care & CleaningSunbrella® is made from 100% Sunbrella acrylic fibre which gives it a color brightness that is unsurpassed. Sunbrella fabrics have a 10 year limited warranty for shade and marine fabric and 5 year limited warranty for furniture fabrics, guaranteed for a period of five years against loss of color or strength from normal exposure conditions including sunlight, mildew, rot and atmospheric chemicals.

CARE & CLEANING One of the best ways to keep Sunbrella fabrics looking good and to delay deep or vigorous cleaning is to properly maintain the fabrics. This can be accomplished by simply brushing off dirt before it becomes embedded in the fabrics, wiping up spills as soon as they occur or spot cleaning soon after stains occur.

Wh en cleaning Sunbrella fabrics, it is important to observe the following:

• Always use a mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite.

• Water should be cold to lukewarm.

• Rinse thoroughly to remove all soap residue.

• Air dry only. Never apply heat to Sunbrella fabrics.

GENERAL OR LIGHT CLEANING

To clean Sunbrella while still on an awning frame, follow these simple steps:

1. Brush off loose dirt.

2. Hose down.

3. Prepare a cleaning solution of water and mild soap such as Ivory Snow, Dreft or Woolite (no detergents).

4. Use a soft bristle brush to clean.

5. Allow cleaning solution to soak into the fabric.

6. Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed.

7. Air dry.

May not require re-treatment depending on the age of the fabric. If stubborn stains persist, you can use a diluted chlorine bleach/soap mixture for spot cleaning of mildew, roof run-off or other similar stains (see our Stain Chart for specific recommendations: http://cdn.glenraven.net/sunbrella/_pdf/en_us/stain-chart.pdf).

HEAVY CLEANING FOR STUBBORN STAINS

AND MILDEW

Sunbrella fabric does not promote mildew growth, however, mildew may grow on dirt and other foreign substances that are not removed from the fabric.

To clean mildew, or other stubborn stains:

1. Make a solution of 8 oz. (1 cup) of chlorine bleach, 2 oz. (¼ cup) of mild soap and/or detergent, 1 gallon of water.

2. Clean with soft bristle brush.

3. Allow mixture to soak into fabric for up to 15 minutes.

4. Rinse thoroughly until all soap residue is removed.

5. Air dry.

Repeat if necessary. Re-treatment of fabric for water and stain resistance will be necessary. Remember to protect the area around your Sunbrella if using a bleach solution. Carpet or other fabrics that are not Sunbrella may have an adverse reaction to the bleach.

Sunbrella® is registered trademark of Glen Raven, Inc. / 333 UPHOLSTERY SUPPLIES: CLEANERS

WASHING MACHINE If an awning is suitable in size for a washing machine, these steps should be followed:

1. Use mild soap and/or detergent. For heavier stains add 1 cup of bleach to wash.

2. Wash and rinse in cold water.

3. Air dry. Never apply heat to Sunbrella.

RE-TREATING THE FABRIC

Re-treatment for water and stain resistance will be necessary after machine washing. As part of the finishing process, Sunbrella fabrics are treated with a fluorocarbon finish, which enhances water repellency. This finish is designed to last for several years, but must be replenished after a thorough cleaning. Based on test results, Glen Raven recommends 303 Fabric Guard™ as the preferred re-treatment product for Sunbrella fabrics. Fabrics should be re-treated after thorough cleaning or after five years of use.

APPLYING 303® FABRIC GUARD

303 should be applied to Sunbrella fabrics after each thorough cleaning, which typically re moves the original finish and reduces the fabric’s water repellency.

1. Clean Sunbrella fabric, using one of the cleaning methods.

2. Allow Sunbrella to completely air dry.

3. Apply a thin, even coat of 303 in a well ventilated area and allow fabric to dry completely.

4. Apply a second thin, even coating of 303. (Two light coatings are more effective in restoring fabric water resistance than a single heavy coating. A 15oz. bottle provides coverage of up to 50 ft2 of fabric.)

PROFESSIONAL AWNING CLEANERS

You may have access to professional awning cleaning firms. In evaluating the services of a professional firm, you should inquire about a firm’s experience in working with Sunbrella fabrics and knowledge of cleaning and re-treatment requirements.

HELPFUL HINTS DO NOT dry clean Sunbrella fabrics.

Protect the area around the Sunbrella fabric when using a bleach solution—bleach may discolor non-Sunbrella fabrics. Always rinse Sunbrella thoroughly to completely remove bleach.

Sunbrella air dries very quickly. Machine drying is not necessary.

If fabric has some wrinkling, use an iron, if necessary, but only on the synthetic setting. As some irons exceed the recommended temperature on the synthetic setting, test a small inconspicuous area before ironing entire piece.

DO NOT use a steamer or iron set to steam setting.

Use of bleach and/or advanced age of the fabric application may impact the deterioration of the sewing thread and other non-Sunbrella components.

UPHOLSTERY CLEANERS


SUNBRELLA® PRODUCTS: Fabrication, Care & CleaningCUTTING Do not tear fabric. Cut with scissors or a knife. If a fused edge is desired, hot wire or hot blade

cutting instruments may be used. Proper ventilation should be used when cutting with a hot blade instrument.

Under ordinary conditions, Sunbrella will not shrink. (It is recommended that an awning/canopy be undercut approximately 0.5–1.0% both in length and width of the awning)

HEAT SEALING Sunbrella can be heat sealed, A radio-frequency heat sealing machine equipped with a thermo-heated bar is recommended for best results. A layer of Teflon should be attached to the bar to prevent scorching of the fabric. Due to variations in equipment and physical properties of Sunbrella (color) it may be necessary to experiment with specific temperature settings and dwell times. It is recommended that the manufacturer of the heat sealing equipment used be consulted in order to determine the best procedure to follow with a particular machine.

SEWING • A double needle machine equipped with a puller is recommended. Needle gauge should be wide, if possible ¾”. Use of chain stitch is preferable in seaming the widths of cloth.

• A lock stitch with a walking foot is recommended for hemming.

• For both seaming and hemming the top thread should be polyester size F(16) or FF(12). Light to medium tension is recommended on both top and bottom thread.

• Use size F(16) thread for the looper thread on chain stitch machines.

• Lock stitch machines should use the same size bobbin thread as on top.

• Use size 22 needle with size FF thread on lock stitch machines.

• For chain stitch machines, when using size FF thread, the needle size should be 060. For thread size F, the needle size should be 054. Note: It is always advisable to use the smallest size needle with which the machine will stitch properly. For best results, needles should be inspected and changed frequently.

• Use of acrylic braid fringe is recommended. Centerfold or flat woven can also be used

• To minimize puckering when seaming, tension should be maintained both in front of and behind the needle.

• If needle hole leakage is a problem, an acrylic seam sealer is recommended.

INSTALLATION OF FABRICATION TIPS

• It is recommended no rope pull-ups be used, but if necessary the pulleys should be offset two of three inches so the ropes wipe the fabric rather than concentrate their wear in one line.

• Installations should be made in such a manner as to avoid flapping or rubbing the fabric against walls, posts, shrubbery, etc.

• There should be no sharp or rough spots in the framework. Reinforcements should be used on parts of the fabric that will come in direct contact with the framework. This will reduce the amount of wear to the fabric and minimize the possibility of leakage.

• Rafters should be no more than 36” (92cm) apart and lacing bands should be used.

• A double front bard should be used on canopy type installations.

• Avoid flat or nearly flat installations. A minimal pitch of 1’ of drop per 3’ of projection is recommended. If less than optimal pitch exists: increase the number of rafters, install drain grommets (weepers) and use a double front bar to insure maximum tension.

• Installations that have underliners should have drain grommets.

• Use large enough pipe in framework to ensure a stable installation.

• In marine applications, the same general rules apply. A reinforcement should be used in areas where abrasion is likely to occur. Do not piece covers on top of installations. This can result in abrasion and deterioration. For boat covers that span large areas, a mooring pole is recommended to maintain adequate tension and drainage.


NAUGAHYDE® CARE AND CLEANINGNaugahyde® brand fabric with advanced BeautyGard™ is an exceptional choice as an upholstery fabric. Crafted in America and containing the finest materials available, Naugahyde® is a practical and popular choice among designers, specifiers and consumers.

An timicrobial: Naugahyde with Advanced BeautyGard provides outstanding protection in difficult medical and health care environments. Contains agents effective against bacterial and fungal micro-organisms.

Di sinfectability: High-Level Disinfectability: Naugahyde® BeautyGard™ has been formulated to achieve the high level disinfectability required in medical applications. It may be safely subjected to cleaning with disinfectant products containing bleach at full strength or glutaraldehydes. Intermediate-Level Disinfectability may be achieved by using bleach diluted 1:10 or rubbing alcohol. For rubbing alcohol to achieve intermediate level disinfectability, puddling must remain on surfaces until evaporation occurs. Due to its ease of application, bleach is the preferred disinfectant.

CARE & CLEANING Cleaning is a breeze with Naugahyde brand fabric and its Advanced BeautyGard protective finish. While staining and soiling exposures are common to upholstery fabrics, most stain and soiling may be removed.

LIGHT SOILING 1. A solution of 10% household liquid dish soap with warm water applied with a soft damp cloth.

2. If necessary, a solution of liquid cleanser and water applied with a soft bristle brush. Wipe away the residue with a water dampened cloth.

HEAVY SOILING Dampen a soft cloth with lighter fluid (naphtha) and rub gently. Rinse with a water dampened cloth.

No te: Use extreme caution with this method. Complete only in a well-ventilated area and away from any open flame. You should try this method on an inconspicuous spot before using it on the original stain/soiling.

DIFFICULT STAINS 1. Dampen a soft, white cloth with a solution of household bleach (sodium hypochlorite): 10% bleach, 90% water.

2. Rub gently.

3. Rinse with a water dampened cloth to remove bleach concentration.

4. If necessary, allow a 1:10 diluted bleach solution to puddle on the affected area or apply with a soaked cloth for approximately 30 minutes. Rinse with a water dampened cloth to remove any remaining bleach concentration.

No te: You should try this method on an inconspicuous spot before using it on the original stain/soiling.

To restore luster, a light coat of spray furniture wax can be used. Apply for 30 seconds and follow with a light buffing using a clean white cloth.

CAUTIONS Should you desire to use other cleaning methods, carefully try them in an inconspicuous area to determine potential damage to the material. Never use harsh solvents or cleaners which are intended for industrial applications. To clean stained or soiled areas, a soft white cloth is recommended. Avoid use of paper towels.

Cleaning products may be harmful/irritating to your skin, eyes, etc. Use protective gloves and eye protection. Do not inhale or swallow any cleaning product. Protect surrounding area/clothing from exposure. Use in a well ventilated area. Follow all product manufacturer’s warnings. Naugahyde cannot be held responsible for damage or injuries resulting from the use or misuse of cleaning products.

OUR NAUGAHYDE COLLECTIONS

Burkshire, Chameã II, English Pub, Neochrome, NaugaSoft, Rogue II, Spirit Millennium, Surfside and Zodiac.

We have a complete drapery fab-ric line that will satisfy your every need, from sheers and silks, to elegant floral and contemporary patterns. If you would like to con-trol the light and temperature of your space we have numerous dimout fabrics and linings that will control the sunlight while keeping the heat out.

DRAPERY FABRIC

DRAPERY FABRIC

9009 Midnight



105 Lavender

102 Cameo108 Burgundy

109 Raisin

1009 Dark Violet

106 Bazaar

15 Deep Pink

14 Flame Red

202 Celery

208 Leaf

11 Brilliant Lavender

17 Bordeaux

27 Meadow

24 Earth Green

3009 Naval

302 Storm21 Mint

3006 Cerulean Blue

37 Slate

34 Peacock

32 Glaucous

97 Fog

602 Seashell

6009 Otter

8003 Cafe Au Lait

8009 Taupe

6006 Mineral

61 Snow

82 Champagne

807 Mink

87 Sable

805 Copper

8338 Gold

91 Ash Grey

93 Gainsboro

905 Sterling

600 Ivory

47 Paprika

4006 Spice 44 Cadmium Orange

38 Dark Slate Blue

338 / DRAPERY FABRIC

INSPIREDInspired is our 100% polyester faux silk solid. Natural slubs with a subtle sheen provide the real look of silk, while the content allows this to be a washable item.



CLEANING CODE: Water Based Cleaner

FI RE RETARDANCY*: NFPA701; CAN/ULC S109

WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 59” (150cm) | 55 yards (50.2m)

DRAPERY FABRIC

LININGS 2nd edition deception* | nightfall* | championFinally, the ultimate light and noise control are at your fingertips! Create an intimate atmosphere in your room using our selection of essential drapery linings. Now, no matter the season, each home can feature enhanced UV protection and heat retention. It’s not just about the look, but also the ambiance—take customization of your room to the next level!

* Avaliable in an F.R version. Deception is avaliable in 3 colors.

Contact your Sales Representative for more information./ 339

DRAPERY FABRIC



303 Sky 203 Celery

87 Pudding907 Dove 105 Scarlet

6001 Winter White

8003 Pearl

308 Navy 9009 Ink

902 Sterling 14 Crimson (Black-Out)

88 Bonbon

308 Navy

2002 Sea Green

9008 Java

902 Sterling

106 Brick

8003 Pearl

66 Flax 27 Moss9006 Java

207 Blue Grass 88 Bonbon

340 / DRAPERY FABRIC

CITADELA line of drapery fabrics with built-in dimout lining for use in home decor and contract. Features 23 fire retardant skus in 4 patterns.


CONTENT: 100 % Polyester

CLEANING CODE: Machine Wash with Care

FI RE RETARDANCY*: BS5438: 1976; CALIF117—Section E; MVSS302; NFPA701

LIGHT CONTROL: 93%–99.87% dimout



DEVOTED

LAVISH

HANDSOME

NOTABLE

DRAPERY FABRIC

1009 Plum

1006 Burgundy

202 Pear 205 Chartreuse

1003 Paprika 14 Moroccan Red

302 Pacific

3003 Blue

4006 Bronze

208 Olive Tree

308 Naval

508 Gold

5009 Antique

6006 Putty

6003 Cream

605 Sahara

604 Natural 608 Almond

609 Cafe au lait

602 Marble

606 Grain67 Champagne

64 Buff

8009 Mocha

802 Mink

61 White

8003 Coconut

81 Oregano

808 Coffee Bean

9003 Pebble

9009 Sable

805 Tuscan Sand

87 Java

94 Steel

408 Sunset

31 Sky Blue

6009 Taupe

/ 341

TROPICTropic is a 100% woven polyester faux linen. This collection embodies the popular linen trend, and is easily incorporated into your home or contract project.



FIRE RETARDANCY*: NFPA701


WIDTH | ROLL SIZE: 55” (140cm) | 55yd (502m)

Our line includes over 3,000 sup-plies for Home Décor, Contract and Specialty. We carry every-thing from adhesives to zippers for all your project needs in one location.

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES

DRAPERY WORKROOM

TAPES

A

E

J

B

F

K

C

G

L

D

I

H

M

N

344 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

HEADER TAPESPLEATED—TRANSPARENT

A

B C D

E

F G

H

50125

50130 50140 50240

50255

50030 50031

50032

Adagio 70mm Triple Pinch Pleat


Aida 50mm Smock Pleat w/ Traverse Thread Boogie 50mm Quad Pleat Placido 50mm Pencil Pleat


Tosca 70mm Smock Pleat

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (54yd)

Capo 180mm Pinch Pleat Calypso 180mm Group Pleat


Stradivari 100mm Pencil Pleat


PLEATED—WHITE

I

J

K

L

M

N

50135

50165

50170

50195

50225

50245

Bellini 100mm Pencil Pleat

Electra 100mm Goblet Pleat

Flamenco 100mm Cluster Pleat

Julia 100mm 3-Row Smock Pleat

Molto 100mm Triple Pinch Pleat

Simone 100mm Smock Pleat


O

S

P

T

V

Q

U

W

R

/ 345 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

VELOUR—WHITE

O P

Q R S T U

50145 50230

50175 50210 50215 50220 50295

Concorde 25mm Velour Shearing Tape Oslo 29mm Mini Pleat


Gloriette Velour Box Pleat Manhattan 50mm Velour Pencil Pleat Metro 70mm Velour Smock Pleat w/ Pocket Row Mirabell 50mm Velour Smock Pleat Tivoli 50mm Velour Group Pleat


DRAPERY HEADER TAPE—MEDIUM WEIGHT

V 50906 Non-Woven Buckram (4” wide)

PRICE BREAK: Case (5)

TECHNICAL TAPE

W 50270 Eyelet Tape 88mm—White


DRAPERY WORKROOM

TAPES

G

A

F

B

E

C

D

346 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

AUSTRIAN & ROMAN BLIND TAPES: Ring Tape, Lift Tape and AccessoriesRING TAPE—TRANSPARENT

A B

50150 50155

Diana 20mm Ring Tape—No Cord Diana 20mm Ring Tape—With Cord


ACCESSORIES

G 50120 Ohio Lift Cord 1mm

PRICE BREAK: Each

LIFT TAPE—TRANSPARENT

C D D F

E

50190 50200 50205 50265

50235

Iris 22mm Austrian Blind Tape w/ Cords Luna 16mm Roman Blind Luna 16mm Roman Blind Tape w/ Cords Urania 26mm Lift Tape


Pan 18mm Tape


LIFT TAPE—TRANSPARENT

C D D E

F

50190 50200 50205 50265

50235

Iris 22mm Austrian Blind Tape w/ Cords Luna 16mm Roman Blind Luna 16mm Roman Blind Tape w/ Cords Urania 26mm Lift Tape


Pan 18mm Tape


H

I

J

K

L N PM O

/ 347 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TAPES

CLIP

H 50115 Vario Pleat Clip—Transparent


JET PINNER

O

P

50509

50510

Regular J-Pin Hooks Cartridge


Jet Pinner


WEIGHTS— LEAD FREE

I

J

50014

50015

¼” Curtain Weight 35g Tape


Vinyl Weight 1” (25mm)


HOOKS

K L

L M

N

50280 50505

50504 50506

50508

Single Curtain Hook—White 13/8” Heavy Duty Pin-On Hooks


1” Bulk Pin-On Hooks 25/8” End Hook Pointed


Empire Hook Zinc 3”x 1/8”


ESSENTIAL WORKROOM SUPPLIES: Clip, Weights, Hooks and Jet Pinner

HOOK & LOOP

A C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

LB

348 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

JEF HOOK & LOOP: SEW-ONThis nylon fastener is a two-part system—one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily peeled apart. This is a widely popular product for drapery, garments, bags, footwear, tents and furniture. Completely washable and dry cleanable, these jam-proof elements are adjustable and increase strength with pressure. They are available in sew-on or pressure sensitive adhesive back forms.

⁵⁄₈” SEW ON HOOK

A C

8984 8986

⁵⁄₈” Hook—White ⁵⁄₈” Hook—Black


¾” SEW ON HOOK

A C E G

9012 9002 9028 8996

¾” Hook—White ¾” Hook—Black ¾” Hook—Beige ¾” Hook—Grey



A C E G I K

9014 9004 9038 8998 8992 8980



¾” SEW ON LOOP

B D F H

9013 9003 9029 8997

¾” Loop—White ¾” Loop—Black ¾” Loop—Beige ¾” Loop—Grey



B D F H J L

9015 9005 9039 8999 8993 8981



⁵⁄₈” SEW ON LOOP

B D

8985 8987

⁵⁄₈” Loop—White ⁵⁄₈” Loop—Black


/ 349 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

1” SEW ON HOOK—546yd ROLL

A C

9030 9026



1½” SEW ON HOOK

A C E

9010 9008 9044

1½” Hook—White 1½” Hook—Black 1½” Hook—Beige

PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd) | Case (5)

2” SEW ON HOOK

A C E G I K

9016 9006 9048 9000 8994 8982



1½” SEW ON LOOP

B D F

9011 9009 9045

1½” Loop—White 1½” Loop—Black 1½” Loop—Beige


2” SEW ON LOOP

B D F H J L

9017 9007 9049 9001 8995 8983



1” SEW ON LOOP—546yd ROLL

B D

9031 9027



4” SEW ON HOOK

A C

9018 9024



4” SEW ON LOOP

B D

9019 9025



SEW ON HOOK/LOOP

C,D C,D

9032 9034

1” Hook/Loop—Black 2” Hook/Loop—Black


HOOK & LOOP

B C DA


HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® SEW-ON This nylon fastener is a two-part system; one part consisting of rows of hooks and the other part a mass of loops. When pressed together, they form a highly secure closure, yet can be easily re-opened with a simple peeling action. Velcro® Hook and Loop fastening system retains 50% fastening strength in water, then returns back to 100% when dried.




A A A

9058 9060 9062

1” Velcro® Black Hook 1½” Velcro® Black Hook 2” Velcro® Black Hook




B B B

9059 9061 9063

1” Velcro® Black Loop 1½” Velcro® Black Loop 2” Velcro® Black Loop




C C C

9052 9054 9056

1” Velcro® White Hook 1½” Velcro® White Hook 2” Velcro® White Hook




D D D

9053 9055 9057

1” Velcro® White Loop 1½” Velcro® White Loop 2” Velcro® White Loop


E F G H

I

J

L

K

/ 351 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: HOOK & LOOP

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVEVelcro® Brand Tempo pressure-sensitive hook and loop fastener has a superior grade of adhesive backing that is suitable for most applications—indoor and out. This product has superior bond strength to high energy surfaces. The pressure-sensitive adhesives have a high temperature resistance and a high resistance to plasticizer migration. Designed for use in applications requiring fast turnaround under production conditions such as in packaging, medical, toys and other markets.

HOOK & LOOP: VELCRO® POLYESTERVelcro® Brand polyester hook and loop fastener made for use outdoors. Ideal for use with boat covers and even outerwear. Available in black and white.

VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—BLACK

E E

9108 9110

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Hook


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—BLACK

F F

9109 9111

1” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop 2” Velcro® Black Pressure-Sensitive Loop


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE HOOK—WHITE

G 9113 1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Hook


VELCRO® PRESSURE-SENSITIVE LOOP—WHITE

H 9114 1” Velcro® White Pressure-Sensitive Loop


VELCRO® POLYESTER—WHITE

J L

13043 13042

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—White 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—White


VELCRO® POLYESTER—BLACK

I K

13045 13044

1” Velcro® Polyester Hook—Black 1” Velcro® Polyester Loop—Black


HOOK & LOOP

N

A CD

B


VELCRO® TEXACRO®Velcro®’s Texacro® Hook & Loop is a mid-level product made for indoor and outdoor use, such as boat covers, mats, and outerwear. In essence, this new Hook & Loop can be used for any number of applications where two pieces of fabric, or like material, require adhesion to each other. Available in Sew On and Pressure-Sensitive formats. A North American-made product, the Texacro® Hook & Loop is part of the Velcro® Family of quality products.


C D C D C D

13053 13051 13057 13055 13061 13059




A B A B A B

13052 13050 13056 13054 13060 13058




C D

13049 13047




A B

13048 13046



E

H

I

F

G

K L

M

N O

J

/ 353 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS

GROMMETSWe stock two different brands of grommets. There is little difference between the Cruiser and Osborne brands. The main factor in choosing a line of grommets relates to the dies that you may already have. One note is that the spur grommets in the Osborne line have a protective rolled rim on the grommet, which the Cruiser line does not have. Either one gives excellent resistance to pulling out.

Cruiser brand grommets are a popular brand based on an European Metric sizing system. However, the sizes are very close to the standard system normally used in North America. For comparison of sizes, we list these grommets in standard sizes.

CRUISER PLAIN GROMMETS—BRASS

E F G

6117 6115 6113

#3 Plain Grommet & Tooth Washer—Brass #2 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass #1 Plain Grommet & Washer—Brass


CRUISER SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS

H I J

6127 6125 6123

#3 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass #2 Spur Grommet & Washer—Brass


OSBORNE ROLLED-RIM SPUR GROMMETS—BRASS

Rolled rim grommets have an extra lip on the rim of the grommet that accepts the spurs of the washer to give the ultimate pull-out resistance.

K L M N O

6064 6066 6065 6061 6062

#0 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #1 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #2 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #3 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer #4 Rolled Rim Spur Grommet & Washer


Please see p.356–p.357 for Grommet Tools.

DRAPERY WORKROOM GROMMETS

A B

I J

S T

C D

K L

E F

M N

G H

Q R

O P

354 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS

* ID—Inside Diameter † OD—Outside Diameter Please note: Images are not actual size.

ROUND DECORATIVE METAL—ID* 1.57”, OD† 2½”

Use with Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter (#50820, p.356) or the Hand Press Kit & Die (#50826 and #50829, p.357) to set these decorative metal grommets to the fabric.

A

B

C

D

E

F

50800

50803

50806

50810

50813

50816

Brass

Black

Silver

Antique Pewter

Antique Copper

Antique Brass


ROUND DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 1.4”, OD† 2.17”

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

50050

50055

50060

50065

50070

50075

50080

50085

50090

50335

50315

50320

50325

50326

Beige

Black

White

Brass

Brass-Antique

Brass-Matte

Copper

Granite

Steel-Matte

Chrome

Nature

Caramel

Maroon

Chrome-Matte


DECORATIVE GROMMETS: Decorative, Deco-Ring, Square Ring

U

C1

M1

O1

Q1

W

E1

Y

G1

A1

K1

I1

V

D1

N1

P1

R1

X

F1

Z

H1

B1

L1

J1

/ 355 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: GROMMETS

* ID—Inside Diameter † OD—Outside Diameter Please note: Images are not actual size.

ROUND DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 0.79”, OD† 1.42”

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

F1

G1

H1

50000

50001

50002

50003

50004

50005

50006

50007

50008

50009

50010

50011

50012

50013

Beige

Black

White

Maroon

Copper

Granite

Steel-Matte

Nature

Brass

Brass-Antique

Caramel

Chrome

Brass-Matte

Chrome-Matte


SQUARE DECORATIVE PLASTIC—ID* 1.73”, OD† 2.76”

I1

J1

K1

L1

M1

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

50020

50021

50022

50023

50024

50025

50026

50027

50028

50029

Orange

Cream

Pistachio

Fuchsia

Linen

Black

Chocolate

White

Cherry

Turquoise


Please see p.356–357 for Grommet Tools.

DRAPERY WORKROOM

TOOLS

A

B

C

D

EF

G

356 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

HOLE CUTTING PAD

Get the full distance from your cutters by using this pad under the material you are punching. The special surface absorbs the impact and allows the cutter to cut the material, not the bench underneath. Cutters stay sharper and last longer.

For maximum life of your cutters and die-setting equipment, always use a rubber mallet and not a steel hammer to set fasteners, grommets or to hole punch.

SIZE: H ⁵⁄₁₆”x W 10"x D 10"

A 6120 Hole Cutting Pad

PRICE BREAK: Each

CRUISER SPUR GROMMET HAND-SETTING DIE

Hand-setting tools for the Cruiser brand plain grommets (p.353). Each set consists of two parts, the punch and the die. Note that the spur and the plain dies are not interchangeable. You must have the specified die for each type.

F F F

6145 6147 6149

#1 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Plain Grommet Hand-Setting Die

G G G

6155 6157 6159

#1 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #2 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die #3 Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die

PRICE BREAKS: Each

VENT DIE

This special die quickly sets #9021 Ventilators (p.288). Merely punch your hole, set the ventilator with the neck up on the base, and then slip the fabric in place. A few even taps with a mallet will set the vent.


PRICE BREAK: Each

DRILL BIT CUTTER

40mm Drill Bit Cutter for cutting clean holes for mounting drapery grommets. By using a drill, the spinning action cuts a clean hole with less effort and is much more versatile. Can be used on site.

D 50095 40mm Drill Bit Cutter

PRICE BREAKS: Each

MANUAL GROMMET KIT WITH DIE

E 50823 Manual Grommet Kit—Die Included

PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMET FABRIC HOLE CUTTER

Tool is used as any punch. A mallet is recommended for striking the punch and a soft surface under the material will prevent the hardened steel cutter from damage and premature dulling. #6120 Hole Cutting Pad is strongly recommended and will maximize the life of the punch. Meant for use with the Decorative Metal Grommets on p.354.

C 50820 Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter

HOLE SIZE: 1⁹⁄₁₆" PRICE BREAKS: Each

GROMMET TOOLS

H I J

K

L

/ 357 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: TOOLS

HAND PRESS KIT & DIE

Meant for use with the Decorative Metal Grommets on p.354.

K 50826 Hand Press Kit & Die—Special Order Only

PRICE BREAK: Each

L 50829 Hand Press Die Set

The part that fits into the hand press is ½" long with a ⁵⁄₈" diameter.

PRICE BREAK: Each

GROMMET TOOLS: OSBORNE & HAND PRESS DIES

HOLE CUTTERS

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

5059

5024

5031

5032

5033

5037

5038

#00 Hole Cutter—³⁄₁₆”

#0 Hole Cutter—¼”

#1 Hole Cutter—⁹⁄₃₂”

#2 Hole Cutter—3/8”

#3 Hole Cutter—⁷⁄₁₆”

#4 Hole Cutter—½”

#5 Hole Cutter—5/8”

PR ICE BREAK: Each

HAND SETTING PLAIN DIES

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

5020

5034

5021

5022

5023

5025

5026

#00 Plain Grommet Die







PRICE BREAK: Each

HAND SETTING SPUR DIES

J

J

J

J

J

5019

5055

5028

5027

5029

#0 Spur Grommet Die

#1 Spur Grommet Die

#2 Spur Grommet Die

#3 Spur Grommet Die

#4 Spur Grommet Die

PRICE BREAK: Each

DRAPERY WORKROOM

TOOLS

A

DB

C

F

E


HAND HELD STEAMER

This portable, versatile steamer is for removing wrinkles and puckers in fabrics, especially velvets. Not an industrial all day use steamer, but perfect for on site adjustments to upholstery or draperies. Easy to fill and has a visible water level indicator. Starts producing steam in 15 seconds and has a large steam vent for a continuous flow of steam. Features a built in thermostat and an on/off indicator light.

A 7288 Esteam Hand Held Steamer

PRICE BREAK: Each

J-2 JIFFY STEAMER

J-2 standard steamer from Jiffy operates with ordinary tap water and is easy and safe to use. Has a 5½’ hose and sectional rod set, removable for storage. Comes with an assembly wrench for easy, convenient setup. Heavy duty wiring. Die cast aluminum housing with 1 gallon (4.5L) check-valve water bottle that prevent spilling. New improved heating element produces steam quickly and is specially designed to control “spitting”. Easily disassembles to remove mineral deposits. Has a shipping weight of 10lb. The heating element can be replaced.

B C

7283 7285


PRICE BREAK: Each

J-4000 JIFFY STEAMER

The J-4000 professional duty model has dual thermostats for steam in seconds after preheating. Features built in boiler tank made from strong rust proof #304 stainless steel. Contains a sight gauge allowing you to quickly keep a visual check on the water level within the steamer. A 1500W heating element is designed for long life. This unit features heavy duty coded high temperature wiring and a three-position switch with automatic shut off. UL, CSA and CE approved. Shipping weight for this unit is 29lb. The heating element can be replaced.

D E

7284 7289


PRICE BREAK: Each

REPLACEMENT HOSE FOR J-2 & J-4000

F 7287 Hose Replacement

LENGTH: 5½’ PRICE BREAK: Each

STEAMERS

H

J K L

Q

R

S

I

G

P

M

N

O


CARDBOARD

Sturdy cardboard sheeting in three thicknesses. This material can be used for making patterns, or laminated together to make panels, stiffeners, etc. #3249 is often used as door panels in automotive and van customizing.

- -

-

3219 3229

3249

28”x 40” 0.04gge— Standard Brown 40”x 60” 0.057gge— Standard Brown


37”x 60” 0.1gge (2 ply)—Matte Black


WASH-OUT MARKER

Easily sharpened markers for intricate design. Leaves a clean white mark. Designed to washout from most fabrics with water.

G 3004 Wash-Out Marker—White


SANIGENE® CHALK

Dustless Sanigene® blackboard chalk.

H I

3001 3003

Sanigene® Chalk—White Sanigene® Chalk—Yellow


TAILORS CHALK

Tailors style crayon chalk can be easily resharpened and is non-permanent on most surfaces. Unlike some inks, the wax base will not bleed through surfaces. The white chalk can be removed from dark surfaces with the quick touch of an iron or steamer.

J K L

3005 3007 3008

Tailors Chalk—White Tailors Chalk—Yellow Tailors Chalk—Black


HEAD PINS

2½” long pins for holding covers in place for fitting. The bright heads make them easy to see and remove.

M N O

6257 6258 6259

Plastic Head Pin—Red Plastic Head Pin—Blue Plastic Head Pin—Yellow

PRICE BREAKS: Box (100 pieces) | Package (5)

SKEWERS

3” 16 gge steel skewers with a large eye end for gripping and threading. For pinning covers while fitting.

P 6255 3” Steel Skewers


TWIST PIN

This curling pin with plastic “crystal” head is ideal for holding doilies and arm covers in place

Q 6251 Crystal Knobby Twist Pin

PRICE BREAK: Box (500 pieces)

PATTERN MAKING

RULERS

These aluminum rulers are light and versatile, they double as a measuring stick and a straight edge. The numbers are printed on, not stamped into the ruler, giving a smooth non-snagging surface when used as a straightedge. Comes in two widths and are both 60” in length.

R S

6608 6609

1½”x 60” Aluminum Ruler 2”x 60” Aluminum Ruler

PRICE BREAK: Each

DRAPERY WORKROOM

TOOLS

C

D

B

A


KNIVES HEAVY DUTY OLFA KNIFE

This is a tough, straight edged blade that is sharp enough to cut vinyls, carpet or other materials, and can be re-sharpened to last many years of service.

A

B

B

8052

8055

8058


PRICE BREAK: Each






C

D

8059

8038





N

E

F

G

J

I

H

K


SHEARS: QUICK CLIP



G 7023 Mundial Quick Clip Cutter




E F

7021 7022



SHEARS: KAIKAI SHEARS


H I J K

7035 7034 7036 7037


PRICE BREAK: Each

DRAPERY WORKROOM

TOOLS

E

D

A

B

C


SHEARS: MUNDIALMundial is a world renowned quality shear, manufactured to the highest standards using only the best materials and processes.

Adjust the ride once with a screw driver and you are done. The Stay-Set™ is uniquely engineered to stay true to its name. Once set, it stays set for comfortable cutting power under the most demanding commercial conditions. Hot drop forged and fully nickel plated with black enamel handles.


These high quality shears have a solid feel, a sturdy blade and come in a variety of sizes. The 8” Mundial is a smaller shear for smaller hands and tight quarters. A common size found in general upholstery would be the 10” Mundial. All shears are designed for the right hand except the 9” Cushion Soft. The Cushion Soft shear has enlarged finger bows and a padded soft touch lining, designed for both the right and left hand use.

- A B C

-

7002 7001 7004 7007

7003

8” Mundial Shears 9” Cushion Soft Shears 10” Mundial Shears 12” Mundial Shears


9” Mundial Shears




D -

7013 7014

10” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears 12” Mundial Heavy Duty Shears



Precision matched teeth that provide a decorative ravel resistant finish.

E 7015 8½” Mundial Pinking Shears


F

G

H

I

J


SHEARS: WISSWiss Shears are made of the finest quality cutlery steel with drop-forged polished blades with a patented Set-Easy pivot. Superior combination of hardened, ground, edged and adjusted combines to provide outstanding cutting ability and durability.

WISS APPAREL SHEARS


F 7020 9” Wiss Apparel shears

PRICE BREAK: Each


Industrial sheers with “inlaid” blades and black handles. The 10” comes in both a right and left handed design.

G H I

7025 7027 7026

10” #20 Wiss Bent Trimmer 10” #20LH Wiss Bent Trimmer 12” #22N Wiss Bent Trimmer

PRICE BREAK: Each



- J

7030 7031


PRICE BREAK: Each


All the quality of Wiss in a shear with a feature Knife Edge ground blade for faster, cleaner easier cutting of synthetic fibers. Fine cutlery grade steel, with hot drop-forged polished blades and the patented Set-Easy pivot.

- -

7032 7033


PRICE BREAK: Each

DRAPERY WORKROOM

THREADS

364 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

KOBAN DUAL DUTY TEX 24

Two-ply twisted thread made from 35% cotton cover and 65% polyester core. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high-level strength characteristics of a synthetic. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds.

It has excellent durability to repeated launderings, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, while the continuous filament core provides excellent loop-forming characteristics through the needle, which is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching. This is a superb all-around sewing thread.

PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

A 11318 Navy

B 11326 Steel

C 11316 Red

D 11323 Sky Blue

E 11314 White/Natural

F 11325 Apple Red

G 11327 Dove Grey

H 11315 Black

I 11322 Smoke

J 11321 Light Grey

K 11324 Slate

L 11320 Dark Beige

M 11317 Royal

THREADS: POLYESTER

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

JK L M

/ 365 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: THREADS

N

O

PQ

#50 EPIC

This is a corespun thread—65% polyester filament core and 35% spun polyester wrap. It has a high tenacity, giving consistent performance for all-duty use in drapery and in apparel, such as uniforms, work wear and slacks.

N O

11731 11745

#50 Epic Poly Thread—Black #50 Epic Poly Thread—White

THICKNESS: Tex 40 BREAK STRENGTH: 4.5lb (2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

#100 EPIC

Epic 100 is a 100% polyester thread intended to be used in the drapery and apparel industries. This premium quality thread outperforms all other 100% polyester threads. The core is Trevira high tenacity filament polyester. It contains specific new lubricants that allow use in the finest materials with no risk of staining.

P Q

8575 8578

#100 Epic Poly Thread—White #100 Epic Poly Thread—Antique Cream

THICKNESS: Tex 27 BREAK STRENGTH: 2.7lb (1.2kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

Please see p.253 for Thread Tools, and p.294–295 for Needles.

DRAPERY WORKROOM

THREADS

A B C D E F

GH

I


THREADS: POLYESTER (CONT.)

#70 SPECTRUM

100% high tenacity premium spun polyester thread. It is an advanced low friction lubricated thread with consistent quality, it provides exceptional sewing performance in high speed and critical sewing operations. Primary applications include surging and edging. Excellent apparel thread for light and medium sewing applications.

A B C D E F

11750 11751 11752 11762 11763 11764

70 Spectrum—Black 70 Spectrum—Tan 70 Spectrum—Camel 70 Spectrum—Off White 70 Spectrum—Beige 70 Spectrum—White

BREAK STRENGTH: 2.5lb (1.1kg) PRICE BREAKS: Spool (6,000yd) | Case (10)

#50 SPECTRUM

100% high tenacity premium spun polyester thread. It is an advanced low friction lubricated thread with consistent quality, it provides exceptional sewing performance in high speed and critical sewing operations. Applications include drapery, uniforms, work wear, slacks, etc.

G H I

11701 11713 11715

50 Spectrum—Black 50 Spectrum—Off White 50 Spectrum—White


J K L

M N O

P Q R

S T U


STAR ULTRA DEE 138

Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals. Excellent sewability with less pucker, providing for optimum operator and sewing machine efficiencies. Resists moisture absorption and is a very good insulator against electrical charges.

Colorfast and durable, dry-cleanable. Bonding process applied to this thread provides excellent sewability in tough-to-sew operations, resists abrasion from the needles and other external forces better than non-bonded polyester.

J K L

8411 8412 8413

DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—White DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Black DB138 1lb Polyester Thread—Olive Drab


STAR ULTRA DEE 92

100% Polyester thread with excellent resistance to UV rays, micro-organisms, mildew, acids and other chemicals.

BREAK STRENGTH: 14.2lb (6.43kg) PRICE BREAKS: Each (½lb or ~1,035yd) | Case (10)

M N O P Q

8093 8095 8085 8086 8087


R S T U

8088 8089 8090 8097


STAR ULTRA DEE B92


M N O P Q

8092 8094 8096 8099 8098


R S T U

8103 8102 8100 8101



STAR ULTRA DEE 92—G-TYPE BOBBINS

N 928095 White M 928093 Black


DRAPERY WORKROOM

THREADS


THREADS: NYLON

Please see p.298–299 for an alternative 1lb 69 Nylon option.

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

Y

Z

A1

B1

C1

D1

E1

A 69 NYLON




















P 8360 Olive Drab

F1

G1

H1

I1

J1

K1

L1

M1

N1

O1

P1

Q1

R1

RS



KOBAN #25 DUAL DUTY

An excellent multi-purpose sewing thread for general upholstery, leathers, vinyls, canvases and knit goods. It consists of a filament core of polyester with a cover of cotton. The cotton protects the poly core from the weakening effects of needle heat while supplying the high level strength characteristic of a synthetic thread. There is no fusing, even at high machine speeds.

It has excellent durability to repeated laundering, low shrinkage and excellent abrasion resistance. The cotton retains the lubricant better than a polyester would without it, and the continuous filament core provides excellent loop forming characteristics through the needle. This is important when sewing heavy fabrics, as it helps prevent skip stitching.


F1 8117 White

G1 8189 Black

H1 8190 Natural

I1 8194 Olive Green

J1 8195 Dark Green

K1 8196 Grey

L1 8197 Royal Blue

M1 8198 Navy Blue

N1 8199 Red

O1 8200 Brown

P1 8381 Yellow

Q1 8389 Chestnut

R1 8393 Light Brown

S1 8401 Light Grey


DRAPERY WORKROOM

ZIPPERS

B CA K L M

370 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: ZIPPERS

#4 COIL CHAIN ZIPPER

#4 regular duty coil chain tape is an ideal zipper for cushions, inside pockets, bags or any light duty application. It has a low profile when installed and a very clean appearance either open or closed. An economical solution to a fastening need.

A B C

9912 9909 9970

#4 Coil Chain Zipper—Black #4 Coil Chain Zipper—White #4 Coil Chain Zipper—Beige

PRICE BREAKS: Roll (300yd) | Package (1200yd) Case (3600yd)

#4 COIL SLIDE PIN LOCK

Pin locking single tab sliders for #4 coil zippers. These sliders will stay where left and not have a tendency to drift open. Two pins on the slider lock into the teeth of the chain when the tab is pressed down and stays until the tab is lifted again.

D E F

9929 9906 9971

#4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Black #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—White #4 Coil Slide Pin Lock—Beige


#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK

Non-locking sliders are great for bags, pockets and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.

G H

9914 9917



#4 COIL SLIDE NON-LOCK—LONG TAB

Non-locking sliders with extra long tabs are easier to grip and move. Great for bags, pockets and other applications where the zipper may recess into the product.

I J

9887 9910




K L M

9880 9890 11660

#5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Black #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—White #5 Coil Chain ⁵⁄₈”—Off-White


#5 ZIPPER SLIDERS

N O P

9891 9879 10001



Q R

11682 11670




S S S

11500 11501 11502



N

O

P

Q

R

SD

G

I

H

J

EF

JEF ZIPPERS: COILUnlike the metal zipper, the coil chain will not scratch the operators hands when filling cushions and will not break needles when being sewn. Also allows for smooth operation when a curve is needed in particular cushion styles.

U

V

X

Y

T

W

/ 371 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: ZIPPERS

ZIPPERS: YKK METALSee Zipper Notes on p.75.


This size has been the industry standard for cushion zipper for decades. Sliders mount very easily to zipper tape.

T 9913 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape—Natural


YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER TAPE

The brass finish is a more decorative alternative to aluminum for those applications where you want to stay with the traditional look and feel of metal zippers. The brass is strong, attractive and weatherproof. Easy to use.

X 9911 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape—Beige



#5 is slightly larger and stronger. It is intended for more strenuous applications such as bags and thicker cushions on upholstered furniture where a slightly heavier load is expected.

V 9918 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape—Lt. Beige



U 9916 YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider


YKK #4 BRASS ZIPPER SLIDER

Y 9915 YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider



W 9919 YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider


Please see p.256 for Zipper Pliers.

DRAPERY WORKROOM

PADDING

A

B

C

372 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

BOLSTERS

100% polyester silicone bonded Holofil fiber bolster inserts to form cushions and bolsters for furniture and bedding. Covering envelope created from 200 thread count polycotton.

D D

6921 6920

Bolster—7”x14” Bolster—9”x39”


POLYESTER PILLOW FORMS

Excellent feel with a higher degree of firmness than feathers or down. Sanitary synthetic cushion forms in a polycotton envelope.

E E

6929 6930

Polyester Pillow—Queen Size 18”x26” Polyester Pillow—King Size 18”x32”


PILLOWS & BOLSTERSMatch decorative treatments or upholstered pieces to comforters and pillows using our extensive line of fabrics and inserts.

POLYESTER TOSS CUSHION FORMS

A

B

C

6924

6925 6926 6927

6928



Polyester Toss Cushion Form—16”x16” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—18”x18” Polyester Toss Cushion Form—20”x20”




FEATHER WRAPPED IN DOWN PILLOWS

90% feather middle, 10% down around. 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing

F F F

13004 13005 13006

Wrapped In Down Pillow—Double 20”x26” Wrapped In Down Pillow—Queen 20”x30” Wrapped In Down Pillow—King 20”x36”


Pl ease note: Images should only be referenced for shape and form. Sizing may not be proportional to actual product.

E

FG

H

D

/ 373 DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

FEATHER PILLOWS

Feather pillow insert to accompany the Down Comforter Inserts on p.374. These high quality feather pillow inserts are filled with 100% white waterfowl feathers for an excellent feel and a higher degree of firmness than you would find in pure down.

The minimum thread count used on the cover envelope is 200, which will ensure that the feather will not migrate out of the pillow. All products are sanitized and guaranteed against normal defect.

G G G

6910 6911 6912

Feather Pillow—Double 20”x26” (32oz.) Feather Pillow—Queen 20”x30” (38oz.) Feather Pillow—King 20”x36” (44oz.)


FEATHER CUSHIONS

Throw cushion inserts of 100% white waterfowl feathers in an envelope of white down proof cotton, with a thread count of 260.

H H

H H

H H H

13014 13013

13015 13016

6915 6916 6917





Feather Cushion—18”x18” Feather Cushion—20”x20” Feather Cushion—25”x25”


DRAPERY WORKROOM

PADDING

AB

374 / DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES: PADDING

COMFORTER INSERTSOunce for ounce, down is the most efficient insulator known to man. Synthetic and other natural fibers can match its insulation levels, but not at the same light weight. It is warm, light and easy to care for, making down the ultimate choice for comforters and bed coverings.

Down is an insulator, not a heater, allowing air to flow rather than sealing it in, adjusting to the temperature of the body. It can be compressed into small spaces. Down clusters are incredibly resilient, with proper care, a down product will last a lifetime. Be sure that the cover has a high thread count and cotton content.

DOWN COMFORTER

Down’s light weight matched with breathability and durability make it ideal for comforter and duvet inserts. These comforters are made with White Canadian Down, contained in a square envelope of baffled construction with a 260 thread count, 100% white cotton. This high thread count ensures that none of the down will migrate out of the comforter. Fill power 652–675.

A A A

6901 6902 6903

Down Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Down Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Down Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)


FEATHER & DOWN BED

These beds are made out of 90% feather and 10% down filling. All beds come in a 260 thread count of 100% cotton casing. The hermetic square style allows for separate squared off sections and an air tight seal. Also can be called a mattress topper.

A A A

13007 13009 13008

Feather Bed—Double 54”x75” Feather Bed—Queen 60”x80” Feather Bed—King 78”x80”


GOOSE DOWN

The goose down comforter is a higher quality comforter than a duck down comforter. The goose down is much lighter and warmer than duck down. 100% cotton casing (260 thread count) with baffle box construction for even warmth.

A A A

13010 13011 13012

Goose Comforter—Double 78”x88” (27oz.) Goose Comforter—Queen 86”x90” (30oz.) Goose Comforter—King 104”x90” (37oz.)


JAY FLEX (NEEDLEPUNCH)

Jay Flex is a white padding material that is approximately 0.15” thick. 100% polyester needle punched foam. Although thin, its superior inherent properties allow it to replace much heavier materials in padding frames and forms. It is excellent for use on rounded arms, frame fronts, etc.

B

B

5169

5179




PRICE BREAK: Roll (27.3yd)

INTRODUCTION / 375

INDEX

376 / INDEX

INDEX

INDEX

AADHESIVES 192, 316

Aerosols 193, 31674 Foam and Fabric Adhesive 31676 Spray Adhesive 31680 Supertrim Adhesive 316470 Feather-Spray 317476 Spray Adhesive 317JEF Bond 88 316JEF Bond 99 193, 316

Bulk 192, 319Fastbond™ Foam Adhesive 100 320Foam Adhesive 192, 319Helmiprene 1535 Pink Adhesive 319JEF Bond 2000 Foam Adhesive 320Latex Adhesive 319

Trim 193Trim Adhesives 193Trim Adhesives—Bulk 193

Vinyls 192HH-66 Vinyl Cement 192

AWNING RAIL. SEE FITTINGS

BBAG HARDWARE

Bag Accessories 118Luggage Stud 118Shoulder Pads 118

Delrin Webbing Buckles 114Cam Buckles 114Center Release Buckle 114Contoured Buckle 114Detail Buckle 114Dual Adjustable Side Release Buckles 114Hot Tub Buckle & Lock 114Side Release Buckles 114

Metal Webbing Buckles 115Double-Bar Buckle 115Steel Adjuster Buckle 115Steel Web Buckles 115Web Strap Buckles—Nickel-Plated Steel

115

Webbing Connectors 118Rectangle—Delrin 118Triangles—Delrin 118

Webbing D-Rings 119Brass-Plated Heavy Welded Steel D-Ring

119Delrin D-RIngs 119Nickel-Plated Unwelded Steel D-Ring 119Nickle-Plated Welded D-Ring 119Sewable D-RIng 119Snap D-RIng 119Stainless Steel Welded D-Ring 119

Webbing Loops 118Loops—Delrin 118Reducing Loop—Delrin 118

Webbing Slides 116Dual Lock StrapLock Buckle—Delrin 117StrapLock Buckles—Delrin 117Web Slides—Delrin 116Web Slides—Metal 116Wide Mouth Web Slides—Delrin 116

Webbing Snap Hooks 120Bolt Snaps—Brass-Plated Steel 121Bolt Snaps—Nickel-Plated Steel 121Heavy Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel

121Preassembled Snap Hook—Delrin 120Snap Hook—Brass-Plated Steel 121Snap Hook—Nickel-Plated Brass 120Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel 121Spring Snap Hooks—Nickel-Plated Steel

121Universal Snap Hooks—Delrin 120

BASES: ROCKERS & PLATES 280

Return-О-Matic 281

Swivel Plate 280

Swivel Rocker Bases 280

Swivel Rocker Box 280

BEHLEN. SEE PROTECTANTS: BEHLEN FINISHES

BINDING 153, 303

Automotive/Marine Binding 1581¼” Topline One Edge Turned Binding 158¾” Topline Two Edge Turned Binding 158

Felt Binding 160SolarGuard 1” Felt Binding 160

Nylon Binding 160Grosgrain Nylon Binding 160

Polyester Twill 160, 303

Stamoid® Two-Fold Bias Binding 157

Sunbrella® ¹³⁄₁₆” European-Style Acrylic Braid 155

Sunbrella® ⁷⁄₈” Centerfold Binding 154

Sunbrella® Double Fold Bias Binding 153

Top Gun Double Fold Binding 157

Vinyl Binding 1591¼” Vinyl Bias Binding 159¾” Marine Binding 159

Wire On Binding 160

BOAT TOP FRAME KITS. SEE FITTINGS

BOLSTERS. SEE PADDING

BUTTONS 68, 282

2 Prong Backs 283

Button Shells 282

Dura Snap Rings 285

Loop Eye Backs 284

Nylon Hook Back 285

Nylon Hook Buttons 68

Pivot Back and Tacks 285

Prong Button Washer 283

Rust Resistant Shells 282

Spring Washers 284

Threaded Nail Backs 284

Tufting Washer 283

Wire Eye Backs 284

CCARE & CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

Naugahyde® Products 335

Sunbrella® Products 332

/ 377 INDEX

CLEANERS 186, 329

303® Cleaners 188, 329303® Spot Cleaner 188, 329303® Multi-Surface Cleaner 188, 329

Crypton® Care 330Crypton® Care Stain Removers 330Crypton® Care Trigger 330Crypton® Ink Remover 330Crypton® Upholstery Brush 330Fabric Refresher 330Leather & Vinyl—Cleaner & Restorer 330

Germicidal Cleaner 188, 329

IMAR Cleaners 189IMAR Stamoid Cleaner 189IMAR Stamoid Protective Cream 189IMAR Stamoid Vinyl Protective Spray 189IMAR Strataglass Cleaner and Polish 189

Iosso® Cleaners 186Iosso® Metal Polish 186Iosso® Mildew Stain Remover 186Iosso® Safe-T-Solve® 186

Leather Care—Vinyl & Leather Conditioner 329

Marine Window 188

Solvent Cleaners 187, 319Cooley Magic 187Helmitin Solvent/Cleaner 187, 319

COMFORTER. SEE PADDING

CORDAGE 162, 304

Awning Cords 162Nylon Awning Cords 162

Drawstring Cords 163Nylon Drawstring Cords—Diamond Braid

163Polypropylene Drawstring Cords 163

Shock Cords 164Nylon Shock Cords 164Polypropylene Shock Cord 164

Twine 304Barbours Twine—Linen 304Ludlow Polyester Twine 304Nylon Tufting Twine 304

CORD LOCKS 163

Ball Cord Lock 163

Bell End Cover 163

Jacket Cord Locks 163

Square Cord Locks 163

Wheel Lock 163

CUSHION HARDWARE 289

D-Ring 289

Snap Hooks 289

Spring Hooks 289

CUSHIONS. SEE PADDING

CUSHION WRAP. SEE PADDING (TERYLENE)

CUTTERS 131, 244

Foam 244Acu-Cutter Queen 244Bosch—Unit, Blade & Guide 244U-Cut Foam Cutter 244

Hot Cutters 132Compact Hot Cutter 132Production Hot Cutter 132

Hot Knife 131Heavy Duty Hot Knife 131HSGO Hot Knife 131

Round Knife 1331⁷⁄₈” AS100 Knife Cutter 133Mistee 3½” Round Knife Cutter 133

Wire 245337 Wire Cutters 245

DDECKING 239

Burlap 240

Deck Pad 239

Embossed Decking 239

Enbond Decking 239

Nuface Decking 239

Quilted Decking 239

Typar 240

DECORATIVE NAILS 269

4 Tri Square—⁵⁄₈” Nail Head 269

Dark Natural—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

French Natural—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

Jewelled Nails—⁵⁄₈” Post 270

Nail Strips 269

Ox Nails—1” Nail Head 269

Ox Nails—¾” Nail Head 269

Ox Nails—⁵⁄₈” Nail Head 269

Panel Nail— ¾” Nail Head 269

Standard— ⁷⁄₁₆” Nail Head 269

DOT® COMMON. SEE FASTENERS

DOT® DURABLE. SEE FASTENERS

DRAPERY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS

DRAPERY WORKROOM SUPPLIES. SEE SUPPLIES (DRAPERY WORKROOM)

DURA SNAP (BABY). SEE FASTENERS

EELASTIC

Knit Elastic 50, 303

Woven Elastic 50

FFABRICS: DRAPERY

Citadel 340

Inspired 338

Tropic 341

FABRICS: SPECIALTY

Automotive Vinyl 16Low Temperature Performance Vinyls 17Talladega 18, 218

Canvas 38Mallard 39

FR Awning Vinyl 28Ennis 1974 29

Marine Plastics 20

Marine Vinyl 36Midship 37Midship Heat-Sealed 37

Mesh 23911 Mesh 24Screening Heavy Mesh 24

378 / INDEX

INDEX

F (CONT.)

FABRICS: SPECIALTY (CONT.)

Nylon 30Cordura 31Oxford 32Sportlight 31

Polyester 25Defender 26Tonto 26

PVC Cover/Tarp 3318oz. Coated PVC 35Atlas: 10oz. Coated PVC 34Hercules: 14oz. Coated PVC 34

Sunbrella® Shade & Decorative Fabrics 40

FABRICS: UPHOLSTERY

Plains & Textures 196Aristocrat 197Duel 197Exuberance 198Foundation 199Heavenly 200Hendrix 201Jeffery 201Journey 202Loft 202Louis 203Medina 203Remix 199

PU/Bonded 210Abilene 211Amarillo 211Austin 212Claro 212Shimmer 213Texas 213Turner 214

PVC 216Sealskin 217Talladega 218

Suedes & Velvets 204Irresistible 205Luscious 206Royal 207Urban 208

FASCO TACKERS. SEE TACKERS

FASTENERS

Awning Fasteners 69Brass Disc & Prong 69

Baby Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Brass 63, 286

Baby Dura Snap Caps & Post 63, 286Baby Dura Snap Socket 63, 286Baby Dura Snap Stud 63, 286

Delrin/Plastic 68#40 1” Nylon Hook Buttons 68Marine Top Clip 68Plastic Back Plate for Stud 68Plastic Turn Eyelets 68Plastic Turn Studs 68Plastic Washer Plates 68Slide-In Tarp Clip 68YKK Snad Dome 68

Dot® Common Sense: Metal 66Dot® Common Sense Clinch Plate &

Washer 66Dot® Common Sense Eyelets 66Dot® Common Sense Studs 66

Dot® Durable: Nickel-Plated Brass 65Dot® Durable Eyelets 65Dot® Durable Fastener Caps 65Dot® Durable Molding Fastener 65Dot® Durable Screw Studs—Stainless

Steel/Nickel-Plated 65Dot® Durable Sockets 65Dot® Durable Studs 65Dot® Gypsy Stud 65

Dot® Durable: Stainless Steel 66Dot® Durable Screw Studs—Stainless

Steel 66Dura Snap Cap—Stainless Steel 66Dura Snap Post—Stainless Steel 66Dura Snap Socket—Stainless Steel 66Dura Snap Stud—Stainless Steel 66

Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Brass 63, 286Dura Snap Caps 63, 286Dura Snap Plastic Caps 63Dura Snap Posts 63, 286Dura Snap Socket 63, 286Dura Snap Stud 63, 286Self-tapping Screw Stud—Stainless Steel

63

Stik-A-Stud Fastener 63

Dura Snap: Nickel-Plated Steel 64Dura Snap Steel Caps 64Dura Snap Steel Socket 64Dura Snap Steel Stud 64Screw Studs 64

Lift-the-Dot 67Lift-the-Dot Clinch Plate 67Lift-the-Dot Screw Studs 67Lift-the-Dot Socket 67Lift-the-Dot Stud 67Lift-the-Dot Stud Washer 67

Pull-the-Dot 67Pull-the-Dot Fastener Button 67Pull-the-Dot Screw Stud 67Pull-the-Dot Socket 67Pull-the-Dot Stud Clinch 67

Q-Snap Fasteners 70Q-Snap Caps 70Q-Snap Eyelet 70Q-Snap Kits 71Q-Snap Socket 70Q-Snap Studs 70

Rivets 69All-Aluminum Rivets 69Aluminum Rivets With Steel Mandrel 69Snap Ring Washer 69

FITTINGS

Aluminum Tubing 88Bright Anodized Round Aluminum Tubing:

0.058” Wall Thickness 88Clear Anodized Square Aluminum Tubing:

0.058” Wall Thickness 88

Awning Fittings: Aluminum 86Camel Back Hinges 86Cleat 86Combination Rafter/Slip Tee 86Post Sockets for Brick 86Post Sockets for Wood 86Rod Clamps 86Slipfit Elbow 86Slipfit Eye End 86Slipfit Front Bar Clamp 86Z-Shaped Awning Mounting Bracket 86

/ 379 INDEX

Awning Rail 103Aluminum Awning Rail 103Plastic Awning Rail 103

Awning Welt 103Awning Cover Welt 103Keder Welt with Two-Flap 103Keder Welt with Welded Flap 103Vinyl Extruded Welt 103Xtreme Awning Seal 104

Boat Top Frame Kits 106Bimini Boat Top Frame Kit 106BTK-1 Boat Top Frame Kit 106Large Boat Top Frame Kit 106Pontoon Boat Top Frame Kit 106

Chrome Die-Cast Fittings 95Bow Socket 95End Cap 95Eye Ends 95Hinges 95Jaw Slides 95Mounting Plate 95

Delrin: Top Fittings 96Channels 98Deck Hinges 96Eye Straps 98Inside Eye Ends 96Jaw Slides 96Lash Hooks 98Outside Eye End 96Screws 98Slides 98Sockets 98Tube Connectors 98Vadney Windshield Clips 98Wedge 98

JEF Beam Hooks & Rails 110JEF Beam 90° Corner Rails—48” Radius 111JEF Beam Long Plastic Hook 110JEF Beam Rail Connectors 111JEF Beam Rails 111JEF Beam Short Plastic Hook 110

Marine Venting 102Air Vent 102Boat Vent II 102Hole Cutter for Boat Vent II 102Sun Protector Clips 102Jaw Slide 102

Marine Welt 104Marine Ultra Seal 104Marine V Seal 104Marine Windshield Welt 104Stop-Leak Trim 104Xtreme Edge Seal 104

Miscellaneous Fittings 107Adjuster Slide 107Aluminum Boat Seat Hinges 107, 288Aluminum Track 107Snap-Hook 107Wooden Bow 107

Pole Fittings 105Dura Snap Pole End for Cockpit Pole 105Grommet Pole End for Cockpit Pole 105Joint Section for Cockpit Pole 105Pole Clip 105Support Poles 105Swivel Pad for Support Poles 105Vinyl Foot for Cockpit Pole 105

Stainless Steel: Gemini Fittings 89Hinges 89Sliding Side Mounts 89Split Jaw Slide Mount 89

Stainless Steel: Rail Fittings 9060° Base 9060° Universal Tee Fittings 9090° Base 9090° Tee Fittings 90Bow Form 91Corner Fitting 91Elbows 91Rail End 91Stanchion 91

Stainless Steel: Top Fittings 92Ball and Socket Fittings 92Bimini Hinges & Fitting 94Deck Hinges 94Eye End 93Eye Slide 93Jaw Slides 93Miscellaneous 93Pins 94Side Mounts 94

Stainless Steel Tubing 88

Stayput 101Curved Base Insert 101Hook 101Keder Bullet 101Knobs 101Shock Cord Clips 101Shock Cord Pulls 101Shock Cord Tool 101Single Studs 101Tent Wall Hook 101

FOAM

Closed Cell Foam 45

Foam: East 228Blue Foam Firm 230Blue Foam Medium 230Blue Foam Soft 230Curon C25 228Curon C35 228Curon C45 228Poly Foam Chips 228Qualux 26 Soft 230Qualux 31 Medium 230Qualux 41 Firm 230R 45 Foam Bolster 228Rebond 230Regular 228Regular Foam Rolls (Toronto Only) 228Supersoft 228Ultra Cell 1.8 Firm 228Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) 230

Foam: West 224Blue Foam Firm 226Blue Foam Medium 226Convoluted Foam 224Duron 426 Soft 226Duron 533 Medium 226Duron 639 Firm 226Duron 766 X-Firm 226H 100 Grey (Edmonton only) 224K 126 Grey 224Mattress 224Poly Foam Chips 224Qualux 25 Soft 226Qualux 34 Medium 226Qualux 46 Firm 226R 45 224R 45 Foam Bolster 224

380 / INDEX

INDEX

Rebond 226Regular 224Regular Foam Rolls (Edmonton Only) 224Visco Elastic (Slow Recovery Foam) 226

Sew Foam 45, 223

GGEMINI FITTINGS. SEE FITTINGS

GLUE GUN 250

GROMMETS 113, 288, 353

Cruiser & Osborne 113Cruiser Plain & Spur—Brass 113, 353Osborne Plain—Brass 113Osborne Rolled-Rim Spur—Brass 113, 353Self-Piercing—Brass 113Sewable Black Grommet 113

Vent Die 288

Vents and Washers 288

GROMMETS (DECORATIVE) 354

Round Decorative Metal—ID 1.57”, OD 2½” 354

Round Decorative Plastic—ID 0.79”, OD 1.42” 355

Round Decorative Plastic—ID 1.4”, OD 2.17” 354

Square Decorative Plastic—ID 1.73”, OD 2.76” 355

HHAMMER 140, 255. SEE ALSO MALLET

160 or 33 Magnet Hammer 140

Jeweled Nail Hammer 255

Quick Nailer 255

HARDWARE (UPHOLSTERY)

Frames 289Sectional Connector 289

HINGES. SEE FITTINGS: MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS

HOOK & LOOP 54, 306, 348

3M® Pressure-Sensitive 59

Display Dots 56

JEF Hook & Loop: Pressure-Sensitive 59

JEF Hook & Loop: Sew-On 60, 306, 3481½” Sew On Hook 61, 3491½” Sew On Loop 61, 3491” Sew On Hook—27.3yd Roll 60, 306, 3481” Sew On Loop—546yd Roll 61, 306, 3492” Sew On Hook 61, 3492” Sew On Loop 61, 3494” Sew On Hook 61, 3494” Sew On Loop 61, 349¾” Sew On Hook 60, 306, 348¾” Sew On Loop 60, 306, 348⁵⁄₈” Sew On Hook 60, 348⁵⁄₈” Sew On Loop 60, 348Sew On Hook/Loop 61, 349

Velcro® Polyester 55, 351Velcro® Polyester—Black 55, 351Velcro® Polyester—White 55, 351

Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive 55, 351Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook—Black

55, 351Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook—White

55, 351Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop—Black

55, 351Velcro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop—White

55, 351

Velcro® Sew-On 54, 306, 350Velcro® Hook Sew-On—Black 54, 306, 350Velcro® Hook Sew-On—White 54, 306, 350Velcro® Loop Sew-On—Black 54, 306, 350Velcro® Loop Sew-On—White 54, 306, 350

Velcro® Texacro® 58, 307, 352Velcro® Texacro® Pressure-Sensitive Hook

58, 307, 352Velcro® Texacro® Pressure-Sensitive Loop

58, 307, 352Velcro® Texacro® Sew On Hook 58, 307, 352Velcro® Texacro® Sew On Loop 58, 307, 352

Velstick Hook & Loop 56Velstick Hook & Loop—Black 56Velstick Hook & Loop—White 56

HOOKS 165

Shock Cord Hooks 165Adjustable Shock Cord Hook—Delrin 165Metal Shock Cord Hooks 165Shock Cord Hook—Delrin 165Stainless Steel Clamps 165

Stainless Steel Cone Hook 165Stainless Steel S-Hooks 165Steel S-Hooks 165

HOOKS & RAILS: JEF BEAM. SEE FITTINGS

KKAI. SEE SHEARS

KNIVES 128, 245, 360

#14 Mount Trimming Knife 245

Combination Knife 128

Heavy Duty Olfa Knife 128, 245, 360

Olfa Replacement Blades 128, 245, 360

LLIFT-THE-DOT. SEE FASTENERS

LINING 240

Skirt Lining 240

MMALLET 140, 255. SEE ALSO HAMMER

#4 Hickory Mallet 255

#6 Rubber Mallet 140, 255

MUNDIAL. SEE SHEARS

NNEEDLES 294

Hand Sewing 295Curved Bayonet Point Needle 295Curved Round Point Needle 295Needle Kit 295Regulators 295

Tufting 294Double Straight Bayonet Point Needles

294Double Straight Round Point Needles 294Single Straight Round Point Needles 294Tufting 294

/ 381 INDEX

OOLFA KNIVES. SEE KNIVES

PPADDING

Comforter Inserts 234, 374Down Comforter 234, 374Feather & Down Bed 234, 374Goose Down 234, 374

Fiber, Jay Flex (Needlepunch) & Felt 237Felt Padding 237Fiber 237Jay Flex (Needlepunch) 237, 374UF8 Felt Bales 237

Pillows & Bolsters 232, 372Bolsters 232, 372Feather Cushions 233, 373Feather Pillows 233, 373Feather Wrapped In Down Pillows 232, 372Polyester Pillow Forms 232, 372Polyester Toss Cushion Forms 232, 372

Polyester (Terylene) 236Dacron Holofil 236Quilted Terylene 236Terylene (Cushion Wrap) 236Unbonded Terylene 236

PM1/PM5 SNAP DIES & MACHINES. SEE TOOLS: GROMMET TOOLS

POP DISPLAY 124, 186

Iosso® One-Tier Pop Display 186

Top Snapper & Canvas Care Kit 124

PROTECTANTS 177, 326

303® Protectants 182, 327303® Aerospace Protectant 182303® Fabric Guard 182, 327

Behlen Finishes 322Blush Eraser 322Finishing Spray 322Sand Sealer 322Spray Stains 322

Iosso® Protectants 184Iosso® Seam Sealer 184Iosso® Water Repellent 184

Lubricants & Silicones 180Iosso® E-Z Snap® Lubricant 180JEF Spray Silicone 180, 326Silicone—Sluyter Grip Slip 180, 326Silicones—Sluyter Super Slip 180, 326

No Fray Spray 327

Scotchgard™ 326

Vinyl Coat 178, 324SEM Color Coat 178, 324SEM Pre-Color Treatments 179, 325SEM Vinyl Finishes 178, 324

Water Repellant Finish 181Aqua-Tite® Green Water Repellant 181Canvak® Canvas Preservative 181FabriGard™—Sluyter 327

PULL-THE-DOT. SEE FASTENERS

QQ-SNAP FASTENERS. SEE FASTENERS

QUICK-RELEASE PINS. SEE FITTINGS: STAINLESS STEEL: TOP FITTINGS: PINS

RRINGS 162, 255

Awning & Tent 162Nickle-Plated Heavy Welded Steel D-Rings

162Welded O-Ring 162

Sample Book Rings 255

RIVETS. SEE FASTENERS

ROPE 161

Polypropylene Rope 161

SSHEARS 128, 247, 361

Kai 128, 247, 361

Mundial 129, 247, 248, 362Heavy Duty Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362Mundial Quick Clip Cutter 129, 247, 361Pinking Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362Straight Mundial Shears 129, 248, 362

Wiss 130, 248, 249, 363Wiss Apparel Shears 130, 249, 363Wiss Bent Trimmer Shears 130, 249, 363Wiss Heavy Duty Bent Trimmer Shears 130,

249, 363Wiss Quick Clip Cutter 130, 247, 361Wiss X-Sharp Knife Bent Trimmer 130, 249,

363

SPECIALTY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS

SPRAY GUN. SEE TOOLS

SPRINGS 273

Clips 2753 Prong Clips 275BW Edgewire Clips 275EK No Sag Clips 275Rubber Webbing Clips 275Torsion Springs 275

Coil 273

Hide-A-Bed 276Contract Coil Mattress 276Contract Units 276Replacement Deck 276Residential Coil Mattress 276Residential Units 276

No Sag Sinuous Springs 274No Sag Reel 274No Sag Seat Spring 274No Sag Soft Edge Spring 274

Seating Mechanisms & Units 2782 Way Recliner 2783 Way Recliner 278Complete Drop In Spring Units 278Jack Knife Hinge 278

Wire 273Edgewire 273Hog Rings 273Plastic Coated Wire 273

STAPLE REMOVERS. SEE TOOLS

STAPLES 134, 272

71 Series Staples 272

71 Stainless Steel Staples 134, 272

1400 Series Staples 272

1400 Stainless Steel Staples 134, 272

Duo-Fast Staples 272

382 / INDEX

INDEX

STAYPUT. SEE FITTINGS

SUPPLIES (DRAPERY WORKROOM) 347

Hooks 347

Jet Pinner 347

Vario Pleat Clip—Transparent 347

Weights—Lead Free 347

SURCINGLE HOOK & CLASPS 115

TTACKERS 134, 250

Fasco Tackers 134, 250Fasco Tacker Replacement Parts 251

JEFast Air Tackers 134, 251

TACKS & TACKING STRIPS 271

Blued Upholstery Tacks 271

Cardboard Tacking Strip 271

Curve Ease Strip 271

Fiber Tacking Strip Coil 271

Metal Tacktite Tack Strip 271

TAPES

Marine Transfer Tape 171

Packing Products 171, 259Carton Sealing Tape 171, 259Carton Sealing Tape Dispenser 171, 259Hand Stretch Film 171, 259

Scotchlite™ Tapes 168Scotchlite™ Fire-Retardant Industrial Wash

Sew-On 170Scotchlite™ Fluorescent Fire Retardant

Tapes 168Scotchlite™ High Gloss Tapes 168Scotchlite™ Industrial Wash 170Scotchlite™ Iron-On Transfer Film 169Scotchlite™ Pressure-Sensitive Reflective

Tape 169Scotchlite™ Reflective Fabric Trim Tapes

168Scotchlite™ Silver Fabric 169Scotchlite™ SOLAS 169Scotchlite™ Vest Trim 169Stenciling Product 171

TAPES (DRAPERY) 344

Austrian & Roman Blind 346Lift Tape—Transparent 346Ohio Lift Cord 1mm 346Ring Tape—Transparent 346

Header Tapes 344Drapery Header Tape—Medium Weight

345Pleated—Transparent 344Pleated—White 344Technical Tape 345Velour—White 345

TERYLENE. SEE PADDING

THREADS 143, 296

Gore Tenara 143Gore Tenara® 1400 (92) Threads 143Gore Tenara® 2500 (138) Threads 143

Monofilament 296

Nylon 149, 299, 368#9 Nylon Tufting Twine 151, 30469 Nylon 150, 300, 36869 Nylon (A&E) 149, 29969 Nylon G-Type Bobbins 151, 301CSB138 Nylon Threads 151CSB207 Hand Sewing Threads 296

Poly-Cotton 147, 301, 369Koban #25 Dual Duty 147, 301, 369

Polyester 144, 364#50 Epic 365#50 Spectrum 366#70 Spectrum 366#100 Epic 365Koban Dual Duty Tex 24 364Star Ultra Dee 92 146, 367Star Ultra Dee 138 146, 367Star Ultra Dee B92 Threads 367Sunguard B92 “G” Bobbins 144Sunguard B92 “M” Bobbins 144Sunguard B138 “G” Bobbins 144Sunguard B138 “M” Bobbins 144Sunguard UVR B92 1lb 144Sunguard UVR B92 Bonded Polyester—

½lb 145Sunguard UVR B138 Bonded Polyester—

1lb 145Sunguard UVR B138 Bonded Polyester—

½lb 145

TIE-DOWN ACCESSORIES 52

Cam Buckles—Steel 52

Flat Tie-Down Hooks—Steel 52

L’il Weggie Tarp Clamp 53

Rope Tie-Down Ratchet 53

Rubber Tarp Strap 53

S-Hooks 53

Tie-Down Hooks—Steel 52

Tie-Down Ratchet 52

Tie-Down Triangles 52

Truck Tarp Reinforcements 53

TOOLS

Automotive Tools 136Hot Air Heat Gun 136Trim Pad Tool 136Tucking Tool 136

Bending Tools 135Bendarc® 135Bendarc® 1” Square Tubing Kit 135Crownarc® 135

Binding 138Folder for Binding 138

Buttons Cutters & Die Sets 246

Cutters & Die Sets—Heavy Fabric 246Cutters & Die Sets—Medium Fabric 246Cutters Only 246Jr. Button Machine 246

Cushion Stuffing 243EZE Cushion Stuffer Machine 243Piping Tins 243

Drilling Tools 135Drill Steady 135

Fastener ToolsCutters

Hole Cutters 124 Hole Punches 125

Dura Snap Punch & Anvil Dies 123Hand Rivet Gun 125Pres-N-Snap 123

/ 383 INDEX

Pres-N-Snap Dies 123Pres-N-Snap Hand Tool 123

Q-Snap Installation Tools 72Quick-Fit 125

Quick-Fit Holding Cap 125Quick-Fit Holding Prong 125Quick-Fit Release Tool 125

Stayput SpinCutters 124Top Snapper

Top-Snapper 124Top Snapper Display & Canvas Care Kit

124

Grommet Tools 126, 356Cruiser and Osborne Grommet Hole

Cutters 126, 357Cruiser Spur Grommet Hand-Setting Die

126, 356Drill Bit Cutter 126, 356Grommet Fabric Hole Cutter 126, 356Hand Press Kit & Die 357Hole Cutting Pad 126, 356Manual Grommet Kit with Die 356Osborne Grommet Hand Setting Die—

Plain & Spur 126, 357PM1 Dura Snap Machine 127PM1/PM5 Snap Die Sets 127PM5 Snap/Grommet Machine & Dies 127Vent Die 126, 356

Hog Ring Pliers 256

Hole Punch Tools 141, 259Revolving Punch 141, 259Revolving Punch Replacements 141, 259

Pattern-Making Tools 140, 293, 35960” Aluminum Ruler 140, 293, 359Cardboard 293, 359Head Pins 293, 359Sanigene® Chalk 293, 359Skewers 293, 359Tailors Chalk 293, 359Twist Pin 293, 359Wash-Out Marker 140, 293, 359

PVC Welder Tools 137Angle Slit Nozzle 137Eagle Hot Air Welder 137Silicone Roller for Tarp Welder 137

Sampling Accessories 255Hanger with Metal Hook 255

Sample Book Handle 255Sample Book Ring 255

Spray Gun 139, 260118 Spray Gun 139, 260118 Spray Gun Replacement Parts 139, 260EZE Spray Gun 139, 260

Spring Clips Tools 254#445 Pliers for 3 Prong Clips 254#522 Pliers for BW Clips 254

Spring Tools (No Sag) 254Lever Type Spring Stretcher 254Spring Bender 254Spring End Former 254Spring Stretcher 254

Staple Removers 252Pneumatic Ripping Tool 252Staple Lifter & Chisel 252

Steamers 257, 358Hand Held Steamer 257, 358J-2 Jiffy Steamer 257, 358J-4000 Jiffy Steamer 257, 358Replacement Hose for J-2 & J-4000 257, 358

Thread Tools 253#522 Seam Stretcher 253Two Spool Thread Stand 253

Upholstery Kit 258

Webbing Tools 258Goose Neck Webbing Stretcher 258Jaw Webbing Stretcher 258Wooden Webbing Stretcher 258

Zipper Tool 141, 256

TRIMMINGS 173, 309

Chair Edge Molding 310

E-Z Lace Supreme 173

Hydem Gimp 310

Hydem Gimp: Midship 174

Perflex Clip Edgeroll 309

Poly-Flex 310

Scroll Gimp 313

Snap-On Trim 175

Sponge Rod 174

Spunbonded Edgeroll 309

Welt 173, 311⁵⁄₈” Welt: Midship 175Embossed Welt 173, 311Fiberflex Welt 311J Welt 173, 311Poly Welt 311Premier Welt 173, 311Twin Fiber Flex Welt 311

TUBING. SEE FITTINGS

TWINE. SEE CORDAGE: TWINE

UUPHOLSTERY FABRICS. SEE FABRICS

UPHOLSTERY LEGS 263

Accessories 265Barbed T-Nut 265Hanger Bolt 265

Glides 267

Leg Hole Finder 267

Metal 266Metal Legs—Without Removable Plate

266Metal Legs—With Removable Plate 266Stainless steel—L Shaped 266Stainless Steel—Straight 266

Plastic 267

Wood 2633-Corner Legs—With Recessed Holes 263Bun Legs—With Mounting Bolt 263Contoured Legs—With Bolt 264Curved Legs 264Curved Legs—With Bolt 264Queen Anne Legs—With Block 264Queen Anne Legs—With Bolt 264Queen Anne Legs—Without Block 264Round Legs 265Square Tapered Legs—With Mounting

Bolt 263Tapered Wooden Legs—With Recessed

Holes 263

VVENTING (MARINE). SEE FASTENERS

384 / INDEX

INDEX

WWEBBING 48, 305

4-Panel Polypropylene Webbing 48

Cotton Webbing 47

Furniture Webbing 305

Jute Webbing 305

Non-Retractable Lap Belt 50, 305

Nylon Webbing—Heavy-Duty 47

Nylon Webbing—Regular 47

Polyester Tie-Down Webbing 49

Polyester Webbing 49

Polypex Webbing 305

Polypropylene Webbing—Regular & Heavy-Duty 48

Retractable Lap Belt 50, 305

Seat Belt Webbing 50

Sunbrella® Webbing 49

WELT (AWNING). SEE FITTINGS

WELT (MARINE). SEE FITTINGS

WISS. SEE SHEARS

ZZIPPERS 76, 290, 370

Coil Zippers: JEF Zip 76, 290, 370#4 Coil Chain Zipper 290, 370#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock 290, 370#4 Coil Slide Non-Lock—Long Tab 290, 370#4 Coil Slide Pin Lock 290, 370#5 Coil Zipper Chain 76, 290, 370#5 Finished Coil—Closed End Autolock 76#5 Finished Coil—Open End Autolock 76,

290, 370#5 Zipper Sliders 76, 290, 370#8 Coil Zipper Chain 76#8 Zipper Sliders 76#10 Coil Zipper Chain 76#10 Zipper Sliders 76

Delrin Zippers: JEFZip 79JEFZip #5 Delrin Chain Zipper 79JEFZip #5 Delrin Locking Zipper Sliders 79

JEFZip #5 Delrin Open-End Autolock Zippers 79

JEFZip #10 Delrin Chain 79JEFZip #10 Delrin Two-Tab Sliders—Non-

Locking 79

Delrin Zippers: LENZip 78Lenzip #8 Two-Tab Autolock Zippers 78Lenzip #10 Two-Tab Autolock Zippers 78

YKK Metal Zippers: Aluminum 84, 291, 371YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Slider 291, 371YKK #4 Aluminum Zipper Tape 291, 371YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Slider 291, 371YKK #5 Aluminum Zipper Tape 84, 291, 371YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Sliders 84YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Stops 84YKK #10 Aluminum Zipper Tape 84

YKK Metal Zippers: Brass 85, 291, 371YKK #4 Brass Zipper Slider 291, 371YKK #4 Brass Zipper Tape 291, 371YKK #10 Brass Two-Tab Zipper Slider 85YKK #10 Brass Zipper Stops 85YKK #10 Brass Zipper Tape 85

YKK Vislon: Finished Zippers 82YKK #8 Locking Vislon Zippers 82YKK #10 Locking Vislon Zippers 82YKK #10 Non-Locking Vislon Zippers 83

YKK Vislon: Unfinished Zippers 80YKK #5 Vislon Stops 81YKK #5 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—Non-

Locking 81YKK #5 Vislon Zippers 81YKK #5 Vislon Zipper Sliders—Non-

Locking 81YKK #8 Coil Two-Tab Slider—Non-Locking

81YKK #8 Coil Zippers 81YKK #8 Coil Zipper Slider—Non-Locking

81YKK #10 Vislon Stops 81YKK #10 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—Locking

81YKK #10 Vislon Two-Tab Sliders—Non-

Locking 81

YKK #10 Vislon Zippers 81YKK #10 Vislon Zipper Sliders—Non-

Locking 81

CANADA ENGLISH 800.663.6647 · FRANÇAIS 888.663.6647USA 877.953.6647FAX 888.274.2910

JENNISFABRICS.COM


*00699113*00699113 | 0815

BC31

Date post:	23-Jul-2016
Category:	Documents
Upload:	j-ennis-fabrics
View:	419 times
Download:	7 times

J. Ennis Fabrics Supply Catalogue 6th Edition

Documents